TUYỂN CHỌN 35 ĐỀ TRẮC NGHIỆM
ÔN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT
MÔN TIẾNG ANH NĂM 2021
(CÓ ĐÁP ÁN)
1. Đề chính thức thi tốt nghiệp THPT năm 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Bộ
Giáo dục và Đào tạo
2. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia môn Tiếng Anh năm 2020-2021 có đáp án - Trường THPT
Lý Thái Tổ
3. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia môn Tiếng Anh năm 2020-2021 có đáp án - Trường THPT
Tiên Du số 1
4. Đề minh họa thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THCS&THPT
Nguyễn Khuyến
5. Đề minh họa thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Phạm Văn Đồng
6. Đề minh họa thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Tôn Đức Thắng
7. Đề minh họa thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THCS&THPT
Võ Thị Sáu
8. Đề tham khảo thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THCS&THPT
Nguyễn Viết Xuân
9. Đề tham khảo thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Lương Văn Chánh
10. Đề tham khảo thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Nguyễn Thái Bình
11. Đề tham khảo thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Trần Bình Trọng
12. Đề tham khảo thi THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Trần Quốc Tuấn
13. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Phan Chu Trinh
14. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THCS&THPT
Nguyễn Bá Ngọc
15. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THCS&THPT
Võ Nguyên Giáp
16. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Nguyễn Trung Thiên
17. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Trần Suyền
18. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Nguyễn Thị Minh Khai
19. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Bình Sơn
20. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Bắc Ninh
21. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Hà Giang
22. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Hạ Long
23. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
KHTN
24. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Long An
25. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Trần Phú
26. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Kim Liên
27. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
Lê Hữu Trác
28. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT
thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Sở GD&ĐT 29. Đề
Lý Thái Tổ
thi
Hưng Yên
30. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Liên trường THPT
thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Sở GD&ĐT 31. Đề
Nghệ An
thi
Ninh Bình
32. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Nguyễn Trãi
33. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Thái Nguyên
34. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Hoàng Văn Thụ
35. Đề thi thử THPT Quốc gia 2020 môn Tiếng Anh có đáp án - Trường THPT chuyên
Thái Bình
KỲ THI TỐT NGHIỆP TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG NĂM 2020
BỘ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO Bài thi: KHOA HỌC XÃ HỘI
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC Môn thi thành phần: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
MÃ ĐỀ THI: 422
Họ, tên thí sinh: .....................................................................
Số báo danh: .............................
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. furniture B. customer C. ambition D. balcony
Question 2: A. market B. machine C. hobby D. luggage
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. warms B. starts C. reads D. rings
Question 4: A. score B. fold C. phone D. close
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions
Question 5: My mother is often……..first person to get up in the family.
A. a B. an C. the D. no article
Question 6: The city has changed a lot since I last…….it.
A. visited B. would visit C. will visit D. visit
Question 7: Those boys were excited about the new game in the beginning, but now they have…..it.
A. gone off B. look after C. filled in D. got on
Question 8: It’s necessary to listen to opinions that are......from ours.
A. differ B. differently C. difference D. different
Question 9: If I....you, I wouldn’t go out in this weather.
A. had been B. am C. will be D. were
Question 10: You may not see how important your family is.....
A. until you live far from home B. after you had lived far from home
C. when you were living far from home D. as soon as you lived far from home
Question 11: A fashionista herself, Helena is.......about her clothes, especially when making her
appearance in public.
A. particular B. feasible C. receptive D. creditable
Question 12: You often walk to school,.....?
A. won’t you B. didn’t you C. don’t you D. haven’t you
Question 13: My daughter sometimes practises......English with her friends after school.
A. to speaking B. to speak C. speaking D. speak
Question 14: The football team has waited....the championships for 30 years.
A. for B. to C. up D. about
Question 15: The local shop deals in many kinds of hair products.....from reasonably priced shampoos
rather expensive dyes.
A. are ranged B. are ranging C. range D. ranging
Question 16: Applications for admission to this university are not processed with a high school......
A. licence B. paper C. diploma D. resume
Question 17: Fathers can......a good example to their children by helping wwith the household chores.
A. hold B. set C. follow D. raise
Question 18: I can’t give chapter and....., but to the best of my knowledge, it’s a line from “Romeo and
Juliet”
A. verse B. note C. rhyme D. scene
Question 19: Polar bears are in danger of going extinct.......climate change.
A. because B. despite C. because of D. although
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSET in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 20: The beautiful sandy beach with a lot of sunshine and good foods made his holiday
complete.
A. serious B. normal C. perfect D. terrible
Question 21: The candidate was rejected as he could not meet all the requirements for this position.
A. satisfy B. arrange C. establish D. produce
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 22: The intenal structure of the ancient palace is complicated like that of a maze.
A. narrow B. complex C. simple D. attractive
Question 23: Everyone was secretly rehearsing a surprise performance for Alex’s proposal but
annoyingly Jim let the cat out of the bag at the last minute.
A. disclosed the plan B. concealed the plan
C. revised the plan D. abandoned the plan
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes each of
the following exchanges.
Question 24: Dave is talking to Hanah after their school’s English speaking contest.
- Dave: “Congratulations! You’ve given a great performance.”
- Hanah: “.........”
A. No, don’t worry B. It’s nice of you to say so.
C. Me neither D. I’m sorry to hear that
Question 25: Gini and Adrian are talking about a book they have read lately.
- Gini: “That wasn’t an interesting book”
- Adrian: “......I couldn’t go further than chapter 2”
A. No, it was fascinating B. You can say that again
C. Yes, it gave me much information D. I think it will get better and better
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 26: Single-use plastic products are convenient. They are detrimental to the environment.
A. Convenient though single-use plastic products are, they are detrimental to the environment.
B. It is their detriment to the environment that makes single-use plastic products convenient.
C. Were single-use plastic products convenient, they would be detrimental to the environment.
D. Not only are single-use plastic products convenient, they are also detrimental to the environment.
Question 27: There was unexpected twists in the movie. It was so fascinating.
A. If there had been unexpected twists in the movie, it would have been so fascinating.
B. But for the unexpected twists in the movie, it wouldn’t have been so fascinating
C. Suppose that there was unexpected twists in the movie, it would have been so fascinating.
D. Without the unexpected twists in the movie, it wouldn’t have been so fascinating
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 28: The company is (A) looking for (B) a candidate who (C) is honest, hard-working and
responsibility (D).
Question 29: Protective (A) gear for firefighters is supposed to be made of inflamable (B) materials so
as to eliminate (C) the risk (D) of fire.
Question 30: It always take (A) parents a lot of (B) time and patience (C) to bing up their (D) children.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closet meaning to
each of the following questions.
Question 31: Peter is more successful than his sister.
A. Peter is less successful than his sister.
B. Peter is as successful as his sister.
C. Peter’s sister is more successful than he is.
D. Peter’s sister is not as successful as he is.
Question 32: It is compulsory for all the students to hand in their assignments on time.
A. All the students needn’t hand in their assignments on time.
B. All the students can’t hand in their assignments on time.
C. All the students must hand in their assignments on time.
D. All the students may hand in their assignments on time.
Question 33: “I’m going on a picnic tomorrow” he said.
A. He said that I was going on a picnic tomorrow.
B. He said that he was going on a picnic tomorrow.
C. He said that I am going on a picnic the following day.
D. He said that he was going on a picnic the following day.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 34 to 38.
TEENAGERS AND DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY
In many countries, there is a widespread perception that teenager’s lives nowadays are dominated by
technology. However, the information (34)........was gathered in a recent study of Australian teenagers’
use of and attitude towards technology such as that this view doesn’t reflect the reality of their everyday
existence. The research by academics of the University of Canberra in Australia found that, while most
teenagers had ready access to home computers, mobile phones and (35).......electronic devices, they
generally spent more time on traditional (36).......such as talking to family and friends, doing homework
and enjoying hobbies and sports than on using technology. Accessing social media and playing computer
games ranked as low as nineth and tenth respectively among the ten most common after-school activities.
Fifteen-year-old Laura Edmonds is one of the teenagers surveys. She admits to being very (37).........to
her smartphone and makes full use of various apps, (38).........if she needs to unwind after a hard day at
school, she tends to “hang out with my friends, listen to music or chat with my mum and dad.”
Question 34: A. where B. which C. when D. who
Question 35: A. one B. other C. every D. another
Question 36: A. pursuits B. operations C. incidents D. events
Question 37: A. conformed B. enclosed C. attached D. related
Question 38: A. till B. nor C. but D. Like
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions from 39 to 43.
More and more young people are choosing to take a gap year between finishing school and starting
university. Alternatively, they may decide to take a gap year between graduating from university and
starting a career feeling the need for some time out before joining the rat race. Most students see the time
as an opportunity to travel. The idea of travelling to as many foreign places as possible appeals greatly.
A large percentage of gap-year students have wealthy parents who can easily subsidze their travel.
Others have to save up before they go or look for some forms of employment while travelling. For
example, they may works on local farms or in local hotels. By doing so, they not only earn some money,
but they are likely to meet local people and acquire some understanding of their culture.
There are some students who choose to work for the whole of their gap year. A number may decide to get
work experience, either at home or abroad in an area which they hope to make their career, such as
medicine or computers. A large proportion of students are now choosing to work with a charity which
arranges voluntary work in various parts of the world. The project provides hands-on experience of a very
varied nature, from teaching to helping build roads or dams.
The gap year is not just an adventure. Young people can benefit greatly from encountering new varied
experiences and from communication with a wide range of people. Perhaps most important, gap-year
students have to learn to stand on their own two feet.
Question 39: What could be the best title of the passage?
A. Studying Overseas B. Taking Time Out
C. Working for Life D. Contributing to the Community
Question 40: The word “subsidize” in paragraph 2 could be best replaced by.......
A. pay for B. work for C. apply for D. ask for
Question 41: The word “their” in paragraph 2 refers t..........
A. gap-year students B. local farms C. local people D. local hotels
Question 42: According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. Students can take a gap year only before starting university.
B. The number of students take a gap year between high school and university is falling
C. Most students consider a gap year as a chance to travel
D. None of the students choose to work for the whole of their gap year to get experience
Question 43: According to the passage, which is perhaps the most benefit of the students’ taking a gap
year?
A. They receive partical training for their future careers
B. They learn how to become independent
C. They earn money to support their further studies
D. They have an opportunity to meet local people
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 44 to 50.
“I have not paid a single electricity bill since the year 1970” says Richard Perez with noticable glee. He
can afford to be smug. He lives “ off-grid” – unconnected to the power grid and the water, gas and
sewerage supplies that most people in the world rely on. He ganerate his own electricity, sources his own
water and deals with his own waste disposal – and he prefers in that way. “There are times when the grid
blacks out” he says. “I really like the security of having my own electricity company.”
Perez is not alone. Once the preserve of mavericks, hippies and survivalists, there are now approximately
200,000 off-grid households in the United States of America, a figure that Perez says has been increasing
by a third every year for the past decade. For all of the people who live off-grid, self-sufficency means
guilt-free energy consumption and peace of mind. “It feels brilliant to make use of clean, free energy that
is not from fossil fuels” says Suzanne Galant, a writer who lives off-grid in a rural area in Wales. “And if
something goes wrong, we can fix it ourself”. Now even urbanites are seeing the appeal of generating
some if not all of their own power needs. So is energy freedom an eco pipe-dream or the untimate good
life?
Well, there is only one wy to find out: begin to explore the possibilities of solar, wind or hydro-power.
But unless you live on a sunny, south-facing hillsidewith access to a nearby river or stream, that might
prove prohibitively expensive!
There is no doubt that being off-grid has its problems, and it is not always the cheapest way to get the
energy you need. Even so, pioneers like Perez have proved that it can be done, and without giving up a
21st century lifestyle: “I have got five personal computers, two laser scanners, two fridge-freezer, a
microwave, a covection oven, vacuum cleaners –you name it” says Perez. There is an external beam
antenna on the roof for the phone and a satellite dish for an Internet connection. I have got 70 kWh in
batteries that could last me five days. I have too much electricity”. Too much electricity and no more
bills. That has got to be worth aiming for.
Question 44: Which is the best serves as the title for the passage?
A. Unplugging from the Grid
B. No water, no life!
C. A Day in the Life of an “Off-Grid”
D. Living without Electricity
Question 45: The phrase “blacks out” in paragraph 1 mostly means............
A. fails to work B. is able to run
C. has no functions D. serves many purposes
Question 46: According to paragraph 1, Perez has managed to.......
A. save a lot of money with his own company
B. stay independent of certain public utilities
C. provide energy for people in his neighbourhood
D. pay off his electricity bills since 1970
Question 47: The word “pipe-dream” in paragraph 2 mostly means............
A. a promissing vision B. a terrible situation
C. an impractical hope D. a real nightmare
Question 48: The word “it” in paragraph 4 refers to.............
A. being a pioneer B. getting the energy
C. being off-grid D. giving up a 21st century lifestyle
Question 49: Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. The number of “off-gridders” in the US is said to have risen by 33% over the past ten years
B. Some city dwellers have shown an interest in producing their own electricity
C. “Off-gridders” enjoy not doing harm to the environment
D. People opting for off-grid living used to be considered quite eccentric
Question 50: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?
A. Adopting an off-grid lifestyle is only suitable for low-income people
B. Leading a 21st century lifestyle means consuming a great deal of electricity
C. Many “off-gridders” have made a fortune selling thier own electricity
D. Most people living in temperate regions are against the idea of living off-grid
----------The End----------
ĐÁP ÁN
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3
A C A A D D A C B B
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13
A D C B A C C A C C
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 21 22 23
B B A B D B A A C B
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 31 32 33
B B A C C B A D C D
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 41 42 43
A A B C C A B C C B
ĐỀ THI THỬ TỐT NGHIỆP THPT LẦN 1
Tên môn: Tiếng Anh
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút;
(50 câu trắc nghiệm)
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO
TRƯỜNG TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG
LÝ THÁI TỔ
Mã đề thi: 896
(Thí sinh không được sử dụng tài liệu)
Họ, tên thí sinh:..................................................................... Số báo danh: .............................
C. 125 million
B. 20 million
D. 5 million
B. author Taras Gresco.
D. public transportation
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best
combines each pair sentences in the following questions from 1 to 2
Question 1: Beef contains vitamins. Generally, fish contains almost the same vitamins as beef.
A. The vitamins content of fish may be considered in general as similar to beef.
B. Generally, beef and fish may be considered to be a combination of vitamin content.
C. The vitamins content of beef is generally considered to come from fish.
D. What vitamin fish contains may be considered in general to be made from beef.
Question 2: The man was shot in the bank robbery. The doctors are operating on him.
A. The man whom the doctors are operating on him shot in the bank robbery.
B. The doctors are operating on the man who was shot in the bank robbery.
C. The man was shot in the bank robbery where the doctors are operating on him.
D. The man was whom the doctors are operating on him shot in the bank robbery.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 3 to 9
Today, there are 600 million cars in the world. They may seem like a lot. However, there are over
7 million people on our planet. Most of the world’s population uses public transportation to get around.
The number of people using public transportation continues to rise. Subway systems worldwide carry 155
million passengers each day. That’s more than 30 times the number carried by all the world’s airplanes.
Every day in Tokyo passengers take more than 40 million rides on public transportation.
Yet many people see public transportation as ‘a depressing experience’, says author Taras
Gresco. They say it is slow, crowded, or too expensive. In fact , Gresco says, it is actually ‘faster, more
comfortable and cheaper’ than driving a car. Like millions of people, Taras Gresco is a ‘straphanger’ - a
person who rides public transportation. In his book straphanger: Saving Our Cities and Ourselves from
the Automobile, Gresco describe the benefits of public transportation. Firstly, it is better for the
environment. When people use public transportation, they use less fuel. Twenty people on one bus use
much less fuel than 20 people in 20 cars. Fewer cars mean less pollution and cleaner air.
Using public transportation can be good for your health in other ways. It can even help you lose
weight. In one study, a group of people took public transportation every day for six months. Each day
they walked to a bus stop or train station. In six months, each person lost an average of six pounds -
almost three kilograms. Taking public transportation has another benefit, says Gresco. It helps people
become part of their community. When you are alone in your car, you don’t talk to anyone. One Tokyo
straphanger told Gresco, “To use public transport is to know how to cooperate with other people,’ It
teaches you ‘how to behave in a public space’. So, public transportation is more than a way to get to
work or school. It can help lead to cleaner cities. It may also lead to a healthier and more cooperative
world population.
Question 3: According to the passage, the number of people travelling by planes each day is
about
A. 185 million
Question 4: The word ‘it” in the passage refers to
A. driving a car
C. depressing experiece
Question 5: What is not true about Taras Gresco according to the reading passage?
C. the city
B. the car driver
C. shortness
D. is helped
B. such as
D. economic growth
B. provide
C. aims at
D. complained
C. anymore.
B. never
A. Taras Gresco often travels by public transportation, especially the bus.
B. Taras Gresco wrote a book about the benefits of public transportation.
C. Taras Gresco finds public transportation beneficial for both the cities and the users.
D. Taras Gresco launched a campaign to encourage people to use the public transportation.
Question 6: Which of the following is mentioned as a benefit for a public transportation rider?
A. He or she will be able to learn how to ride a means of public transportation.
B. He or she will have a good chance to make more friends with the different people.
C. He or she will have a good chance to enjoy the natural landscape.
D. He or she will know how to behave in public places and cooperate with others.
Question 7: Which of the following is not mentioned in the passage as the one that benefits from the
public transportation?
A. the environment
D. the bus rider
Question 8: How does the environment benefit from people’s use of the public transportation ?
A. Buses and trains not only conserve energy but also save public transportation
B. The smaller number of cars sold helps the automobile industry save the environment
substantially.
C. Subways use renewable energy sources instead of the fossil fuels, making the environment
cleaner.
D. Fewer people using private transportation means less fuel used, hence cleaner environment.
Question 9: Which of the following can be the best title of the reading passage?
A. Public Transportation - a way to Loose Weight.
B. Public Transportation _ We all Benefit
C. public transportation - Cleaner – Cities
D. Public transportation - to Save the Environment
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following
questions
from 10 to 12
Question 10: More research is needed to find out if acupuncture is helped with other side effects such as
pain, anxiety or shortness of breath.
A. is needed
Question 11: ASEAN aims at promoting economic growth, regional peace as well as provide opportunities
for its members.
A. its
Question 12: She complained that her husband never paid her any complements anymore.
A. any complements
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions from 13 to 15
Question 13: They believe that burning fossil fuels is the main cause of air pollution.
A. It is believed that air pollution is mainly to blame for burning fossil fuels.
B. Burning fossil fuels is believed to result from air pollution.
C. Burning fossil fuels is believed to have caused high levels of air pollution.
D. It is believed that burning fossil fuels is held responsible for air pollution.
Question 14: “I haven’t been very open-minded,” said the manager.
A. The manager promised to be very open-minded.
B. The manager admitted not having been very open-minded.
C. The manager denied having been very open-minded.
D. The manager refused to have been very open-minded.
Question 15: Peter used to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.
A. Peter has stopped working as a journalist for a local newspaper.
B. Peter no longer likes the job as a journalist for a local newspaper.
C. Peter refused to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.
B. No, I’m just on business.
D. I’m flying there to attend a party
C. will learn
B. would learn
D. were learning
C. had walked
D. would walk
B. was walking
C. since
D. although
B. because of
D. to
C. from
B. about
B. They had arrived at the party
D. Just attended the party
C. do
B. take
D. make
B. certificate
C. qualification
D. degree
B. redundantly
C. excessively
B. opportunity
C. impossible
D. mistake
C. broke down
B. broke away
D. broke into
B. Intelligent as the boy was
D. Intelligent as was the boy
B. red sleeping small a bag.
D. a bad small red sleeping.
B. answered for
C. made over
D. took up
B. Having won
C. On winning
D. Winning
D. Peter enjoyed working as a journalist for a local newspaper.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following questions from 16 to 30
Question 16: - “Are you thinking of flying business class?” - “__________”
A. No, I’d like an aisle seat.
C. No, economy.
Question 17: If you watch this film, you _____ about the cultures of Southeast Asian countries.
A. learned
Question 18: Paul noticed a job advertisement while he _____ along the street.
A. walked
Question 19: Solar energy is not widely used _____ it is friendly to the environment.
A. in spite of
Question 20: The sign warns people _____ the dangers of swimming in this river.
A. with
Question 21: _____, they were surprised to find their favourite band playing there.
A. On arrival at the party
C. To have attended the party
Question 22: Drinking too much alcohol is said to _____ harm to our health.
A. lead
Question 23: At the end of the training course, each participant was presented with a _____ of completion.
A. diploma
Question 24: The _____ high levels of pollution in the coastal areas are a matter of great concern to
the government.
A. intensively
D. marginally
Question 25: Event organisers should plan everything carefully so as to leave nothing to _____.
A. possibility
Question 26: The woman _____when the police told her that her son had died.
A. broke in
Question 27: _____, he couldn’t finish that test in 60 minutes.
A. As intelligent the boy was
C. As the boy was intelligent
Question 28: . My friend always dreams of having _____.
A. a small red sleeping bag.
C. small a bag red sleeping.
Question 29: David graddol, a British linguist, believes that English_____80% of computer- based
communication in the 1990s.
A. accounted for.
Question 30: _____every major judo title, Mark retired from international competition.
A. When he won
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from from 31 to 35
Urbanization programs are being carried out in many parts of the world, especially in densely (31) ________
regions with limited land and resources. It is the natural outcome of economic development and
industrialization. It has brought a lot of benefits to our society. However, it also (32) ________ various
problems for local authorities and town planners in the process of maintaining sustainable urbanization,
especially in developing countries.
When too many people cram into a small area, urban infrastructure can't be effective. There will be a (33)
________ of livable housing, energy and water supply. This will create overcrowded urban districts with no
B. with
D. popular
D. poses
D. loss
D. survivor
D. about
C. populated
C. leads
C. lack
C. survived
C. for
B. Have a good day
D. Take care
B. No, thanks. I'd like to sit here
D. No, I don't.
B. It’s the name of a robot inventor
D. It’s a robot making program
B. He is an American writer
D. He made a robot in order to kill a person
proper facilities. Currently, fast urbanization is taking place predominantly in developing countries where
sustainable urbanization has little relevance to people's lives. Their houses are just shabby slums with poor
sanitation. Their children only manage to get basic education. Hence, the struggle for (34) ________ is their
first priority rather than anything else. Only when the quality of their existence is improved, can they seek
(35)________ other high values in their life.
Question 31: A. numerous B. crowed
B. imposes
Question 32: A. offers
Question 33: A. appearance B. plenty
Question 34: A. survive B. survival
Question 35: A. on
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in
pronunciation in each of the following questions from 36 to 37
C. reliable
Question 36: A. liberty
B. final
D. revival
D. developed
C. introduced
Question 37: A. influenced B. raised
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges from 38 to 39
Question 38: John: " You're already leaving? The ball is only starting."
- Peter: " But it's very late, so _."
A. It's great fun, thanks
C. Goodbye for now
Question 39: John: "Why don't we go to a baseball game?".
- Jimmy:"______".
A. I'd rather go to the art gallery
C. It's good to play baseball
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the following questions from 40 to 44
The word robot first appeared in a 1921 stage play by Czech writer Karel Capek. In the play, a
man makes a machine that can think, which he calls a robot and which ends up killing its owner. In the
1940s, the American science fiction writer Isaac Asimov wrote a series of stories about robots and
invented the term robotics, the science of robots. Meanwhile, in the real world, the first robots were
developed by an engineer, Joseph F. Engelberger, and an inventor, George C. Devol. Together they
started Unimation, a manufacturing company that produces the first real robot in 1961, called the
Unimate. Robots of this type were installed at a General Motors automobile plant and proved to be a
success. They worked reliably and saved money for General Motors, so other companies were soon
acquiring robots as well.
These industrial robots were nothing like the terrifying creatures that can often be seen in
science fiction films. In fact, these robots looked and behaved nothing like humans. They were simply
pieces of computer-controlled machinery, with metal “arms” or “hands”. Since they were made of metal,
they could perform certain jobs that were difficult or dangerous for humans, particularly jobs that involve
high heat. And since robots were tireless and never got hungry, sleepy, or distracted, they were useful
for tasks that would be tiring or boring for humans. Industrial robots have been improved over the years,
and today they are used in many factories around the world. Though the use of robots has meant the
loss of some jobs, at the same time other jobs have been created in the design, development, and
production of the robots.
Rise of the Robots, Silicon Valley Entrepreneur, Martin Ford, 1988.
Question 40: What is Unimation?
A. It’s the producer of the first robot
C. It’s the name of a robot
Question 41: What can be said about Karel Capek?
A. He was the first to create the word “robot”
C. He made a robot
Question 42: Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a characteristic of robots?
B. They are tiring
D. They don’t need food
B. They controlled machinery
D. They are computer-controlled machines
B. in the 40s
D. in the 60s
B. natural
D. abundant
C. limited
B. make the last decision
D. raise the first idea
B. didn’t care
D. didn’t want to see
D. discourage
C. satisfy
B. please
B. answer
D. paper
D. development
A. They are not distracted
C. They can do jobs involving high heat
Question 43: What are industrial robots like?
A. They behave like humans
C. They look like humans
Question 44: When did the word “robot” appear?
A. in the 1920s
C. in the 19th century
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word/phrases SIMILAR in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions from 45 to 46
Question 45: : The aboriginal people of Australia are experts at survival in an environment with scanty
resources.
A. ordinary
Question 46: Sometimes , in order to get things done, you have to take the initiative.
A. sacrifice for others
C. make important changes
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in
meaning to the bolded part in each of the following questions from 47 to 48
Question 47: He didn’t bat an eyelid when he realized he failed the exam again.
A. wasn’t happy
C. showed surprise
Question 48: Most universities have trained counselors who can reassure and console students who have
academic or personal problems.
A. sympathize
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of the
primary stress in each of the following questions from 49 to 50
C. cartoon
Question 49: A. open
C. certificate
Question 50: A. knowledgeableB. prosperity
-----------------------------------------------
----------- HẾT ----------
ĐÁP ÁN
A
C
B
C
B
C
B
A
A
B
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
A
B
D
D
D
D
C
D
B
D
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
B
A
D
B
A
C
C
B
D
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
C
D
C
B
C
A
B
C
A
A
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
A
B
D
A
C
D
C
D
C
A
ĐỀ THI ĐỀ THI THỬ TỐT NGHIỆP THPT LẦN 1
NĂM HỌC 2020 – 2021
MÔN: Tiếng Anh 12
Thời gian làm bài: 60phút (50 câu trắc nghiệm)
Mã đề 207
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO BẮC NINH
TRƯỜNG THPT TIÊN DU SỐ 1
Đề gồm 5 trang
C. gave
D. giving
B. to give
C. should
B. wouldn’t
C. Because
B. Although
D. As soon as
C. said
B. pleaded
D. admitted
C. go
D. will go
D. keep apart
C. take place
B. take apart
D. X
B. above
C. under
D. upon
C. have finished
D. are finishing
B. finished
C. sweets and candy
D. piece of cake
B. biscuit
D. rang – was doing
D. decorator
B. getting
C. get
D. got
B. last Sunday
D. that
C. at
Họ và tên học sinh :.................................................................... SBD .................................
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 1. New Zealand was the first country ______ women to vote.
A. that give
Question 2. He got a bad mark. He _____have prepared the lesson carefully.
A. shouldn’t
D. would
Question 3. _____ they do not have much experience, their applications have been approved.
A. So that
Question 4. The accused ______ guilty to all charges
A. confessed
Question 5. The newspaper did not mention the ________ of the damage caused by the fire
A. amount
D. extent
C. quality
B. range
Question 6. If I ______ to the store later, I’ll get you some milk.
A. was going
B. went
Question 7. Scientist are now beginning to conduct experiments on _____ trigger different sorts of health
risks.
B. how noise pollution
A. noise pollution can
D. that noise pollution
C. how noise pollution can
Question 8. Sportsmen ______ their political differences on the sports field.
A. put aside
Question 9. It is _____ funniest book that I have ever read.
A. an
C. a
B. the
Question 10. With greatly increased workloads, everyone is ______ pressure now
A. out of
Question 11. After you ______ your exam, I will take you out to eat. Is it OK ?
A. were finishing
Question 12. I’ve never really enjoyed going to the ballet of the opera; they’re not really my ______.
A. cup of tea
Question 13. The phone suddenly _____ while Joanna _____ the housework.
A. rang – did
C. was ringing – was doing
B. was ringing – did
Question 14. We hung coloured lights around the room for _____.
A. decorative
C. decorate
B. decoration
Question 15. It is important that he _____ into a good university.
A. gets
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
Question 16. It was an interested book that I bought at Ngoc Binh Store last Sunday
A. interested
Question 17. The world is becoming more industrialized and the number of animal species that have
become extinct have increased.
D. have
C. species
B. industrialized
B. generating
D. irrigation
D. lastly
C. firstly
B. basically
C. declare
B. estimate
D. understand
C. footprint
C. chemical
B. greenhouse
B. atmosphere
D. upset
D. consequence
A. extinct
Question 18. Dams are used to control flooding, provide water for irrigation, and generating electricity for
the surrounding area.
A. to control flooding
C. surrounding area
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in
each of the following questions.
Question 19. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, or ASEAN, was established on 8 August 1967
in Bangkok, Thailand, with Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand, joining
hands initially.
A. officially
Question 20. If the examiner can't make sense of what your essay is about, you'll get the low mark.
A. communicate
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions
Question 21. A. climate
Question 22. A. infectious
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions.
Question 23. My father is less friendly than my mother.
A. My father is not as friendly as my mother.
B. My father is more friendly than my mother.
C. My mother is not as friendly as my father.
D. My mother is less friendly than my father.
Question 24. “I bought these books last week”. He said
A. He said he had bought these books last week.
B. He said he had bought those books the week before.
C. He said he bought these books last week.
D. He said he bought these books the week before.
Question 25. She probably buys this house next week.
A. She doesn’t have to buy this house next week.
B. She may buy this house next week.
C. She should buy next house next week.
D. She must buy this house next week.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
Question 26. You can stay in the flat for free. You pay the bills.
A. Without the bills paid, you can stay in the free flat.
B. Unless the flat is free of bills, you cannot stay in it.
C. Whether you pay the bills or stay in the flat, it is free.
D. Provided you pay the bills, you can stay in the flat for free.
Question 27. It is such an interesting book. I have read it three times
A. Such was the interesting book that I have read it three times.
B. Such interesting was book that I have read it three times.
C. Should the book be interesting, I have read it three times.
D. Only if it is an interesting book have I read it three times.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
B. the cattle owners
D. the wild animals
D. commence
C. experience
B. at the village church
D. near the thorn fence
C. stopped
C. intact
B. trained
B. royal
D. missed
D. citadel
B. I don’t think so.
D. You must be kidding.
answer to each of the questions.
In Africa, people celebrate with joy the birth of a new baby. The Pygmies would sing a birth-song to the child. In
Kenya, the mother takes the baby strapped to her back into the thorn enclosure where the cattle are kept. There,
her husband and the village elders wait to give the child his or her name.
In West Africa, after the baby is eight days old, the mother takes the baby for its first walk in the big, wide
world, and friends and family are invited to meet the new baby. In various African nations, they hold initiation
ceremonies for groups of children instead of birthdays. When children reach a certain designated age, they learn
the laws, beliefs, customs, songs and dances of their tribes. Some African tribes consider that children from nine to
twelve are ready to be initiated into the grown up world. They may have to carry out several tests.
Maasai boys around thirteen years old to seventeen undergo a two-stage initiation. The first stage lasts about
three months. The boys leave their parents' homes, paint their bodies white, and are taught how to become young
warriors. At the end of this stage, they have their heads shaved and they are also circumcised. At the second stage,
the young warriors grow their hair long and live in a camp called a “manyatta” where they practice hunting the
wild animals that might attack the Maasai herds. This stage may last a few years. When they are ready, they will
marry and become owners of large cattle herds like their fathers. The girls are initiated when they are fourteen or
fifteen. They are taught by the older women about the duties of marriage and how to care for babies. Soon after
that they are married and lead a life similar to that of their mothers.
Question 28. What does the word "they" in paragraph 3 refer to?
A. the young warriors
C. the Maasai herds
Question 29. The word "undergo" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______________.
A. explore
B. participate in
Question 30. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 2?
A. Children have to learn their tribes' cultures and traditions when they are old enough.
B. An eight-day-old child will be taken for the first walk by his or her mother.
C. Children are initiated for a mature life in the presence of their friends and family.
D. Children have to overcome a few trials to enter the grown-up world.
Question 31. Where do people in Kenya give the name to the child?
A. at their house
C. on the cattle farm
Question 32. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Birthday ceremonies for children in Africa
B. Activities in a birth celebration
C. Traditions of Maasai people when having a new baby
D. Celebrations in Africa
Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.
Question 33. A. worked
Question 34. A. dynasty
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes each of the
following exchanges.
Question 35. Linda and Peter are talking about safe driving.
~ Linda: “I think drink-driving should be severely punished.”
~ Peter "............. . It may cause accidents or even deaths.”
A. I don’t understand what you mean.
C. I absolutely agree with you.
Question 36. A porter is talking to Mary in the hotel lobby.
~ Porter: “May I help you with your suitcase?”
D. Me too.
C. Yes, please.
B. What a shame!
B. specific to general
D. statement and example
C. expectation
D. pilgrimage
B. pursuit
C. a spectator
D. a walker
B. a judge
~ Mary: “..............”
A. You’re welcome.
Read the following passage and blacken the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to the following questions.
Foot racing is a popular activity in the United States. It is seen not only as a competitive sport but also as
a way to exercise, to enjoy the camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a good cause.
Though serious runners may spend months training to compete, other runners and walkers might not train
at all. Those not competing to win might run in an effort to beat their own time or simply to enjoy the fun
and exercise. People of all ages, from those of less than one year (who may be pushed in strollers) to those
in their eighties, enter into this sport. The races are held on city streets, on college campuses, through
parks, and in suburban areas, and they are commonly 5 to 10 kilometers in length.
The largest foot race in the world is the 12-kilometer Bay to Breakers race that is held in San Francisco
every spring. This race begins on the east side of the city near San Francisco Bay and ends on the west side
at the Pacific Ocean. There may be 80,000 or more people running in this race through the streets and hills
of San Francisco. In the front are the serious runners who compete to win and who might finish in as little
as 34 minutes. Behind them are the thousands 20 who take several hours to finish. In the back of the race
are those who dress in costumes and come just for fun. One year there was a group of men who dressed
like Elvis Presley, and another group consisted of firefighters who were tied together in a long line and
who were carrying a fire hose. There was even a bridal party, in which the bride was dressed in a long
white gown and the groom wore a tuxedo. The bride and groom threw flowers to bystanders, and they
were actually married at some point along the route.
Question 37. The phrase “to a good cause” could be best replaced by which of the following?
B. for a good purpose
A. for an award
C. to reward the winner
D. to protect a wise investment
Question 38. Which of the following best describes the organization of this passage?
A. cause and result
C. chronological order
Question 39. The word “activity” in the first paragraph is most similar to which of the following?
A. motion
Question 40. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in this passage?
A. Some runners were serious about winning.
B. Some runners were ready to put out a fire.
C. Some runners looked like Elvis Presley.
D. Some runners were participating in a wedding.
Question 41. Which of the following is NOT implied by the author?
A. Entering a race is a way to give support to an organization.
B. Running is a good way to strengthen the heart.
C. Foot races appeal to a variety of people.
D. Walkers can compete for prizes.
Question 42. The word “bystander” refers to __________.
A. a participant
Question 43. The main purpose of this passage is to ________________________.
A. give reasons for the popularity of the foot races
B. describe a popular activity
C. encourage people to exercise
D. make fun of runners in costume
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in
C. busy with
B. interested in
B. betrayed
C. declared
D. disowned
each of the following questions.
Question 44. Sorry, I can’t come to your party. I am snowed under with work at the moment.
A. relaxed about
D. free from
Question 45. He was imprisoned because he revealed secrets to the enemies.
A. concealed
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
The invention of the mobile phone has undoubtedly revolutionized the way people communicate and influenced
every aspect of our lives. The issue is whether this technological innovation has (46) ______ more harm than
good. In order to answer the question, we must first turn to the types of consumers. Presumably, most parents (47)
______ are always worrying about their children’s safety buy mobile phones for them to track their whereabouts.
We can also assume that most teenagers want mobile phones to avoid missing out on social contact. In this
context, the advantages are clear. (48) ________, we cannot deny the fact that text messages have been used by
bullies to intimidate fellow students. There is also (49) ________ evidence that texting has affected literacy skills.
The widespread use of mobile phone has, out of question, affected adult consumers too. What employee, on the
way home from work, would be reluctant to answer a call from their boss? Apparently, only 18% of us, according
to a survey, are willing to switch off our mobile phones once we've left the office.
Admittedly, mobile phones can be intrusive but there are obvious benefits to possessing one. Personally speaking,
they are invaluable when it comes to making social or business arrangements at short (50) _______. They also
provide their owners with a sense of security in emergency situations.
Question 46. A. brought
Question 47. A. whom
Question 48. A. Moreover
Question 49. A. arguable
Question 50. A. warning
C. done
C. which
C. However
C. unhesitating
C. term
D. made
D. who
D. So that
D. indisputable
D. notice
B. played
B. what
B. Therefore
B. doubtless
B. time
------ END ------
ĐÁP ÁN
1
B
6 C
11 C
16 A
21 D
26 D
31 C
36 C
41 B
46 C
2 C
7 C
12 A
17 D
22 A
27 A
32 A
37 B
42 C
47 D
3
B
8 A
13 D
18 B
23 A
28 A
33 B
38 D
43 B
48 C
4
B
9
B
14 B
19 C
24 B
29 C
34 C
39 B
44 D
49 D
5 D
10 C
15 C
20 D
25 B
30 C
35 C
40 B
45 A
50 D
SỞ GD-ĐT PHÚ YÊN
ĐỀ THI THPT NĂM 2020 (MINH HỌA)
TRƯỜNG THCS & THPT NGUYỄN KHUYẾN Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
B. watched C. stopped D. cooked
D. spread
C. clean
B. bread
B. number
C. information
C. compaint
D. entertainment
D. approach
B. cares
C. sports
D. profession
D. cost
B. I’m getting
C. I have got D. cost
D. saw/tried
B. to know/ to show C. know/ showing
D. knowing/ to show
B. why they were fighting
D. why were they fighting
______”
- “
D. haven't you
C. don't you
B. would you
supports and funds for the most disadvantaged children all over the
C. provides
B. assists
D. offers
B. because
D. since
C. for
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
is pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. wicked
Question 2: A. head
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. personality B. appropriate
Question 4: A. remind
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5: When he was a boy, one of his _____ was collecting stamp.
A. hobbies
Question 6: I gave the waiter 50,000 VND and waited for my _____
A. supply
B. change C. cash
Question 7:That’s the first time _____an answer right today
A. I get
Question 8: When I last _________ Jane, she ________ to find a job
A. see/ was trying
B. saw/ was trying C. have seen/ tried
Question 9: Just let me ______ which day your parents will arrive and I’ll be glad _____ them
around Hanoi.
A. know/ to show
Question 10: The man asked the boys _________
A. why did they fight
C. why the fight
Question 11: - "That's a very nice skirt you're wearing."
A. How a compliment! B. That's all right. C. It's nice of you to say so. D. I like you said
so.
Question 15: You’ve just had breakfast , ?
A. do you
Question 13: UNICEF
world.
A. presents
Question 14: I am sending you my curriculum vitae _____ you will have a chance to study it
before our interview.
A. so that
Question 15: Jake, the boy who sat beside me in class, used to wear _ shirt to school.
A. an old cotton white
B. an old white cotton
D. a cotton old white
C. a white cotton old
Question 16: Without your help, I
the technical problem with my computer the other day.
B. couldn’t have solved
D. could solve
A. can’t solve
C. wouldn’t solve
Question 17:
broken several world records in swimming.
A. She is said to have
C. It is said to have
B. People say she had
D. She is said that she has
Question 18: -John: “ Would you like to join our volunteer group this summer?”- Mike: “
”.
A. I wouldn’t like. Thank you.
C. Yes, you’re a good friend.
B. Do you think I would?
D. Yes, I’d love to. Thanks.
D.earn her living
C. hold her living
C. every second day D.every two days
C. extrovert
B. introvert
D. on purpose
C. by chance
B. by heart
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19: She left school and immediately started to make her own way without help from her
family.
A. find her living B.try her living
Question 20: Yes, we went away on holiday last week, but it rained day in day out.
A. every single day B. every other day
Mark the letter A, B C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21: He is a typical optimist, always looking on the bright side of everything.
D. activist
A. pessimist
Question 22: When I was going shopping yesterday, I accidentally met one of my old friends in
high school.
A. by far
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 23 to 29.
A rather surprising geographical feature of Antarctica is that a huge freshwater lake, one of
the world's largest and deepest, lies hidden there under four kilometers of ice. Now known as Lake
Vostok, this huge body of water is located under the ice block that comprises Antarctica. The lake is
able to exist in its unfrozen state beneath this block of ice because its waters are warmed by
geothermal heat from the earth's core. The thick glacier above Lake Vostok actually insulates it from
the frigid temperatures on the surface.
The lake was first discovered in the 1970s while a research team was conducting an aerial survey of
the area. Radio waves from the survey equipment penetrated the ice and revealed a body of water of
indeterminate size. It was not until much more recently that data collected by satellite made
scientists aware of the tremendous size of the lake; the satellite-borne radar detected an extremely
flat region where the ice remains level because it is floating on the water of the lake.
B. It is a saltwater lake.
D. It is heated by the sun.
The discovery of such a huge freshwater lake trapped under Antarctica is of interest to the
scientific community because of the potential that the lake contains ancient microbes that have
survived for thousands upon thousands of years, unaffected by factors such as nuclear fallout and
elevated ultraviolet light that have affected organisms in more exposed areas. The downside of the
discovery, however, lies in the difficulty of conducting research on the lake in such a harsh climate
and in the problems associated with obtaining uncontaminated samples from the lake without
actually exposing the lake to contamination. Scientists are looking for possible ways to accomplish
this.
Question 23: What is true of Lake Vostok?
A. It is completely frozen.
C. It is beneath a thick slab of ice.
Question 24: All of the following are true about the 1970 survey of Antarctica EXCEPT that it
.
A. was conducted by air
C. could not determine the lake's exact size
Question 25: It can be inferred from the passage that the ice would not be flat if
B. made use of radio waves
D. was controlled by a satellite
.
B. the lake were not so big
D. radio waves were not used
D. Rays of light
C. Tiny organisms
B. may contain uncontaminated microbes
D. has already been contaminated
B. problems with satellite-borne radar
B. provide satellite data concerning
A. there were no lake underneath
C. Antarctica were not so cold
Question 26: The word "microbes" in paragraph 3 could best be replaced by which of the
following?
A. Pieces of dust
B. Tiny bubbles
Question 27: Lake Vostok is potentially important to scientists because it
A. can be studied using radio waves
C. may have elevated levels of ultraviolet light
Question 28: The last paragraph suggests that scientists should be aware of
A. further discoveries on the surface of Antarctica
equipment
C. ways to study Lake Vostok without contaminating it D. the harsh climate of Antarctica
Question 29: The purpose of the passage is to .
A. explain how Lake Vostok was discovered
Antarctica
C. discuss future plans for Lake Vostok D. present an unexpected aspect of Antarctica's geography
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 30 to 37
Pollution emitted in industrial areas represents a threat to human health and the surrounding
natural resources. We have a tendency to believe that the production processes are the only source
of environmental damage, and often forget about the possible long-term effects of harmful
production practices. We may think that the closure of these huge industrial areas would improve
the quality of the environment. Unfortunately, this ignores the threat of the remaining waste, which
is abandoned and poorly stored. It represents an even bigger danger because it stands neglected as it
degrades and leaks into the earth without any control at all.
Changes in the water chemistry due to surface water contamination can affect all levels of an
ecosystem. It can affect the health of lower food chain organisms and, consequently, the availability
of food up through the food chain. It can damage the health of wetlands and damage their ability to
support healthy ecosystems, control flooding, and filter pollutants from storm water runoff. The
health of animals and humans are affected when they drink or bathe in contaminated water. In
addition water-based organisms, like fish and shellfish, can pile up and concentrate contaminants in
their bodies. When other animals or humans eat these organisms, they receive a much higher dose of
contaminant than they would have if they had been directly exposed to the original contamination.
Contaminated groundwater can badly affect animals, plants and humans if it is removed from
the ground by manmade or natural processes. Depending on the study of rocks of the area,
groundwater may rise to the surface through springs or seeps, flow sideways into nearby rivers,
streams, or ponds, or sink deeper into the earth. In many parts of fhe world, groundwater is pumped
out of the ground to be used for drinking, bathing, other household uses, agriculture, and industry.
Contaminants in the soil can harm plants when they take up the contamination through their
roots. Eating, breathing in, or touching contaminated soil, as well as eating plants or animals that
have piled up soil contaminants can badly affect the health of humans and animals.
Air pollution can cause breathing-related problems and other bad health effects as
contaminants are absorbed from the lungs into other parts of the body. Certain air contaminants can
also harm animals and humans when they contact the skin. Plants rely on breathing for their growth
and can also be affected by exposure to contaminants moved in the air.
(Source: Adapted from http://www.grid.unep.ch/waste/download/waste1213.pdf)
Question 30: What is the topic of the passage?
A. Sources of environmental damage
C. Bad effects of industrial waste
B. The pollution from the city
D. The quality of the environment
Question 31: According to the passage, the industry is likely to be thought as______.
B. the only source of pollution
D. a threat to human health
A. a danger to the environment
C. the utmost harmful activity
Question 32: The word “it” in the first paragraph refers to______.
B. a danger
D. the threat of the remaining waste
A. the remaining waste
C. the environment
Question 33: Which of the followings affect an ecosystem as the whole?
A. Surface water contamination
C. Groundwater contamination
B. Soil contamination
D. Air contamination
Question 34: According to the passage, which of the followings supports healthy ecosystems?
A. Lower food chain organisms B. Animals C. Water-based organisms D. Wetlands
Question 35: Which of the followings is NOT badly affected by contaminated groundwater?
A. Human
B. Plants
C. Rocks
D. Animals
Question 36: Which of the followings is the flow of water from the ground to the surface?
A. Streams
B. Ponds
C. Rivers
D. Springs
Question 37: Whichof the followings has the closest meaning to the word “absorbed” in the last
paragraph?
A. Consumed
C. Swallowed
B. Taken in
D. Piled up
Read the following passage and mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
A trend that has emerged recently is the sharing of childcare (38) __________ between
husband and wife. Young couples will try to arrange their work schedules so that they work
opposite hours or shifts in order that one parent is always home with the children. Since childcare is
expensive, this saves money for the young couple trying to establish themselves and provide a
secure environment for the family. Husband and wife may also share household chores. Some
fathers are just as capable as mothers at cooking dinner, changing and bathing the baby, and doing
the laundry.
In some cases, the woman’s salary is for family (39) __________ and the father becomes the
“househusband." These cases are still fairly rare. One positive trend, however, is that fathers seem to
be spending more time with their children. In a recent survey, 41% of the children sampled said they
spend equal time with their mothers and fathers. “This is one of our most significant cultural
changes,” says Dr. Leon Hoffman, who co-directs the
Parent Child Center at the New York Psychoanalytic Society. In practice, for over 30 years,
Hoffman has found "a very dramatic difference in the involvement of the father in everything from
care-taking to general decision (40) __________ around kids' lives.”
Another factor has recently been added to the childcare formula. The number of people who work
from home nearly full-time rose 23% from the last decade. The (41) _________ of technology -
computers, faxes, teleconferencing - has made it easier for at-home workers to be constantly in
touch. Will this new flexibility in the workforce bring a positive change for the (42) __________ of
children? Only time will tell.
Question 38:A. abilities
Question 39: A. payment
C. techniques D. responsibilities
C. fares
B. possibilities
B. expenses
D. fees
C. holding
C. access
C. comfort
D. giving
D. accessibility
D. interests
B
C
A
D
A
C
D
B
B
C
A
D
B. creating
Question 40: A. making
B. accessibly
Question 41: A. accessible
B. security
Question 42: A. well-being
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined, part that needs
correction.
Question 43: Digital clocks, however precise, they cannot be perfectly accurate because the
earth’s rotation changes slightly over years.
Question 44: On the floor of the Pacific Ocean is hundreds of flat-topped mountains morethan a
mile
beneath sea level.
Question 45: My sister told me that she had met my teacher at the supermarket yesterday.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 46: He did not work hard. He failed the exam.
A. Even though he failed the exam, he didn’t work hard.
B. Unless he had worked hard, he would have failed the exam.
C. If he had worked hard, he would have passed the exam.
D. However hard he worked, he failed the exam.
Question 47: Marry loved her stuffed animal when she was young. She couldn’t sleep without it.
A. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal so as not to sleep with it.
B. As Marry couldn’t sleep without her stuffed animal when she was young, she loved it.
C. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal so much that she couldn’t sleep without it.
D. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal though she couldn’t sleep without it.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questionsor indicate the correct answer to each of them.
Question 48: Although he was able to do the job, he wasn’t given the position.
A. The position wasn’t given to him in spite of his ability to do the job.
B. He was given neither the job nor the position.
C. Because he couldn’t do the job, he wasn’t given the position.
D. He got the position despite being unable to do the job.
Question 49: “You’re always making terrible mistakes”, said the teacher.
A. The teacher asked his students why they always made terrible mistakes.
B. The teacher realized that his students always made terrible mistakes,
C. The teacher complained about his students making terrible mistakes.
D. The teacher made his students not always make terrible mistakes.
Question 50: The criminal is believed to be living abroad
A. There’s a belief that that the criminal should be living abroad.
B. It is believed that the criminal is living abroad.
C. The belief is that the criminal should be living abroad.
D. It believes that the criminal is living abroad.
3-B
4-B
6-B
16-B
Đáp án
1-A
11-C
21-A
31-B
41-D
2-C
5-A
12-D 13-C 14-A 15-B
22-D 23-C 24-D 25-A 26-C 27-B
32-A 33-A 34-D 35-C 36-D 37-B
42-A 43-A 44-B
7-C
9-A
8-B
17-A 18-D 19-D
28-C 29-D
38-D 39-B
45-D 46-C 47-C 48-A 49-C
10-B
20-A
30-C
40-A
50-D
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT PHẠM VĂN ĐỒNG
ĐỀ MINH HỌA
Đề có 6 trang
KỲ THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT QUỐC GIA
NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mã 401
D. cleaned
D. cook
C. introduced
C. foot
D. reduce
D. education
C. target
C. experience
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
B. practiced
Question 1. A. watched
Question 2. A. bamboo
B. good
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
B. follow
Question 3. A. effort
B. minority
Question 4. A. advantaged
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5. It was in 1971 that transatlantic supersonic transportation became commercially
availability. A B C
D
Question 6. Not only Laura's parents but also her husband think she should return to school
A B C
and finish her graduate degree.
D
Question 7. In an essay writing in 1779, Judith Sargeant Murray promoted the cause of
A B C
women's education.
D
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 8. You’ll look more _________ if you wear a nice suit and a tie.
A.respectable
B. respectful
C. respect
D. respectably
Question 9. You should look up the meaning of new words in the dictionary ___ misuse them.
A.so that not to
B. so not to
C. so as not to
D. so that not
Question 10. Ms Drake expects _____ about any revision in her manuscript before it is printed.
A.consulting
B. being consulted C. to consult
D. to be consulted
Question 11. James had, _____, saved the manuscript of his first novel from the burning house.
A.lastly
B. at last
C. lately
D. at least
Question 12. Don’t drive into that street. It is __________ one-way street.
D. X
C. the
B. an
A.a
Question 13. By the end of this month, I __________ for this company for two years.
A.have been working
C. will be working
B. will work
D. will have been working
Question 14. Betty is happy and ___________. She always looks on the bright side of life.
A.confident
B. honest
C. flexible
D. optimistic
Question 15. My mother had to work 12 hours a day in a factory just to ____________.
1
A.make ends meet B. call it a day
C. tighten the belt D. break the ice
Question 16. I’m having __________ difficulty understanding what she means.
A.great
B. broad
C. large
D. full
Question 17. After seeing the film “ Gone with the wind”, ________________.
A.the book was read by many people.
B. the book made many people want to read it.
C. many people wanted to read the book.
D. the reading of the book interested people.
Question 18. The bad weather caused serious damage to the crop. If only it _____ warmer.
A.has been
B. had been
C. was
D. were
Question 19. What my grandfather said ten years ago about my future career _____ to be true.
A.turned down
B. turned in
C. turned out
D. turned up
Question 20. We are doing so well that we’ll soon have to ________ on new staff to help us.
A.take
B. keep
C. pay
D. hire
Question 21. ___________ smoking is a causative factor of many diseases, there is not ban on
tobaco advertising.
A. However
C. In spite of
B. Although
D. Therefore
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges
Question 22. Ann: “ Let me wash the vegetables while you’re preparing the meat.”
Mai: “ ____________”
A. Good idea. I’ll do it for you
C. Yes, please. But I can manage.
B. No problem.
D. OK. Thank you very much.
Question 23. Alan: “ Would you mind posting this letter for me on the way to the shopping
mall?” Hoa: “________________”
B. Yes. I posted it for you.
A. No problem. Give it to me before I go.
C. Never mind. You don’t have to do it now. D. It is very kind of you to say so.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24. In the end her neighbour decided to speak his mind.
B. say exactly what he thought
D. have a chat
A.are given the right to
C. say a few words
Question 25. She is always diplomatic when she deals with angry students.
D. firm
A.outspoken
B. tactful
C. strict
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 26. However, how to make full use of these sources of energy is a question for
researchers all over the world.
A.complete
B. imperfect
C. partical
D. hungry
Question 27. Due to the efforts of conservationists and environmentalists, few people are
unaware of the problems of endangered species.
A.ignorant of
B.well-informed of C. indifferent to
D. adjustment to
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 28. It was wrong of you not to call the fire brigade at once.
2
A.Calling the fire brigade mus be done at once.
B. The fire brigade was called at the wrong time.
C. You should have called the fire brigade at once.
D. You didn’t call the fire brigade early and it was wrong.
Question 29. In the class of twenty, Jack is the third best student.
A.Two students in the class are smarter than Jack.
B.The class has only three smart students.
C. Jack is not as smart as most of the other students.
D.No other students in the class is as smart as Jack.
Question 30. “Are you sorry for what you did?”, the mother said to her son.
A. The mother told her son if you were sorry for what you had done.
B. The mother asked her son if he was sorry for what you had done.
C. The mother asked her son if he was sorry for what he had done.
D. The mother asked her son if he was sorry for what he did.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 31. He was very sorry that he didn’t see Audrey on her trip to London.
A.He greatly wished not seeing Audrey on her trip to London.
B. He greatly wished he had not seen Audrey on her trip to London.
C.He greatly regretted not to see Audrey on her trip to London.
D. He greatly regretted not having seen Audrey on her trip to London.
Question 32. Alice and Charles did not decide to move to a bigger house until after his birth of
their second child.
A.It was not until Alice and Charles had their second child did they decide to move to a bigger
house.
B. Not until Alice and Charles had their second child, they decided to move to a bigger house.
C. Only when Alice and Charles had their second child did they decide to move to a bigger
house.
D.Only when Alice and Charles had their second child, they decided to move to a bigger house.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 33 to 37.
How to live independntly is, probably, one of the questions that are most frequently asked by
people, young and old. According to experts, there are a number of steps that people who want
to become (33) ___________ should follow. Below are some of them. First, you should believe
in yourself. That is the first and most important condition to make others believe in you. If you
don’t have (34) _________ in yourself, you will always turn to others for help every time you
have to make a decision. Believing in yourself will make you trust your own decisions, even if
they completely go against someone else’s. Second, get your own information. You should
watch and read the news from different sources. It’s important to read as much as possible, (35)
________ it is literature or daily newspapers. The information you get from reading will allow
you to get both sides of every story before you form an opinion. Being well-informed will keep
you from being a follower and will lead to more independent thought. (36)______, maintain
solid friendships. You don’t have to reject people as friends to be independent. In fact, your
independence is reinforced with good friends. When your friend needs someone to talk to, be
there for them, and listen to their problems with sympathetic and understanding attitude. This
way, you will not only help your friends, but their stories will help you to learn how to deal with
similar situations (37) ___________ my come up you later in your life.
3
D.independently
D. confide
D. neither
D. Moreover
D. when
B. independence
B. confident
B. whether
B. Although
B. which
C. independable
C. faith
C. if
C. Therefore
C. what
Question 33. A. independent
Question 34. A. success
Question 35. A. either
Question 36. A. However
Question 37. A. that
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 38 to 42.
IN ONE CUBIC FOOT
In any environment- forest, mountain, or water- you always see the big animals first:
birds, mammals, fish. But under your feet, on land or in the water, there are many smaller
organisms: insects, tiny plants, miniature sea creatures. They seem unimportant, but, in fact,
these sea creatures and ground dwellers are “ the heart of life on the Earth”, says naturalist E.O.
Wilson. Without them, our world would change dramatically.
Most organisms on the Earth live on the ground or just below it. Here, they are not part of
an important cycle. Plants and animals fall to the ground when they die. Later, tiny insects and
other organisms break down the dead plant and animal material. This process eventually returns
nutrients to the soil and gives plants energy. Plants can then help to maintain a healthy
environment for humans and other animals.
Despite their importance, scientists know very little about most ground organisms. To
learn more, photographer David Liittschwager went to different place around the world,
including a forest, a river, a mountain, and a coral reef. In each place, he put a green 12-inch
cube on the ground or in the water. Then he and his team counted and photographed the
organisms that lived in or moved through the cube. Often they discovered hundreds, some only a
millimeter in size. “It was like finding little gems.” he says. In the coral reef in French
Polynesia, he saw thousands of creatures in the cube and photographed 600. The team identified
as many as possible, but it was difficult. Many of the animals they found were new species.
Question 38. Another title of the passge could be _____________.
A. Dangers to Ground Creatures
C. Saving Small Animals in Cubes
B. The Importance of Tiny Organisms
D. The Life of Nutrients
Question 39. The word “miniature” in paragraph 1 means _________________.
A.very small
B. very large
C. very beautiful D. very important
Question 40. The word “their” in paragraph 3 refers to _______________.
B. ground organisms
A.scientists
C. cubes
D. nutrients
Question 41. All of the followings are true about Liittschwager and his team EXCEPT that
________.
A. they went to various places in the world.
B. they discovered numberous organisms in small sizes
C. the examined cubes by putting them on the ground or in the water
D. they did some experiments with the organisms
Question 42. Why was it difficult to identify the creatures at the coral reef?
A. Many were new to science.
C. They were too small.
B.The water was cloudy.
D. Many of them looked the same.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
Learning means acquiring knowledge or developing the ability to perform new
behaviours. It is common to think of learning as something that takes place in school, but much
4
of human learning occurs outside the classroom, and people continue to learn throughout their
lives.
Even before they enter school, young children learn to walk, to talk, and to use their
hands to manipulate toys, food, and other objects. They use all of their senses to learn about the
sights, sounds, tastes, and smells in their environments. They learn how to interact with their
parents, siblings, friends, and other people important to their world. When they enter school,
children learn basic academic subjects such as reading, writing, and mathematics. They also
continue to learn a great deal outside the classroom. They learn which behaviors are likely to be
rewarded and which are likely to be punished. They learn social skills for interacting with other
children. After they finish school, people must learn to adapt to the many major changes that
affect their lives, such as getting married, raising children, and finding and keeping a job.
Because learning continues throughout our lives and affects almost everything we do, the
study of learning is important in many different fields. Teachers need to understand the best
ways to educate children. Psychologists, social workers, criminologists, and other human-
service workers need to understand how certain experiences change people’s behaviours.
Employers, politicians, and advertisers make use of the principles of learning to influence the
behavior of workers, voters and consumers.
Learning is closely related to memory, which is the storage of information in the brain.
Psychologists who study memory are interested in how the brain stores knowledge, where this
storage takes place, and how the brain later retrieves knowledge when we need it. In contrast,
psychologists who study learning are more interested in behavior and how behavior changes as a
result of a person’s experiences.
There are many forms of learning, ranging from simple to complex. Simple forms of
learning involve a single stimulus. A stimulus is anything perceptible to the senses, such as a
sight, sound, smell, tough, or taste. In a form of learning known as classical conditioning, people
learn to associate two stimuli that occur in sequence, such as lightning followed by thumder. In
operant conditioning, people learn by forming an association between a behavior and its
consequences (reward or punishment). People and animals can also learn by observation-that is,
by watching others perform behaviors. More complex forms of learning include learning
languages, concepts, and motor skills.
Question 43. According to the passage, which of the following is learning in broad view
comprised of?
A. Acquisition of social and behavioural skills.
B. Knowledge acquisition and ability development.
C. Acquisition of academic knowledge.
D. Knowledge acquisition outside the classroom.
Question 44. The word “retrieves” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ____________.
A.generates
B. recovers
C. creates
D. gains
Question 45. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Psychologists studying memory are concerned with how the stored knowledge is used.
B. Psychologists studying memory are concerned with the brain’s storage of knowledge.
C. Psychologists are all interested in memory as much as behaviours.
D. Psychologists studying are interested in human behaviours.
Question 46. According to the passage, what are children NOT usually taught outside the
classroom?
A. Literacy and calculation
C. Interpersonal communication
B. Life skills
D. Right from wrong
5
Question 47. According to the passage, the study of learning is important in many fields due to
_____________.
A.the great influence of the on-going learning process
B.the influence of various behaviours in the learning process
C. the exploration of the best teaching methods
D. the need for certain experiences in various areas
Question 48. It can be inferred from the passage that social workers, employers, and politicians
concern themselves with the study of learning because they need to __________.
A.change the behaviours of the objects of their interest towards learning
B.make the objects of their interest more aware of the importance of learning
C. understand how a stimulus relates to the senses of the objects of their interest
D. thoroughly understand the behaviours of the objects of their interest
Question 49. Which of the following can be inferred about the learning process from the
passage?
A.It is more interesting and effective in school than that in life.
B. It becomes less challenging and complicated when people grow older.
C. It plays a crucial part in improving the learner’s motivation in school.
D. It takes place more frequently in real life than in academic institutions.
Question 50. The passage mainly discuss ___________.
A.simple forms of learning
B. practical examples of learning inside the classroom
C. application of learning principles to formal education
D. general principles of learning
*** THE END***
6
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT PHẠM VĂN ĐỒNG
ĐỀ MINH HỌA
Đề có 6 trang
KỲ THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT QUỐC GIA
NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mã 401
D. cleaned
D. cook
C. introduced
C. foot
D. reduce
D. education
C. target
C. experience
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
B. practiced
Question 1. A. watched
Question 2. A. bamboo
B. good
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
B. follow
Question 3. A. effort
B. minority
Question 4. A. advantaged
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5. It was in 1971 that transatlantic supersonic transportation became commercially
availability. A B C
D (available)
Question 6. Not only Laura's parents but also her husband think she should return to school
A B (thinks) C
and finish her graduate degree.
D
Question 7. In an essay writing in 1779, Judith Sargeant Murray promoted the cause of
A B (written) C
women's education.
D
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 8. You’ll look more _________ if you wear a nice suit and a tie.
A.respectable
B. respectful
C. respect
D. respectably
Question 9. You should look up the meaning of new words in the dictionary ___ misuse them.
A.so that not to
B. so not to
C. so as not to
D. so that not
Question 10. Ms Drake expects _____ about any revision in her manuscript before it is printed.
A.consulting
B. being consulted C. to consult
D. to be consulted
Question 11. James had, _____, saved the manuscript of his first novel from the burning house.
A.lastly
B. at last
C. lately
D. at least
Question 12. Don’t drive into that street. It is __________ one-way street.
D. X
C. the
B. an
A.a
Question 13. By the end of this month, I __________ for this company for two years.
A.have been working
C. will be working
B. will work
D. will have been working
Question 14. Betty is happy and ___________. She always looks on the bright side of life.
A.confident
B. honest
C. flexible
D. optimistic
Question 15. My mother had to work 12 hours a day in a factory just to ____________.
1
A.make ends meet B. call it a day
C. tighten the belt D. break the ice
Question 16. I’m having __________ difficulty understanding what she means.
A.great
B. broad
C. large
D. full
Question 17. After seeing the film “ Gone with the wind”, ________________.
A.the book was read by many people.
B. the book made many people want to read it.
C. many people wanted to read the book.
D. the reading of the book interested people.
Question 18. The bad weather caused serious damage to the crop. If only it _____ warmer.
A.has been
B. had been
C. was
D. were
Question 19. What my grandfather said ten years ago about my future career _____ to be true.
A.turned down
B. turned in
C. turned out
D. turned up
Question 20. We are doing so well that we’ll soon have to ________ on new staff to help us.
A.take
B. keep
C. pay
D. hire
Question 21. ___________ smoking is a causative factor of many diseases, there is not ban on
tobaco advertising.
A. However
C. In spite of
B. Although
D. Therefore
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges
Question 22. Ann: “ Let me wash the vegetables while you’re preparing the meat.”
Mai: “ ____________”
A. Good idea. I’ll do it for you
C. Yes, please. But I can manage.
B. No problem.
D. OK. Thank you very much.
Question 23. Alan: “ Would you mind posting this letter for me on the way to the shopping
mall?” Hoa: “________________”
B. Yes. I posted it for you.
A. No problem. Give it to me before I go.
C. Never mind. You don’t have to do it now. D. It is very kind of you to say so.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24. In the end her neighbour decided to speak his mind.
B. say exactly what he thought
D. have a chat
A.are given the right to
C. say a few words
Question 25. She is always diplomatic when she deals with angry students.
D. firm
A.outspoken
B. tactful
C. strict
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 26. However, how to make full use of these sources of energy is a question for
researchers all over the world.
A.complete
B. imperfect
C. partical
D. hungry
Question 27. Due to the efforts of conservationists and environmentalists, few people are
unaware of the problems of endangered species.
A.ignorant of
B.well-informed of C. indifferent to
D. adjustment to
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 28. It was wrong of you not to call the fire brigade at once.
2
A.Calling the fire brigade mus be done at once.
B. The fire brigade was called at the wrong time.
C. You should have called the fire brigade at once.
D. You didn’t call the fire brigade early and it was wrong.
Question 29. In the class of twenty, Jack is the third best student.
A.Two students in the class are smarter than Jack.
B.The class has only three smart students.
C. Jack is not as smart as most of the other students.
D.No other students in the class is as smart as Jack.
Question 30. “Are you sorry for what you did?”, the mother said to her son.
A. The mother told her son if you were sorry for what you had done.
B. The mother asked her son if he was sorry for what you had done.
C. The mother asked her son if he was sorry for what he had done.
D. The mother asked her son if he was sorry for what he did.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 31. He was very sorry that he didn’t see Audrey on her trip to London.
A.He greatly wished not seeing Audrey on her trip to London.
B. He greatly wished he had not seen Audrey on her trip to London.
C.He greatly regretted not to see Audrey on her trip to London.
D. He greatly regretted not having seen Audrey on her trip to London.
Question 32. Alice and Charles did not decide to move to a bigger house until after his birth of
their second child.
A.It was not until Alice and Charles had their second child did they decide to move to a bigger
house.
B. Not until Alice and Charles had their second child, they decided to move to a bigger house.
C. Only when Alice and Charles had their second child did they decide to move to a bigger
house.
D.Only when Alice and Charles had their second child, they decided to move to a bigger house.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 33 to 37.
How to live independntly is, probably, one of the questions that are most frequently asked by
people, young and old. According to experts, there are a number of steps that people who want
to become (33) ___________ should follow. Below are some of them. First, you should believe
in yourself. That is the first and most important condition to make others believe in you. If you
don’t have (34) _________ in yourself, you will always turn to others for help every time you
have to make a decision. Believing in yourself will make you trust your own decisions, even if
they completely go against someone else’s. Second, get your own information. You should
watch and read the news from different sources. It’s important to read as much as possible, (35)
________ it is literature or daily newspapers. The information you get from reading will allow
you to get both sides of every story before you form an opinion. Being well-informed will keep
you from being a follower and will lead to more independent thought. (36)______, maintain
solid friendships. You don’t have to reject people as friends to be independent. In fact, your
independence is reinforced with good friends. When your friend needs someone to talk to, be
there for them, and listen to their problems with sympathetic and understanding attitude. This
way, you will not only help your friends, but their stories will help you to learn how to deal with
similar situations (37) ___________ my come up you later in your life.
3
D.independently
D. confide
D. neither
D. Moreover
D. when
B. independence
B. confident
B. whether
B. Although
B. which
C. independable
C. faith
C. if
C. Therefore
C. what
Question 33. A. independent
Question 34. A. success
Question 35. A. either
Question 36. A. However
Question 37. A. that
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 38 to 42.
IN ONE CUBIC FOOT
In any environment- forest, mountain, or water- you always see the big animals first:
birds, mammals, fish. But under your feet, on land or in the water, there are many smaller
organisms: insects, tiny plants, miniature sea creatures. They seem unimportant, but, in fact,
these sea creatures and ground dwellers are “ the heart of life on the Earth”, says naturalist E.O.
Wilson. Without them, our world would change dramatically.
Most organisms on the Earth live on the ground or just below it. Here, they are not part of
an important cycle. Plants and animals fall to the ground when they die. Later, tiny insects and
other organisms break down the dead plant and animal material. This process eventually returns
nutrients to the soil and gives plants energy. Plants can then help to maintain a healthy
environment for humans and other animals.
Despite their importance, scientists know very little about most ground organisms. To
learn more, photographer David Liittschwager went to different place around the world,
including a forest, a river, a mountain, and a coral reef. In each place, he put a green 12-inch
cube on the ground or in the water. Then he and his team counted and photographed the
organisms that lived in or moved through the cube. Often they discovered hundreds, some only a
millimeter in size. “It was like finding little gems.” he says. In the coral reef in French
Polynesia, he saw thousands of creatures in the cube and photographed 600. The team identified
as many as possible, but it was difficult. Many of the animals they found were new species.
Question 38. Another title of the passge could be _____________.
A. Dangers to Ground Creatures
C. Saving Small Animals in Cubes
B. The Importance of Tiny Organisms
D. The Life of Nutrients
Question 39. The word “miniature” in paragraph 1 means _________________.
A.very small
B. very large
C. very beautiful D. very important
Question 40. The word “their” in paragraph 3 refers to _______________.
B. ground organisms
A.scientists
C. cubes
D. nutrients
Question 41. All of the followings are true about Liittschwager and his team EXCEPT that
________.
A. they went to various places in the world.
B. they discovered numberous organisms in small sizes
C. the examined cubes by putting them on the ground or in the water
D. they did some experiments with the organisms
Question 42. Why was it difficult to identify the creatures at the coral reef?
A. Many were new to science.
C. They were too small.
B.The water was cloudy.
D. Many of them looked the same.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
Learning means acquiring knowledge or developing the ability to perform new
behaviours. It is common to think of learning as something that takes place in school, but much
4
of human learning occurs outside the classroom, and people continue to learn throughout their
lives.
Even before they enter school, young children learn to walk, to talk, and to use their
hands to manipulate toys, food, and other objects. They use all of their senses to learn about the
sights, sounds, tastes, and smells in their environments. They learn how to interact with their
parents, siblings, friends, and other people important to their world. When they enter school,
children learn basic academic subjects such as reading, writing, and mathematics. They also
continue to learn a great deal outside the classroom. They learn which behaviors are likely to be
rewarded and which are likely to be punished. They learn social skills for interacting with other
children. After they finish school, people must learn to adapt to the many major changes that
affect their lives, such as getting married, raising children, and finding and keeping a job.
Because learning continues throughout our lives and affects almost everything we do, the
study of learning is important in many different fields. Teachers need to understand the best
ways to educate children. Psychologists, social workers, criminologists, and other human-
service workers need to understand how certain experiences change people’s behaviours.
Employers, politicians, and advertisers make use of the principles of learning to influence the
behavior of workers, voters and consumers.
Learning is closely related to memory, which is the storage of information in the brain.
Psychologists who study memory are interested in how the brain stores knowledge, where this
storage takes place, and how the brain later retrieves knowledge when we need it. In contrast,
psychologists who study learning are more interested in behavior and how behavior changes as a
result of a person’s experiences.
There are many forms of learning, ranging from simple to complex. Simple forms of
learning involve a single stimulus. A stimulus is anything perceptible to the senses, such as a
sight, sound, smell, tough, or taste. In a form of learning known as classical conditioning, people
learn to associate two stimuli that occur in sequence, such as lightning followed by thumder. In
operant conditioning, people learn by forming an association between a behavior and its
consequences (reward or punishment). People and animals can also learn by observation-that is,
by watching others perform behaviors. More complex forms of learning include learning
languages, concepts, and motor skills.
Question 43. According to the passage, which of the following is learning in broad view
comprised of?
A. Acquisition of social and behavioural skills.
B. Knowledge acquisition and ability development.
C. Acquisition of academic knowledge.
D. Knowledge acquisition outside the classroom.
Question 44. The word “retrieves” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ____________.
A.generates
B. recovers
C. creates
D. gains
Question 45. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Psychologists studying memory are concerned with how the stored knowledge is used.
B. Psychologists studying memory are concerned with the brain’s storage of knowledge.
C. Psychologists are all interested in memory as much as behaviours.
D. Psychologists studying are interested in human behaviours.
Question 46. According to the passage, what are children NOT usually taught outside the
classroom?
A. Literacy and calculation
C. Interpersonal communication
B. Life skills
D. Right from wrong
5
Question 47. According to the passage, the study of learning is important in many fields due to
_____________.
A.the great influence of the on-going learning process
B.the influence of various behaviours in the learning process
C. the exploration of the best teaching methods
D. the need for certain experiences in various areas
Question 48. It can be inferred from the passage that social workers, employers, and politicians
concern themselves with the study of learning because they need to __________.
A.change the behaviours of the objects of their interest towards learning
B.make the objects of their interest more aware of the importance of learning
C. understand how a stimulus relates to the senses of the objects of their interest
D. thoroughly understand the behaviours of the objects of their interest
Question 49. Which of the following can be inferred about the learning process from the
passage?
A.It is more interesting and effective in school than that in life.
B. It becomes less challenging and complicated when people grow older.
C. It plays a crucial part in improving the learner’s motivation in school.
D. It takes place more frequently in real life than in academic institutions.
Question 50. The passage mainly discuss ___________.
A.simple forms of learning
B. practical examples of learning inside the classroom
C. application of learning principles to formal education
D. general principles of learning
*** THE END***
6
SỞ GD&ĐT TỈNH PHÚ YÊN
THPT TÔN ĐỨC THẮNG
(Đề thi gồm: 05 trang)
ĐỀ THI MINH HỌA KÌ THI THPT QUỐC GIA
NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
D. mean
D. remained
B. beat
B. stretched
C. thread
C. entered
Họ và tên thí sinh:……………………………………SBD:…………………………
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose undertint part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions
Question 1:A. seat
Question 2:A. explored
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the undertint word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 3: Aileen doesn't like conventional dressing. She prefers something modern and shocking.
A. traditional
B. old
C. social
D. contemporary
Question 4: The Red Cross is an international humanitarian agency dedicated to reducing the sufferings
of wounded soldiers, civilians and prisoners of war.
D. loss
A. worry and sadness B. pain and sorrow C. happiness
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5:One-cent coins issued in the United States since 1982 is 96 percent zinc.
B
A
C D
Question 6: To control quality and making decisions about production are among the many
C D
B
A
responsibilities of an industrial engineer.
Question 7: Bill seems unhappy in his job because he doesn't get on well to his boss.
A
B
C D
C. support
C. advocate
D. swallow
D. cultural
B. aware
B. consider
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 8:A. enough
Question 9:A. period
Read the following pasage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
from
D. development
D. originally
C. achievement
C. originate
KARAOKE: A BRIEF HISTORY
Karaoke is a popular form of (10)_______ around the world. Karaoke is when people sing along to
the recorded music of a song. The recorded vocals of the song are removed. It is (11)_______ from
Japan. The word "karaoke" comes from the Japanese words "kara", which means "empty" and "oke",
which means "orchestra". The first karaoke machine was invented by Daisuke Inoue in 1971. His
friends always wanted to hear recordings of his performances. They wanted to sing along to his music.
Inoue made a machine with a tape recorder. When someone put in 100 yen (about a dollar), the machine
would play the music on the tape. (12)_______ first, he rented the machine to restaurants and bars. As
karaoke got more popular, many people opened karaoke boxes. These were places (13)_______ people
could go and sit in a room with their friends and sing karaoke together.
Nowadays, karaoke is popular around the world. Newer karaoke machines have computers. They can
store thousands of songs and download new songs from the Internet automatically. Karaoke machines
are (14)_______ to screens that show music videos and song lyrics. People can change the speed and
the pitch of the music to suit their voice. Some karaoke machines give people a rating about their
singing talent after the song ends. If you've never tried karaoke, you should give it a shot! You might
enjoy it!
(Adapted
http://dreamreader.net/)
Question 10:A. Entertainment
Question 11:A. origin
B. advertisement
B. original
Trang 1/5
B. For
B. where
B. linked
D. At
D. who
D. unconnected
C. In
C. which
C. attached
Question 12:A. On
Question 13:A. when
Question 14:A. combined
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 15: There are two factors causing this decrease in students' seeking an MBA degree.
D. avoiding
C. examining
B. pursuing
A. seizing
Question 16: With the dawn of space exploration, the notion that atmospheric conditions on Earth may
be unique in the solar system was strengthened.
A. beginning
B. outcome
C. expansion
D. continuation
Read the following pasage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
From 1940 to 1956, a man called George Metesky set off bombs in places like movie theatres and
train stations all over New York City. A psychiatrist named James A. Brussel was called in by the
police to help. He used crime scene photos and others from the bomber to profile the criminal doing the
bombings. He assured the police that the man was middle-aged, unmarried, and a skilled mechanic from
Connecticut.
This was an example of criminal profiling. Profiling is used when a criminal's identity is unknown.
Based on profiling, a psychological sketch of the person is created. This sketch helps the police more
easily find him or her. It Is an essential tool for the police trying to solve major crimes. Profiling has
been used for a long time to help the police.
Profilers are not police officers. They are experts who create criminal profiles for the police. They use
the crime scene evidence and psychology to write about the suspect. They can't tell who the person is,
but they can tell the police what kind of person to look for. To be a profiler, one needs a degree in
psychology, criminal justice, or behavioral science. Profilers sometimes work in police departments and
sometimes they are independent workers.
Profiling is especially effective in cases of repeated crimes, like serial killers. The profile tells the
police what the killer may act like. It also tells the police what kind of person the killer may target next
and where it might happen. That way, the police can prevent further crimes. Profilers can learn a lot
about a criminal's habits from the evidence they leave behind.
All of this is impressive, but not everyone agrees with profiling. Some say it's just a guessing game. It
may not always work, but profiling methods have improved over time. Today's profilers are much better
than previous profilers. They can create better profiles thanks to decades of knowledge and experience.
Even if their information isn't perfect, it's still a great help to the police.
(Adapted from "Subject Link L8")
Question 17:What is the passage mainly about?
A. how to become a criminal proof
B. how proofing helps predict what people will become criminals
C. how criminal proofing helps catch criminals
D. how criminal proofing was discovered
Question 18:When might the police ask a proof for help?
A. when they do not know anything about a criminal
B. when they know someone will be targeted by a serial killer
C. when they know who to arrest
D. when they need an artistic sketch of a suspect
Question 19:The word "serial" in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to________.
A. undiscovered
B. prior
C. repeat
D. guilty
Question 20:The word "they" in paragraph 3 refers to________.
B. criminal profiles C. Profilers
A. police officers
D. departments
Question 21:The main purpose of the second paragraph is to________.
A. discuss how to fid a proof
C. explain how to become a proof
B. provide an example of proofing
D. explain what criminal proofing is
Question 22:Which is NOT mentioned as a task that proof do?
A. They tell the police who to arrest.
B. They tell the police where crimes might happen.
Trang 2/5
C. They tell the police the type of person who might be targeted.
D. They tell the police what a criminal acts like.
Question 23:Which is true about James A. Brussel?
A. He worked as a psychiatrist from 1940 to 1956.
B. He helped the police to find the bomber.
C. He was involved in setting off bombs in New York.
D. He was middle-aged and a skilled mechanic.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Question 24:She took the train last night, so she wasn't late.
A. If she took the train last night, she would be late.
B. Had she not taken the train last night, she would have been late.
C. Unless she hadn't taken the train last night, she would be late.
D. If she had taken the train last night, she would have been late.
Question 25:People say that some Americans are superficially friendly.
A. Some Americans are said that they are superficially friendly.
B. Some Americans are said as being superficially friendly.
C. Some Americans are said to be superficially friendly.
D. People are said that some Americans are superficially friendly.
Question 26:"Why don't you get up early to do morning exercises?" Peter asked me.
A. Peter suggested that he should get up early to do morning exercises.
B. Peter told me the reason why I did not get up early to do morning exercises.
C. Peter advised me to get up early to do morning exercises.
D. Peter recommended me not to get up early to do morning exercises.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 27: My mother is very busy at work. However, she takes good care of her children.
A. Though my mother was very busy at work my mother took good care of her children.
B. In spite of being busy at work, my mother takes good care of her children.
C. Although my mother was very busy at work she did not take good care of her children.
D. My mother takes good care of her children but she is very busy at work.
Question 28: Sue lives in this house. The house is opposite my house.
A. Sue lives In this house which is opposite mine.
B. Sue lives in this house, that is opposite mine.
C. Sue lives in this house, where is opposite mine.
D. Sue lives in this house, which is opposite mine.
D. need repairing
A. need to repair
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 29: The bicycle________ now. You can do it tomorrow or the day after tomorrow on Mars.
B. needn't be repaired C. needn't repairing
Question 30: It's very kind of you to give me something on my birthday, but you________bought such
an expensive present like this.
A. needn't have
C. haven't needed
B. didn't need
D. needn't
Question 31: The Red Cross is a________organization whose purpose is to help people in wartime and
disasters.
A. commercial
B. military
C. humanitarian
D. political
Question 32: In the future cars will still be with us, but Instead of petrol they could
run________anything from electricity to methane gas.
A. out
C. on
B. by
D. with
Question 33: Not only________the exam but she also got the scholarship.
B. she passed
C. has she passed
A. did she pass
D. she has passed
Question 34: ________you study,________marks you will get.
A. The harder - the best
B. The harder - the better
Trang 3/5
C. The more - the much
D. The hardest - the best
Question 35: By the end of the 21st century, Chinese astronauts________.
A. will have landed B. will land
C. will be landed
D. will be landing
Question 36: His son's death was a terrible shock and it took him long time to________.
A. go over
B. come through
C. get round
D. get over
Question 37: He asked me________home the day before.
A. what time I left
C. what time I had left
B. what time I leave
D. what time I will leave
Question 38: A good________of English will help you find a job more easily.
A. knowledge
B. expectation
C. satisfaction
D. condition
Question 39: Computers are________used in schools and universities.
B. width
A. widely
C. widen
D. wide
Question 40: An architect planning a new house should always________in mind his client's needs.
D. carry
B. take
C. bear
A. remember
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Question 41:Cindy and Peter are talking about species extinction.
~ Cindy: "I think some plants and animals are likely to become extinct due to climate change."
~ Peter: "________. So we need to make everyone aware of the harmful effects."
A. You can't say it again
C. There's no doubt about it
B. I can't agree with you less
D. How wonderful your idea is
Question 42:Frank and Brandy are talking about Brandy's last vacation.
~ Frank: "I learned that you had an amazing vacation last summer. Did you go with your parents?"
~ Brandy: "________.I went with my cousins. We had a blast!"
B. Oh, no. That's unbelievable.
D. Certainly with my friends too.
A. That's right.
C. Of course not.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
It was one of the greatest art thefts in history. In March 1990, two thieves stole 13 pieces of art from
the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum in Boston. Valued at $500 million, it was the largest private art
theft ever, and for decades, it has gone unsolved.
The Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum is unique in the art world. Founded in 1903, it is the only
museum where the art and the building are part of one person's private collection. Gardner was a
collector of art who acquired many pieces on her travels to Europe. She eventually opened her museum
to the public so she could share her art with the world.
Two thieves disguised as police officers knocked on the museum's door late at night on St. Patrick's
Day. Because of the holiday, there were festivities all over the city. The "police officers" told the two
guards that there was a problem outside. Once inside, one of the "police officers" looked at the guards.
"I have an arrest warrant for you," he said. That's when he put handcuffs on the guards.
The thieves stole art from all over the museum. During the robbery, they set off an alarm when they
tried to take a Rembrandt off a wall, but they quickly smashed it. The thieves finally left the museum 81
minutes later with their stolen art. The stolen art included The storm on the Sea of Galilœ by
Rembrandt, Landscape with an Obelisk by Flinck, La Sortie de Pesage by Degas, and The Concert by
Vermeer. The next morning, workers found the art gone and the guards still tied up. They immediately
called in the police and an investigation began.
Some called the robbery "dumb" because paintings are notoriously hard to sell, but others claimed the
thieves were very professional. They weren't art experts and had likely been paid to steal the art. Today,
the art has still not been found. Empty frames hang where the paintings were. They are reminders of
what was stolen. (Adapted from "Subject Link L8")
Question 43:The main purpose of the third paragraph is to________.
A. discuss how the thieves were caught
C. explain where Gardner acquired all her art
B. explain how the thieves got into the museum
D. show what the thieves did with the art
Question 44:Which is NOT true about the robbery?
Trang 4/5
D. The art hasn't been found to this day.
A. The thieves set off an alarm while stealing art. B. The guards helped the thieves steal art.
C. The thieves stole art by Rembrandt.
Question 45: What happened during the robbery?
A. The guards escaped and got some help.
B. A cleaning crew showed up and found the guards.
C. The thieves were arrested by the police outside the museum.
D. The thieves tricked the guards and tied them up.
Question 46:The word "he" in paragraph 3 refers to________.
A. St. Patrick
B. the thief
C. the guard
D. the police officer
Question 47:What is the passage mainly about?
A. a legendary unsolved art robbery B. methods to prevent future art theft
C. ways to steal art from a museum
D. what the police did to solve a past art robbery
Question 48:The word "Founded" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to________.
A. Discovered
B. Started
C. Hidden
D. Destroyed
Question 49: The word "festivities" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to________.
D. advertisements
B. celebrationsC. activities
A. entertainments
Question 50:What can be inferred about the thieves?
A. They knew what paintings to steal because they studied art.
B. This was probably their first robbery.
C. They carefully planned the theft.
D. They were angry because the paintings were hard to sell.
___________THE END____________
Trang 5/5
ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI MINH HỌA KÌ THI THPT QUỐC GIA NĂM 2019-2020
THPT TÔN ĐỨC THẮNG
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Câu
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Đáp án
C
B
D
C
D
A
D
D
B
A
D
D
B
C
B
A
C
A
C
C
D
A
B
B
C
Đáp án
C
B
D
C
A
C
C
A
B
A
D
C
A
A
C
C
C
B
B
D
B
A
B
B
C
Câu
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Trang 6/5
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
C. participant C. mathematics D. minority
D. biology
B. laughed D. missed
D. found C. helped
C. country B. sound
D
D
D C
A. have lived C. are living D. has lived B. lived TRƯỜNG THCS & THPT VÕ THỊ SÁU KỲ THI THPT QUỐC GIA NĂM 2019-2020
ĐỀ MINH HỌA
(Đề thi có 05 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút
(không kể thời gian phát đề)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. competitor B. volunteer
Question 2: A. economics
B. sociology
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. weighed
Question 4: A. count
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 5.There were so much books in the library that I didn’t know which one to choose.
A B C
Question 6.This broken window ought to repaired tonight.
A B C
Question 7. The bigger the supermarket is, the more wide the choice will be.
A B
Mark the letter A , B , C , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
Question 8: In 1981, 34% of children aged 20-24__________ with their parents
Question 9: As an _______, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency. A. educate C. educator D. educative
B. education
Question 10: Tommy left high school _______ the age _______ seventeen. C. on / with A. at / of B. in / for D. of / in Question 11 She always had wanted to go to places _______ she could speak her native tongue. A. that B. in that C. which D. where Question 12: _______ is a sport in which people or teams race against each other in boats with oars. A. Rowing B. Windsurfing C. Swimming D. Water polo Question 13: _______ you study for these exams, _______ you will do.
A. The harder / the better
C. The hardest / the best B. The more / the much
D. The more hard / the more good, Question 14: Mathematics, a required subject in all schools, is __ into many branches. A. grouped B. prepared D. added
D. to wearing C. divided
Question 15: We are not allowed ____________jeans at school.
A. wear B. wearing C. to wear
Question 16: Someone who is _______ is hopeful about the future or the success of something in particular. A. powerful B. optimistic C. stagnant D. pessimistic
Question 17: You have to study hard to ___________ your classmates.
A. keep pace with B. get in touch with C. catch sight of D. look out for
Question 18: The mother told her son _______ so impolitely.
C. not behaving
B. not to behave D. did not behave A. not behave Question 19: _______, I will give him the report.
B. When he returns
D. No sooner he returns
A. When he will return
C. Until he will return 1
A. No, thanks B. Yes, I will D. No, I won’t C. I’d like to
B. Never mind , better job next time!
D. It's okay . Don't worry. A. Good Heavens!
C. That's brilliant enough!
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of
the following exchanges.
Question 20: . - Jane: “ Would you like to go to the cinema with us tonight?”
- Mary: “______. I have much work to do.”
Question 21: - Minh : " My first English test was not as good as I expected "
- Thomas : " _________."
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 22: We can use either verbal or non – verbal forms of communication.
A. using gesture B. using speech C. using verbs D. using facial expressions
Question 23: There used to be a shop at the end of the street but it went out of business a year ago.
A. closed up B. closed C. closed down D. closed into
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24: She was unhappy that she lost contact with a lot of her old friends when she went abroad to study. B. put in charge of C. lost control of D. got in touch with A. made room for
Question 25: After five days on trial, the court found him innocent of the crime and he was released.
A. benevolent B. innovative C. naive D. guilty
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closet in meaning to each of
the following questions.
Question 26: Despite her age, she gets about easily.
A. She is too old to do anything easily.
C. Although she is old, she can travel easily. B. Because she is old, she cannot go anywhere.
D. Her age prevents her from going from place to place. Question 27: "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress. Question 28: The last time when I saw her was three years ago.
A. I have often seen her for the last three years. B. About three years ago, I used to meet her.
C. I have not seen her for three years. D. I saw her three years ago and will never meet her again.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
Question 29.You can look up this word in the dictionary.
A. There are a lot of words in the dictionary for you to look at.
B. You can find the meaning of this word in the dictionary.
C. The dictionary contains a lot of words except the one you need.
D. You should buy this dictionary to find the word you need.
Question 30.More petrol is consumed nowadays than ten years ago. A. Not so much petrol was consumed ten years ago as nowadays.
2
B. Petrol consumption is going down nowadays.
C. We had more petrol ten years ago than we do nowadays.
D. We should consume as much petrol as possible.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 31 to 35.
B. at
B. Although
B. wind
B. fast C. in
C. However
C. weather
C. big D. while
D. Unless
D. speeds
D. warm C. At first D. Except for
Many people love boats .Going out on the water (31) __________ a warm summer day is a lot of fun.
(32) __________, different people like different kinds of boats. Two of the most popular kinds of boats are
sailboats and speedboats. Sailboats use the (33) __________ to give them power. They only have small engines.
In contrast, speedboats have large engines and go very fast. Furthermore, speedboats are usually not as (34)
_______ as sailboats. Speedboats are small so that they can go fast. Sailboats, on the other hand, are big so that
they are more comfortable . (35)______ sailboats can travel into the ocean ,but this would be very dangerous in a
speedboat. You can only use most speedboats on rivers and lakes.
Question 31. A. on
Question 32. A.Because
Question 33. A. water
Question 34. A. small
Question 35. A. In addition B. Unfortunately
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions from 36 to 40.
Species that belong to an area are said to be native species. Typically, they have been part of a given
biological landscape for a long period, and they are well adapted to the local environment and to the presence of
other native species in the same general habitat. Exotic species are interlopers, foreign elements introduced
intentionally or accidentally into new settings through human activities. In one context an introduced species may
cause no obvious problems and may, over time, be regarded as being just as "natural" as any native species in the
same habitat. In another context, exotics may seriously disrupt delicate ecological balances and create a cascade
of unintended consequences. The worst of these unintended consequences arise when introduced species put
native species in destruction by preying on them, altering their habitats, or out-competing them in the struggle for
food resources. Although biological introductions have affected environments the world over, the most
destructive, effects have occurred on islands, where introduced insects, cats, pigs, rats, mongooses, and other
nonnative species have caused the grave endangerment or outright extinction of literally hundreds of species
during the past 500 years.
One of other reason to cause species extinction is overexploitation. This word refers to the utilization of a
species at a rate that is likely to cause its extreme endangerment or outright extinction. Among many examples of
severe overexploitation, the case of the great whales stands out in special relief. By the middle of the 20th
century, unrestricted whaling had brought many species of whales to incredibly low population sizes. In response
to public pressure, in 1982 a number of nations, including the USA, agreed to an international moratorium on
whaling. As a direct result, some whale species which are thought to have been on extinction's doorstep 25 years
ago have made amazing comebacks, such as grey whales in the western Pacific. Others remain at great risk.
Many other species, however, continue to suffer high rates of exploitation because of the trade in animal parts.
Currently, the demand for animal parts is centered in several parts of Asia where there. is a strong market for
traditional medicines made from items like tiger bone and rhino horn.
Question 36.Native species _______.
A. are not used to the local environment
B. never get along well with other native species in the same environment
C. tend to do harm to exotic species
D. have been part of a given biological landscape for a long period Question 37.Exotic species _______.
A. do no harm to native species and the local environment
B. may kill native species for food
C. always share the environment peacefully with native species
D. help to make the local environment more ideal to survive 3
Question 38.According to the first paragraph, _______.
A. non-native species have caused badly damage to native ones
B. introducing new exotic species to local environments is necessary
C. exotic species have never been introduced on islands
D. very few native species have been damaged by exotic species Question 39.According to the second paragraph, by the middle of the 20 century ___.
B. whale hunting was illegal
D. whaling was not restricted A. whale population was the most crowded in marine life
C. whale population increased dramatically
Question 40.Tiger bone and rhino horn _______.
A. are not popular in Asian markets
C. are used for making traditional medicines B. are never in the trade of animal parts
D. cannot be found in Asian markets
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions from 40 to 50.
The goal of Internet-based encyclopedia Wikipedia (www.wikipedia.org) is to give everyone on the planet
access to information. Like other encyclopedias, Wikipedia contains lots of information: more than 2.5 million
articles in 200 different languages covering just about every subject. Unlike other encyclopedias, however,
Wikepedia is not written by experts, but by ordinary people. These writers are not paid and their names are not
published. They contribute to Wikipedia simply because they want to share their knowledge.
Encyclopedias began in ancient times as collections of writings about all aspects of human knowledge.
The word itself comes from ancient Greek, and means “a complete general education”. Real popularity for
encyclopedias came in the nineteenth century in Europe and the United States, with the publication of
encyclopedias written for ordinary readers. With the invention of the CD-ROM, the same amount of information
could be put on a few computer discs. Then with the Internet, it became possible to create an online encyclopedia
that could be constantly updated, like Microsoft’s Encarta. However, even Internet-based encyclopedias like
Encarta were written by paid experts. At first, Wikipedia, the brainchild of Jimmy Wales, a businessman in
Chicago, was not so different from these. In 2001, he had the idea for an Internet-based encyclopedia that would
provide information quickly and easily to everyone. Furthermore, that information would be available free,
unlike other Internet encyclopedias at that time.
But Wales, like everyone else, believed that people with special knowledge were needed to write the
articles, and so he began by hiring experts. He soon changed his approach, however, as it took them a long time
to finish their work. He decided to open up the encyclopedia in a radical new way, so that everyone would have
access not only to the information, but also to the process of putting this information online. To do this, he used
what is known as “Wiki” software (from the Hawaiian word for “fast”), which allows users to create or alter
content on web page. The system is very simple: When you open the web site, you can simply search for
information or you can log on to become a writer or editor of articles. If you find an article that interests you –
about your hometown, for example – you can correct it or expand it. This process goes on until no one is
interested in making any more changes.
B. journal C. article D. dictionary A. book
B. millionaires A. paid written C. normal people D. world experts
A. ordinary readers B. ordinary people C. encyclopedia experts D. every subject
D. collection B. encyclopedia A. knowledge C. writing
B. printed encyclopedia
D. updateable online encyclopedia A. CD-ROM dictionary
C. online encyclopedia
Question 41: Wikipedia is a(n) ____.
Question 42: Wikipedia is written by____.
Question 43: The phrase “these writers” in the first paragraph refers to ____.
Question 44: The phrase “the word” in the second paragraph refers to____.
Question 45: Microsoft’s Encarta is cited in the passage as an example of ____.
Question 46: The word “brainchild” in the second paragraph of the passage can be best replaced by____. C. product A. born D. father B. child
4
A. idea B. time C. method
B. determinate the website
D. edit information A. have access to information
C. modify information
A. became very famous after the formation of Wikipedia B. is the father of Wikipedia
C. made a great profit from Wikipedia D. decides who can use Wikipedia
A. exchanging articles B. a purchase of information C. limited access D. editing
Question 47: The word “approach” in the third paragraph of the passage means____.
D. writing
Question 48: The user of Wikipedia can do all of the following EXCEPT____.
Question 49: We can say that Jimmy Wales____.
Question 50: Wiki software enables ____.
_____________ THE END_____________
ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI MINH HỌA THPT QUỐC GIA 2019-2020
MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Câu Đáp án Câu Đáp án Câu Đáp án
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 B
D
A
C
B
C
C
B
C
A 11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20 D
A
A
C
C
B
A
B
B
C B
B
C
D
D
C
C
C
B
A Câu
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40 Đáp án
A
C
B
C
A
D
B
A
D
C Câu
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50 Đáp án
B
C
B
B
C
C
A
B
B
D 21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
5
KỲ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THCS VÀ THPT NGUYỄN
VIẾT XUÂN
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO
(Đề thi gồm 06 trang)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. worked
B. wanted C. stopped D. talked
B. optimistic C. initiate
D. tie
Question 2: A. retail
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. obedience
B. mischievous C. biologist D. decision
B. suitable C. responsible D. secondary
Question 4: A. confidence
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5: PM Phúc has expressed his delight that his visit coincided with the 45th founding
anniversary
A
B C
of the two countries’ diplomatic ties.
D
Question 6: Up to now, there are many charitable organizations helping people in Middle
A
B C
of Viet Nam
D
Question 7: Nearly 500,000 Australians has visited Viet Nam in 2017, those figures show the two
A
B C
countries’ close-knit connection
D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 8: The Vietnam Summit 2016, opening on 2nd November, 2016, ______ various issues,
including the nation’s position in the global economy.
A. discussed
B. discusses C. will discuss D. had dicuss
Question 9: In times _____war, it is dedicated to reducing the sufferings of wounded soldiers,
civilians and prisoners.
A. for B. to C. with D. of
Question 10: Prime Minister wished that the summit would help businesses find _________
investment and co-operation opportunities in the country
A. more B. most C. the more D. the most
Question 11: John wanted to know ____________ in the school education system in Vietnam
A. there are how many levels of education B. how many levels of education there are
C. how many levels of education are there D. how many levels of education there were
Question 12: MasterChef Junior Vietnam _________ to be an energetic playground for children who
have great passion for the culinary world
A. expected
B. is expected
C. to expect
D. are expected
Question 13: The ASEAN leaders have also adopted the ASEAN 2020, which is aimed ______
forging closer economic integration within region.
A. under B. for
C. upon D. at
Question 14: Some people are concerned with physical _______ when choosing a wife or
husband.
A. attractive
B. attraction
C. attractiveness D. attractively
Question 15: Students also have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of _______ courses in
the university.
A. compulsory
B. optional
C. required
D. limited
Question 16: Nguyễn Ngọc Linh _____ the opener for Khánh Hoà on the 41st minute
A. offered B. stuck C. scored D. devoted
Question 17: Military is_______in this country. Every man who reaches the age of 18 has to
serve in the army for two years.
A. compulsory
B. optional
C. illegal
D. unnecessary
Question 18: The people in Central provinces have barely _________ the severe flooding.
A. recovered from
B. recovered up
C. took off D. took after
Question 19: The election ended at 7pm yesterday and election results will be announced ________
20 days after election day
A. for
B. within
C. to D. without
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 20: Peter: “How do you do?”
Nam: “...........................”
A. Me, too.
C. Very kind of your part.
B. How do you do?
D. I’d love one.
Question 21: “Excuse me, can you tell me where I can catch a bus to London, please?”
“...........................”
A. Yes, please.
C. Sure, go ahead.
B. Sorry, I’m new here myself.
D. OK. Here’s your ticket.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 22 Our parents join hands to give us a nice house and a happy home
A. deal with
B. manage
C. help together
D. work together
Question 23: Disabled people all over the world are always protected from favoritism.
A. ill – treated
B. poor behaving
C. bad treatment
D. discrimination
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24: The government is not prepared to tolerate this situation any longer.
A. look down on B. put up with C. take away from D. give on to
Question 25: When I visited China, I found goods made for their domestic market were very good
A. indigenous
C. foreign
D. national
B. inland
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 26: “Set yourself in vertical position” teacher said to the boy
A. The teacher asked the boy to set himself in vertical posision.
B. The teacher asked the boy set himself in vertical posision.
C. The teacher asked the boy setting himself in vertical posision.
D. The teacher asked to the boy to set himself in vertical posision.
Question 27: Tom: “Why don’t you study hard for the coming exam, Ba”
A. Tom advised me not to study hard for the coming exam
B. Tom advised me to study hard for the coming exam
C. Tom advised Ba not to study hard for the coming exam
D. Tom advised Ba to study hard for the coming exam
Question 28: People say that the American women are used to living independently means
A. It is said that the American women are used to living independently.
B. The American women are said to be used to living independently.
C. The American women are said they be used to live independently.
D. A & B are correct
Question 29: We were unable to type the contract because the computer malfunctioned.
A. Despite a computer malfunction, we managed to finish typing the contract.
B. The computer malfunction helped us complete the contract.
C. The fact that the computer malfunction prevented us from typing the contract.
D. Thanks to the computer malfunction, we could type the contract.
Question 30: We'll go camping as long as the weather is good.
A. Only if the weather is fine will we go camping.
B. If the weather is better, we will go camping.
C. The weather is good when we will go camping.
D. We'll go camping immediately after the weather is good.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 31 to 35.
The East Asia and Pacific region has seven ( 31)______ the top 10 performing education systems in
the world, with schools in Việt Nam and China showing (32)_______ progress, according to a new
World Bank report released on Thursday.
Up to 40 per cent of them attend schools in (33)________ systems whose students are ahead of the
average students in OECD (Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development) countries.
These schools are not only in wealthy countries such as Singapore, Korea and Japan (34)________
also in middle-income countries such as China and Việt Nam, according to the report. As the report
highlights, students’ performance is not necessarily tied to a country’s income level. By age 10, for
example, the average Vietnamese student outperforms all but the top students in India, Peru and
Ethiopia.
(35)____________ key finding of the report is that across the region, household incomes do not
necessarily determine children’s educational success. In Việt Nam and China, for example, students
from poorer households do as well, if not better, in both math and science, as average students in
OECD countries.
(source: Read more at http://vietnamnews.vn/society/424470/viet-nam-among-top-10-education-
systems-wb-reports.html#9EIMxwLmmSxTRhCY.99)
Question 31: A. of
B. in
C. on
D. at
Question 32: A. signification
B. significant
C. significance
C. significanttly
Question 33: A. traffice B. school C. education
D. university
Question 34: A. and
B. rather C. less D. but
Question 35: A. Another B. Others C. more D. all
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 42.
The Winterthur Museum is a collection and a house. There are many museums devoted to the
decorative arts and many house museums, but rarely in the United States is a great collection
displayed in a great country house. Passing through successive generations of a single family,
Winterthur has been a private estate for more than a century. Even after the extensive renovations
made to it between 1929 and 1931, the house remained a family residence. This fact is of importance
to the atmosphere and effect of the museum. The impression of a lived-in house is apparent to the
visitor; the rooms look as if they were vacated only a short while ago ― whether by the original
owners of the furniture of the most recent residents of the house can be a matter of personal
interpretation. Winterthur remains, then, a house in which a collection of furniture and architectural
elements has been assembled. Like an English country house, it is an organic structure; the house, as
well as the collection and manner of displaying it to the visitor, has changed over the years. The
changes have coincided with developing concepts of the American arts, increased knowledge on the
part of collectors and students, and a progression toward the achievement of a historical effect in
period-room displays. The rooms at Winterthur have followed this current, yet still retained the
character of a private house.
The concept of a period room as a display technique has developed gradually over the years in
an effort to present works of art in a context that would show them to greater effect and would give
them more meaning for the viewer. Comparable to the habitat group in a natural history museum, the
period room represents the decorative arts in a lively and interesting manner and provides an
opportunity to assemble objects related by style, date, or place of manufacture.
Question 36: What does the passage mainly discuss?
A The reason that Winterthur was redesigned
B Elements that make Winterthur an unusual museum
C How Winterthur compares to English country houses
D Historical furniture contained in Winterthur
Question 37: The phrase “devoted to” in line 1 is closest in meaning to
A surrounded by
B specializing in
C successful with
D sentimental about
Question 38: What happened at Winterthur between 1929 and 1931?
A The owners moved out.
B The house was repaired.
C The old furniture was replaced.
D The estate became a museum.
Question 39: The word “assembled” in line 10 is closest in meaning to
A summoned
B appreciated
C brought together
D fundamentally changed
Question 40: The word “it” in line 10 refers to
A Winterthur
B collection
C English country house
D visitor
Question 41: According to the passage, objects in a period room are related by all of the
following EXCEPT
A date
B style
C place of manufacture
D past ownership
Question 42: What is the relationship between the two paragraphs in the passage?
A The second paragraph explains a term that was mentioned in the first paragraph.
B Each paragraph describes a different approach to the display of objects in a museum.
C The second paragraph of explains a philosophy art appreciation that contrasts with the
philosophy explained in the first paragraph.
D Each paragraph describes a different historical period.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
It is commonly believed in the United States that school is where people go to get an education.
Nevertheless, it has been said that today children interrupt their education to go to school. The
distinction between schooling and education implied by this remark is important.
Education is much more open-ended and all-inclusive than schooling. Education knows no
bounds. It can take place anywhere, whether in the shower or on the job, whether in a kitchen or on a
tractor. It includes both the formal learning that takes place in schools and the whole universe of
informal learning. The agents of education can range from a revered grandparent to the people
debating politics on the radio, from a child to a distinguished scientist. Whereas schooling has a
certain predictability, education quite often produces surprises. A chance conversation with a
stranger may lead a person to discover how little is known of other religions. People are engaged in
education from infancy on. Education, then, is a very broad, inclusive term. It is a lifelong process, a
process that starts long before the start of school, and one that should be an integral part of one's
entire life.
Schooling, on the other hand, is a specific, formalized process, whose general pattern varies little
from one setting to the next. Throughout a country, children arrive at school at approximately the
same time, take assigned seats, are taught by an adult, use similar textbooks, do homework, take
exams, and so on. The slices of reality that are to be learned, whether they are the alphabet or an
understanding of the workings of government, have usually been limited by the boundaries of the
subject being taught.
For example, high school students know that they are not likely to find out in their classes the truth
about political problems in their communities or what the newest filmmakers are experimenting with.
There are definite conditions surrounding the formalized process of schooling.
Question 43: What does the author probably mean by using the expression “children interrupt their
education to go to school” (lines 2)?
A Going to several different schools is educationally beneficial.
B School vacations interrupt the continuity of the school year.
C Summer school makes the school year too long.
D All of life is an education.
Question 44: The word “bounds” in line 5 is closest in meaning to
A rules
B experience
C limits
D exceptions
Question 45: “A chance conversation with a stranger” means
A An unplanned conversation with a stranger
B An unusual conversation with a stranger
C A lengthy conversation with a stranger
D A lively conversation with a stranger
Question 46: The word “an integral” in line 12 is closest in meaning to
A an equitable
B a profitable
C a pleasant
D an essential
Question 47: The word “they” in line 17 refers to
A slices of reality
B similar textbooks
C boundaries
D seats
Question 48: The phrase “For example,” line 20, introduces a sentence that gives examples of
A similar textbooks
B the results of schooling
C the workings of a government
D the boundaries of classroom subjects
Question 49: The passage supports which of the following conclusions?
A Without formal education, people would remain ignorant.
B Education systems need to be radically reformed.
C Going to school is only part of how people become educated.
D Education involves many years of professional training.
Question 50: The passage is organized by
A listing and discussing several educational problems
B contrasting the meanings of two related words
C narrating a story about excellent teachers
D giving examples of different kinds of schools
THE END
ĐÁP ÁN
1. B
Câu B phát âm là /id/, các câu còn lại là /t/
2.C
Câu C phát âm là / ʃ /, các câu còn lại là /t /
3.B
Câu B trọng âm một, còn lại trọng âm 2
4.C
Câu C trọng âm 2, còn lại trọng âm 1
5.A thời gian xác định quá khứ, tường thuật lại thời điểm ở quá khứ
has impressed impressed
6.B
Up to now, được dùng ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành nên there are there have been
7.B
Thì quá khứ đơn, năm 2017, has visited visted
8.A
The Vietnam Summit 2016, là chủ nghữ số ít, ngày 2 tháng 10 là thời gian trong quá khứ nên chọn
thì quá khứ đơn
9. D
Of nối hai danh từ
10. A
Dùng hình thức so sánh hơn của danh từ “more investment”
11.D
Sau “How many” là danh từ, là câu tường thuật nên “there were”
12.B
Câu bị động, “MasterChef Junior” là chủ ngữ số ít
13.D
Động từ aim đi với giới từ at
14.C
Sau tính từ Physical la danh từ. Danh từ attractiveness nghĩa là sự duyên dáng, dùng cho hình dáng
người.
15. B
“Optional course” nghĩa là “khóa học từ chọn”
16.C
“score the opener” nghĩa là ghi bàn mở tỉ số
17.A
“compulsory” nghĩa là “bắt buộc”
18.A
“recovered from” là “bình phục lại”
19. B
“within” là “trong khoảng thời gian”
20.B
Lời đáp lại lời mời “how do you do.”
21.B
Đáp lại lời hỏi đường “Sorry, I’m new here myself” nghĩa là “Xin lỗi, tôi là người mới đến đây”
22. C
“join hands” là “chung tay” gần nghĩa với “help together”: giúp đỡ nhau
23.D
“favouritism” là “thiên vị” gần nghĩa với “discrimination”: phân biệt
24.A
tolerate = khoan dung, tha thứ, chịu đựng, “look down on” là từ trái nghĩa: xem thường ai, khinh
miệt
25.C
“domestic”: trong nước, “foreign”: nước ngoài
26.A
Câu tường thuật sử dụng động từ nguyên mẫu có to
27. D
Câu tường thuật: lời khuyên (advise + O + to-inf)
Tom khuyên Ba học chăm chỉ cho kì thi đang đến
28.D
Câu bị động đặt biệt, có 2 dạng theo cấu trúc:
-
S1 + V1 (That) S2 +V2 + (Object hoặc Complement tùy theo loại
động từ V2)
-
It (be) + P.P (Past participle của V1) + That + Part 2
29.C
Prevent + O + from doing sth. : Ngăn cản ai làm gì
30.A
Only if + S + V…, Aux. + S + V…. (hình thức đảo ngữ): Chỉ khi……………
Chúng ta sẽ đi cắm trại khi thời tiết tốt
Chỉ khi thời tiết tốt, chúng ta sẽ đi cắm trại
31.A has seven of the top 10 : bảy trong mười
32. B
sinificant progress bổ nghĩa cho danh từ phải là tính từ.
schools in education systems
33. C
not only ….. but also
34. D
Another key
35. A
36.B
Nội dung ở đoạn 1
There are many museums devoted to the decorative arts and many house museums, but rarely in the
United States is a great collection displayed in a great country house
37.B Devote to = speciale in: chuyên môn hóa
38. B
Even after the extensive renovations (đổi mới) made to it between 1929 and 1931, the house
remained a family residence
assemble = bring together: tập hợp lại
39.C
40. A
Winterthur remains, then, a house in which a collection of furniture and architectural elements has
been assembled. Like an English country house, it is an organic structure
Sau đó Winterthur vẫn là một ngôi nhà, trong đó một bộ sưu tập đồ nội thất và các yếu tố kiến trúc đã được tập hợp. Giống như ngôi
nhà của Anh quốc, nó là một cấu trúc có hệ thống
41.D
Comparable to the habitat group in a natural history museum, the period room represents the
decorative arts in a lively and interesting manner and provides an opportunity to assemble objects
related by style, date, or place of manufacture.
42. A
Đoạn 2 giải thích về khái niệm của The period room của đoạn 1
43. D
school is where people go to get an education. Nevertheless, it has been said that today children
interrupt their education to go to school
44. C Bound = limit : giới hạn
45. A
A chance conversation: cuộc nói chuyện tình cờ
46. D integral = essential cần thiết
47. A
The slices of reality that are to be learned, whether they are the alphabet or an understanding of the
workings of government,
48. D
….have usually been limited by the boundaries of the subject being taught. …
There are definite conditions surrounding the formalized process of schooling (có liên quan đến
nội dung phần trên)
49. C
Education, then, is a very broad, inclusive term. It is a lifelong process, a process that starts long
before the start of school, and one that should be an integral part of one's entire life.
50. D
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN ĐỀ THAM KHẢO THPTQG NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯƠNG VĂN CHÁNH Môn : TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
D. conception
D. alone
C. currency
C. coast
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. curriculum
Question 2: A. boat
B. coincide
B. broad
D. attractive
D. advise
B. humorous
B. provide
C. arrangement
C. arrange
B. many story
D. multi-storey
C. multi-storied
A. many-floored
C. and she
B. that she
A. when she
D. she
A. go
C. going
D. to go
C. constant
D. current
A. private
B. daily
D. catch up with
B. put up with
C. do without
A. do with
C. interfere with
D. stem from
B. consist of
A. yield to
B. wouldn't have been discovered
D. can't be discovered
A. wouldn't be discovered
C. can't have been discovered
A. had been attending
D.had been attended
B. was attending
C. had attended
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions
Question 3: A. successful
Question 4: A. private
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following questions
Question 5: There are a lot of_______ buildings in the centre of the city.
Question 6: It was not until she arrived home_______ remembered her appointment with the doctor.
Question7: I don't feel like_______ to the cinema now.
B. to have gone
Question 8: Please fill in your employment history, including your_______ employer as well as any
previous ones you might have had.
Question 9: “If we can’t afford a car, we’ll just have to_______ one.”
Question 10: Owing to various advances in modern medicine, certain diseases that were seemingly
incurable now _______ treatment.
Question 11: Had the drought not lowered the reservoir, the ancient village_______
Question 12: By the time Alfonso finally graduated from high school, he_______ seven different
schools because his parents moved frequently.
Question 13: At times the vital balance between animals and plants is upset by man’s _______
D. resistance
B. interference
A. prevention
C.withdrawal
Question 14: This missile is designed so that once __________ nothing can be done to retrieve it
A. fired
B. having fired
C. they fired
D. firing
Question 15: From 1949 onward ,the artist Georgia O’keeffe made New Mexico __________.
B. where her permanent residence
D. her permanent residence
A. her permanent residence was
C. permanent residence for her
A. been more helpful considerably
C. been more considerably helpful
B. been considerably more helpful
D. considerably been more helpful
B. Damon Ruyan’s stories, which
D. Because Damon Ruyan’s stories
A. That Damon Ruyan’s stories
C. Damon Ruyan’s stories
Question 16: To be honest, Harry has _______ than you have.
Question 17:______ are considered humorous is mainly due to his characters’ use of slang.
Question 18:_____, advances in medicine have also led to the present threat of worldwide over-
population.
1
A. While they’ve undoubtedly improved the quality of our lives
B. Although sometimes more than one form of therapy is used to treat an illness
C. Because they have played an important part in raising our standard of living
D. Once dreaded annual events, polio epidemics are now mentioned only in history books
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19: The trade unions worked hard for an agreement that would be endorsed by their
members.
A.supported by
B. demanded by
C. attractive to
D. of benefit to
B. declared
A. installed
C. denounced
D. advised
Question 20: In 1952, Akihito was officially proclaimed heir to the Japanese throne.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21: There are several different kinds of faults in reading which are usually more
exaggerated with foreign learners.
A. overestimated
C. overemphasized D. undertaken
B. understated
B. objective
B
A
C D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A.I am sorry. I have no idea.
C.That's quite all right.
Question 22: The situation in the country has remained relatively stable for a few months now.
A. constant
C. changeable D. ignorant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 23: Looking from afar, the village resembles a small green spot dotted with tiny fireballs.
Question 24:Animals like frogs have waterproof skin that prevents it from drying out quickly in air,
sun, or wind.
Question 25: Experts in climatology and other scientists are becoming extreme concerned about the
changes to our climate which are taking place.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Question 26 - Anne : "Do you mind if I ask you one or two questions?" - Jack : "____________"
B.Why not?
D.Not at all. Fire away.
Question 27 - Anna : " I don't think I can do this ." - Susan: "_____________ "
B.Oh, come on! Give it a try!
D.No, I hope not.
A.Yeah. It's not easy
C.Sure, no way!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 28 to 32.
Most people hear terms like radiation and immediately think of it as a bad or dangerous thing.
It 28_______ that only certain types of radiation are ordinarily harmful to humans. For example,
ultraviolet radiation can give people sunburns. X-rays and gamma rays can make a person sick or even
die if they 29_______ to them for a very long time. Some types of particle radiation can also make
people sick and lead to burns. Any type of radiation that causes changes in the world like these is
referred to as ionizing radiation. If radiation does not carry high enough levels of energy, 30_______,
then these changes will not happen when something is hit by the radiation. This is referred to as non-
ionizing radiation, which is not as dangerous.
2
One can distinguish between various types of radiation by looking at the source of the radiation, its
wavelength, the 31_______ of energy being carried, any particles involved, etc. Radioactive material
is a physical material that emits radiation. Uranium and plutonium are examples of radioactive
materials. The atoms 32_______ are made of tend to fall apart and give off different kinds of radiation,
like gamma rays and lots of types of particle radiation.
Question 28:A. turns up
B. turns on
C. turns in
D. turns out
Question 29:A. are related
B. are used
C. are exposed
D. are connected
Question 30:A.though
B. therefore
C. moreover
D. likewise
Question 31:A.amount
B. number
C. sum
D. total
C. with which
B. which
D. Þ
Question 32:A. they
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions from 33 to 38
Some people say that the best defense is a good offense; an octopus, however, would disagree.
In addition to being one of the strangest and most beautiful creatures in nature, the octopus has some
of the most inventive and effective defense mechanisms imaginable. While other animals have teeth,
horns, or claws to help defend them from predators, the octopus concentrates its energy on hiding from
and confusing its attackers. When it wants to get away, the octopus has an impressive arsenal of tricks
at its disposal.
The most well-known of the octopus’s defense mechanisms is its ability to squirt clouds of ink
into the water. Some octopi use this cloud of ink as camouflage; after squirting the ink, the octopus
retreats into the ink cloud where the predator cannot see it. Other octopi use the ink cloud as a decoy.
If a large, intelligent predator such as a shark knows that octopi use ink clouds for camouflage, it might
simply attack the ink cloud blindly, hoping to make contact with the octopus inside. However, some
sneaky octopi will release the ink cloud in one direction and scurry away in another direction, leaving
the predator with nothing but a mouthful of ink. In addition to confusing predators’ sense of sight,
these ink clouds also confuse their sense of smell. The ink is composed primarily of melanin, which
can shut down a predator’s sense of smell. If an octopus cannot be seen or smelled, it has a much
higher chance of escaping an attack.
Another defense mechanism possessed by many octopi is the ability to change color, much like a
chameleon. Most animals get their skin color from chemicals in the skin called chromatophores
(melanin is one of these chromatophores). Chromatophores might contain yellow, orange, red, brown,
or black pigments, and the amount of each pigment present in the skin determines an animal’s color.
While most animals are always the same color, some species of octopi can control the amount of each
color pigment in their skin cells, allowing them to change color. Some poisonous octopi, when
provoked, will change their skin to a bright, eye-catching color to warn predators that they are
dangerous and ready to strike. Other octopi use this ability to change their skin to the color and texture
of seaweed or coral, allowing them to blend in with their environment. Finally, some octopi—such as
the mimic octopus—use this color changing ability to masquerade as another type of animal. The body
of an octopus is highly flexible, and some species can combine this flexibility with their color-
changing skills to make themselves resemble more dangerous animals such as sea snakes or eels.
Yet another defense mechanism possessed by some octopi is the ability to perform an autotomy,
or self-amputation, of one of their limbs and regrow it later. When a predator catches a tentacle the
octopus can amputate this tentacle, thereby unfettering itself, and regrow the tentacle later. However,
some octopi when threatened by a predator will shed a tentacle before being attacked in the hope that
the predator will go after the detached tentacle rather than the octopus itself. While the octopus may
not be the most vicious creature in the ocean, its numerous and clever defense mechanisms help it to
survive in the dangerous undersea world.
Question 33. Which of the following sentences from the passage best expresses the main idea?
3
C. II and III only
B. I and II only
D. I, II, and III
C. amputating
B. regrowing
D. sacrificing
A. The most well-known of the octopus’s defense mechanisms is its ability to squirt clouds of ink into
the water.
B. Some people say that the best defense is a good offense; an octopus, however, would disagree.
C. Another defense mechanism possessed by many octopi is the ability to change color, much like a
chameleon.
D. When it wants to get away, the octopus has an impressive arsenal of tricks at its disposal.
Question 34:The author claims in paragraph 1 that an octopus would disagree with the statement “the
best defense is a good offense” because
A. octopi employ more defensive than offensive capabilities
B. octopi possess good defensive and offensive capabilities
C. octopi can protect themselves from teeth, horns, and claws
D. not all octopi possess the same defense mechanisms
Question 35: Which of the following statements best describes the organizational structure of
paragraphs 2-4?
A. The author lays out several reasons to support the argument that the octopus has the best
defense mechanisms of any sea creature.
B. The author devotes one paragraph each to explaining three different defense mechanisms
possessed by the octopus.
C. The author devotes one paragraph each to highlighting three potential threats to the octopus and
how the octopus deals with each one differently.
D. The author compares and contrasts three different defense mechanisms employed by the
octopus.
Question 36: According to the passage, which of the following statements about the chemical melanin
are true?
I. An octopus’s ink is composed primarily of melanin.
II. Melanin is a chromatophore.
III. Like the octopus, chameleons use melanin to change color.
A. I only
Question 37: As used in paragraph 4, which of the following is the best synonym for unfettering?
A. freeing
Question 38: The final paragraph can best be described as a
A. prediction conclusion, in which the author looks toward the future
B. full circle conclusion, in which the author incorporates and builds on a word or theme from the
introduction
C. solution conclusion, in which the author proposes a solution to a problem posed earlier in the
passage
D. summary conclusion, in which the author restates the passage’s main idea
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions from 39 to 45
In the early 1920's, settlers came to Alaska looking for gold. They traveled by boat to the coastal
towns of Seward and Knik, and from there by land into the gold fields. The trail they used to travel
inland is known today as the Iditarod Trail, one of the National Historic Trails designated by the
Congress of the United States. The Iditarod Trail quickly became a major thorough fare in Alaska, as
the mail and supplies were carried across this trail. People also used it to get from place to place,
including the priests, ministers, and judges who had to travel between villages. In the winter, the
settlers’ only means of travel down this trail was via dog sled.
Once the gold rush ended, many gold-seekers went back to where they had come from, and
suddenly there was much less travel on the Iditarod Trail. The introduction of the airplane in the late
1920’s meant dog teams were no longer the standard mode of transportation, and of course with the
airplane carrying the mail and supplies, there was less need for land travel in general. The final blow to
the use of the dog teams was the appearance of snowmobiles.
By the mid 1960's, most Alaskans didn’t even know the Iditarod Trail existed, or that dog teams
had played a crucial role in Alaska’s early settlements. Dorothy G. Page, a self-made historian,
4
B. depleted gold mines
D. reduced demand for land travel
C. preference
D. option
B. way
recognized how few people knew about the former use of sled dogs as working animals and about the
Iditarod Trail’s role in Alaska’s colorful history. To raise awareness about this aspect of Alaskan
history, she came up with the idea to have a dog sled race over the Iditarod Trail. She presented her
idea to an enthusiastic musher, as dog sled drivers are known, named Joe Redington, Sr. Soon the
Pages and the Redingtons were working together to promote the idea of the Iditarod race.
Many people worked to make the first Iditarod Trail Sled Dog Race a reality in 1967. The Aurora
Dog Mushers Club, along with men from the Adult Camp in Sutton, helped clear years of overgrowth
from the first nine miles of the Iditarod Trail. To raise interest in the race, a $25,000 purse was offered,
with Joe Redington donating one acre of his land to help raise the funds. The short race, approximately
27miles long, was put on a second time in 1969.
After these first two successful races, the goal was to lengthen the race a little further to the ghost
town of Iditarod by 1973. However in 1972, the U.S. Army reopened the trail as a winter exercise, and
so in 1973, the decision was made to take the race all the way to the city of Nome—over 1,000 miles.
There were many who believed it could not be done and that it was crazy to send a bunch of mushers
out into the vast, uninhabited Alaskan wilderness. But the race went! 22 mushers finished that year,
and to date over 400 people have completed it.
Question 39: The primary purpose of this passage is to
A. recount the history of the Iditarod trail and the race that memorializes it
B. describe the obstacles involved in founding the Iditarod race
C. outline the circumstances that led to the establishment of the Iditarod Trail
D. reestablish the important place of the Iditarod Trail in Alaska’s history
Question 40: Based on information in the passage, it can be inferred that all of the following
contributed to the disuse of the Iditarod Trail except
A. more modern forms of transportation
C. highway routes to ghost towns
Question 41: As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for mode?
A. formula
Question 42: According to the passage, the initial Iditarod race
A. was funded through the sale of musher entrance fees
B. was founded by an advocate for Alaskan history
C. ended at the ghost town of Iditarod
D. boasted a total of 400 entrants
Question 43: As used in paragraph 3, the phrase “self-made historian” implies that Dorothy G. Page
A. was employed by the state to keep its dog sled history alive
B. was determined to honor the glories of the gold rush in spite of herquestionable credentials
C. had pursued the study of Alaska’s history out of her own interest
D. had personally educated others about Alaska’s history
Question 44: In 1925, when a diphtheria outbreak threatened the lives of people in the remote town of
Nome, the government used the Iditarod Trail to transport medicine nearly 700 miles to the town. If
the author chose to include this fact in the passage, it would best fit in
A. paragraph 1 B. paragraph 2 C. paragraph 3 D. paragraph 5
Question 45: Based on information in the passage, it can be inferred that because the U.S.Army
reopened the Iditarod Trail in 1972,
A. more people could compete in the Iditarod race
B. the mushers had to get permission from the U.S. Army to hold the race
C. the trail was cleared all the way to Nome
D. the Iditarod race became a seasonal Army competition
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 46: Smoking is an extremely harmful habit. You should give it up immediately.
A. When you give up smoking immediately, you will affect your health with this harmful habit.
B. You should give up smoking immediately and you will fall into an extremely harmful habit.
5
C. Stop smoking immediately so it will become one of your extremely harmful habits.
D. As smoking is an extremely harmful habit, you should give it up immediately.
A. The crowd became very angry because the delay was so long.
B. The more increasingly the crowd became, the longer the delay was.
C. The longer the delay was, the angrier the crowd became.
D. The more the crowd became angry at the delay, the longer they feel.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me to understand.
B. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult to understand.
C. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in his book.
D. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read his book.
Question 47: I picked up my book. I found that the cover had been torn.
A. When picking up my book, the cover had been torn.
B. On picking up my book, I saw that the cover had been torn.
C. The cover had been torn when my book picked up.
D. Picked up, the book was torn.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each
of the following questions.
Question 48: The crowd became increasingly angry at the long delay.
Question 49: I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read his book.
Question 50: People believe he won a lot of money on the lottery.
A. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
6
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN ĐỀ THAM KHẢO THPTQG NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN LƯƠNG VĂN CHÁNH Môn : TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
ĐÁP ÁN
D. conception
D. alone
C. currency
C. coast
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. curriculum
Question 2: A. boat
B. coincide
B. broad
D. attractive
D. advise
B. humorous
B. provide
C. arrangement
C. arrange
B. many story
C. multi-storied
A. many-floored
C. and she
B. that she
A. when she
D. she
A. go
C. going
D. to go
C. constant
D. current
A. private
B. daily
D. catch up with
B. put up with
C. do without
A. do with
C. interfere with
D. stem from
B. consist of
A. yield to
B. wouldn't have been discovered
D. can't be discovered
A. wouldn't be discovered
C. can't have been discovered
A. had been attending
D.had been attended
C. had attended
B. was attending
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions
Question 3: A. successful
Question 4: A. private
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following questions
Question 5: There are a lot of_______ buildings in the centre of the city.
D. multi-storey
Question 6: It was not until she arrived home_______ remembered her appointment with the doctor.
Question7: I don't feel like_______ to the cinema now.
B. to have gone
Question 8: Please fill in your employment history, including your_______ employer as well as any
previous ones you might have had.
Question 9: “If we can’t afford a car, we’ll just have to_______ one.”
Question 10: Owing to various advances in modern medicine, certain diseases that were seemingly
incurable now _______ treatment.
Question 11: Had the drought not lowered the reservoir, the ancient village_______
Question 12: By the time Alfonso finally graduated from high school, he_______ seven different
schools because his parents moved frequently.
Question 13: At times the vital balance between animals and plants is upset by man’s _______
D. resistance
B. interference
A. prevention
C.withdrawal
Question 14: This missile is designed so that once __________ nothing can be done to retrieve it
A. fired
B. having fired
C. they fired
D. firing
Question 15: From 1949 onward ,the artist Georgia O’keeffe made New Mexico __________.
B. where her permanent residence
D. her permanent residence
A. her permanent residence was
C. permanent residence for her
A. been more helpful considerably
C. been more considerably helpful
B. been considerably more helpful
D. considerably been more helpful
Question 16: To be honest, Harry has _______ than you have.
Question 17:______ are considered humorous is mainly due to his characters’ use of slang.
A. That Damon Ruyan’s stories
C. Damon Ruyan’s stories
B. Damon Ruyan’s stories, which
D. Because Damon Ruyan’s stories
7
Question 18:_____, advances in medicine have also led to the present threat of worldwide over-
population.
A. While they’ve undoubtedly improved the quality of our lives
B. Although sometimes more than one form of therapy is used to treat an illness
C. Because they have played an important part in raising our standard of living
D. Once dreaded annual events, polio epidemics are now mentioned only in history books
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19: The trade unions worked hard for an agreement that would be endorsed by their
members.
A.supported by
B. demanded by
C. attractive to
D. of benefit to
A. installed
B. declared
C. denounced
D. advised
Question 20: In 1952, Akihito was officially proclaimed heir to the Japanese throne.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21: There are several different kinds of faults in reading which are usually more
exaggerated with foreign learners.
A. overestimated
C. overemphasized D. undertaken
B. understated
B. objective
C. changeable
B
A
C D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A.I am sorry. I have no idea.
C.That's quite all right.
Question 22: The situation in the country has remained relatively stable for a few months now.
D. ignorant
A. constant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 23: Looking from afar, the village resembles a small green spot dotted with tiny fireballs.
Question 24:Animals like frogs have waterproof skin that prevents it from drying out quickly in air,
sun, or wind.
Question 25: Experts in climatology and other scientists are becoming extreme concerned about the
changes to our climate which are taking place.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Question 26 - Anne : "Do you mind if I ask you one or two questions?" - Jack : "____________"
B.Why not?
D.Not at all. Fire away.
Question 27 - Anna : " I don't think I can do this ." - Susan: "_____________ "
B.Oh, come on! Give it a try!
D.No, I hope not.
A.Yeah. It's not easy
C.Sure, no way!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 28 to 32.
Most people hear terms like radiation and immediately think of it as a bad or dangerous thing.
It 28_______ that only certain types of radiation are ordinarily harmful to humans. For example,
ultraviolet radiation can give people sunburns. X-rays and gamma rays can make a person sick or even
die if they 29_______ to them for a very long time. Some types of particle radiation can also make
people sick and lead to burns. Any type of radiation that causes changes in the world like these is
referred to as ionizing radiation. If radiation does not carry high enough levels of energy, 30_______,
8
then these changes will not happen when something is hit by the radiation. This is referred to as non-
ionizing radiation, which is not as dangerous.
One can distinguish between various types of radiation by looking at the source of the radiation, its
wavelength, the 31_______ of energy being carried, any particles involved, etc. Radioactive material
is a physical material that emits radiation. Uranium and plutonium are examples of radioactive
materials. The atoms 32_______ are made of tend to fall apart and give off different kinds of radiation,
like gamma rays and lots of types of particle radiation.
Question 28:A. turns up
B. turns on
C. turns in
D. turns out
Question 29:A. are related
B. are used
C. are exposed
D. are connected
Question 30:A.though
B. therefore
C. moreover
D. likewise
Question 31:A.amount
B. number
C. sum
D. total
C. with which
B. which
D. Þ
Question 32:A. they
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions from 33 to 38
Some people say that the best defense is a good offense; an octopus, however, would disagree.
In addition to being one of the strangest and most beautiful creatures in nature, the octopus has some
of the most inventive and effective defense mechanisms imaginable. While other animals have teeth,
horns, or claws to help defend them from predators, the octopus concentrates its energy on hiding from
and confusing its attackers. When it wants to get away, the octopus has an impressive arsenal of tricks
at its disposal.
The most well-known of the octopus’s defense mechanisms is its ability to squirt clouds of ink
into the water. Some octopi use this cloud of ink as camouflage; after squirting the ink, the octopus
retreats into the ink cloud where the predator cannot see it. Other octopi use the ink cloud as a decoy.
If a large, intelligent predator such as a shark knows that octopi use ink clouds for camouflage, it might
simply attack the ink cloud blindly, hoping to make contact with the octopus inside. However, some
sneaky octopi will release the ink cloud in one direction and scurry away in another direction, leaving
the predator with nothing but a mouthful of ink. In addition to confusing predators’ sense of sight,
these ink clouds also confuse their sense of smell. The ink is composed primarily of melanin, which
can shut down a predator’s sense of smell. If an octopus cannot be seen or smelled, it has a much
higher chance of escaping an attack.
Another defense mechanism possessed by many octopi is the ability to change color, much like a
chameleon. Most animals get their skin color from chemicals in the skin called chromatophores
(melanin is one of these chromatophores). Chromatophores might contain yellow, orange, red, brown,
or black pigments, and the amount of each pigment present in the skin determines an animal’s color.
While most animals are always the same color, some species of octopi can control the amount of each
color pigment in their skin cells, allowing them to change color. Some poisonous octopi, when
provoked, will change their skin to a bright, eye-catching color to warn predators that they are
dangerous and ready to strike. Other octopi use this ability to change their skin to the color and texture
of seaweed or coral, allowing them to blend in with their environment. Finally, some octopi—such as
the mimic octopus—use this color changing ability to masquerade as another type of animal. The body
of an octopus is highly flexible, and some species can combine this flexibility with their color-
changing skills to make themselves resemble more dangerous animals such as sea snakes or eels.
Yet another defense mechanism possessed by some octopi is the ability to perform an autotomy,
or self-amputation, of one of their limbs and regrow it later. When a predator catches a tentacle the
octopus can amputate this tentacle, thereby unfettering itself, and regrow the tentacle later. However,
some octopi when threatened by a predator will shed a tentacle before being attacked in the hope that
the predator will go after the detached tentacle rather than the octopus itself. While the octopus may
9
C. II and III only
B. I and II only
D. I, II, and III
C. amputating
B. regrowing
D. sacrificing
not be the most vicious creature in the ocean, its numerous and clever defense mechanisms help it to
survive in the dangerous undersea world.
Question 33. Which of the following sentences from the passage best expresses the main idea?
A. The most well-known of the octopus’s defense mechanisms is its ability to squirt clouds of ink into
the water.
B. Some people say that the best defense is a good offense; an octopus, however, would disagree.
C. Another defense mechanism possessed by many octopi is the ability to change color, much like a
chameleon.
D. When it wants to get away, the octopus has an impressive arsenal of tricks at its disposal.
Question 34: The author claims in paragraph 1 that an octopus would disagree with the statement “the
best defense is a good offense” because
A. octopi employ more defensive than offensive capabilities
B. octopi possess good defensive and offensive capabilities
C. octopi can protect themselves from teeth, horns, and claws
D. not all octopi possess the same defense mechanisms
Question 35: Which of the following statements best describes the organizational structure of
paragraphs 2-4?
A. The author lays out several reasons to support the argument that the octopus has the best
defense mechanisms of any sea creature.
B. The author devotes one paragraph each to explaining three different defense mechanisms
possessed by the octopus.
C. The author devotes one paragraph each to highlighting three potential threats to the octopus and
how the octopus deals with each one differently.
D. The author compares and contrasts three different defense mechanisms employed by the
octopus.
Question 36: According to the passage, which of the following statements about the chemical melanin
are true?
I. An octopus’s ink is composed primarily of melanin.
II. Melanin is a chromatophore.
III. Like the octopus, chameleons use melanin to change color.
A. I only
Question 37: As used in paragraph 4, which of the following is the best synonym for unfettering?
A. freeing
Question 38: The final paragraph can best be described as a
A. prediction conclusion, in which the author looks toward the future
B. full circle conclusion, in which the author incorporates and builds on a word or theme from the
introduction
C. solution conclusion, in which the author proposes a solution to a problem posed earlier in the
passage
D. summary conclusion, in which the author restates the passage’s main idea
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions from 39 to 45
In the early 1920's, settlers came to Alaska looking for gold. They traveled by boat to the coastal
towns of Seward and Knik, and from there by land into the gold fields. The trail they used to travel
inland is known today as the Iditarod Trail, one of the National Historic Trails designated by the
Congress of the United States. The Iditarod Trail quickly became a major thorough fare in Alaska, as
the mail and supplies were carried across this trail. People also used it to get from place to place,
including the priests, ministers, and judges who had to travel between villages. In the winter, the
settlers’ only means of travel down this trail was via dog sled.
Once the gold rush ended, many gold-seekers went back to where they had come from, and
suddenly there was much less travel on the Iditarod Trail. The introduction of the airplane in the late
1920’s meant dog teams were no longer the standard mode of transportation, and of course with the
10
B. depleted gold mines
D. reduced demand for land travel
C. preference
D. option
B. way
D. paragraph 5
airplane carrying the mail and supplies, there was less need for land travel in general. The final blow to
the use of the dog teams was the appearance of snowmobiles.
By the mid 1960's, most Alaskans didn’t even know the Iditarod Trail existed, or that dog teams
had played a crucial role in Alaska’s early settlements. Dorothy G. Page, a self-made historian,
recognized how few people knew about the former use of sled dogs as working animals and about the
Iditarod Trail’s role in Alaska’s colorful history. To raise awareness about this aspect of Alaskan
history, she came up with the idea to have a dog sled race over the Iditarod Trail. She presented her
idea to an enthusiastic musher, as dog sled drivers are known, named Joe Redington, Sr. Soon the
Pages and the Redingtons were working together to promote the idea of the Iditarod race.
Many people worked to make the first Iditarod Trail Sled Dog Race a reality in 1967. The Aurora
Dog Mushers Club, along with men from the Adult Camp in Sutton, helped clear years of overgrowth
from the first nine miles of the Iditarod Trail. To raise interest in the race, a $25,000 purse was offered,
with Joe Redington donating one acre of his land to help raise the funds. The short race, approximately
27miles long, was put on a second time in 1969.
After these first two successful races, the goal was to lengthen the race a little further to the ghost
town of Iditarod by 1973. However in 1972, the U.S. Army reopened the trail as a winter exercise, and
so in 1973, the decision was made to take the race all the way to the city of Nome—over 1,000 miles.
There were many who believed it could not be done and that it was crazy to send a bunch of mushers
out into the vast, uninhabited Alaskan wilderness. But the race went! 22 mushers finished that year,
and to date over 400 people have completed it.
Question 39: The primary purpose of this passage is to
A. recount the history of the Iditarod trail and the race that memorializes it
B. describe the obstacles involved in founding the Iditarod race
C. outline the circumstances that led to the establishment of the Iditarod Trail
D. reestablish the important place of the Iditarod Trail in Alaska’s history
Question 40: Based on information in the passage, it can be inferred that all of the following
contributed to the disuse of the Iditarod Trail except
A. more modern forms of transportation
C. highway routes to ghost towns
Question 41: As used in paragraph 2, which is the best definition for mode?
A. formula
Question 42: According to the passage, the initial Iditarod race
A. was funded through the sale of musher entrance fees
B. was founded by an advocate for Alaskan history
C. ended at the ghost town of Iditarod
D. boasted a total of 400 entrants
Question 43: As used in paragraph 3, the phrase “self-made historian” implies that Dorothy G. Page
A. was employed by the state to keep its dog sled history alive
B. was determined to honor the glories of the gold rush in spite of herquestionable credentials
C. had pursued the study of Alaska’s history out of her own interest
D. had personally educated others about Alaska’s history
Question 44: In 1925, when a diphtheria outbreak threatened the lives of people in the remote town
of Nome, the government used the Iditarod Trail to transport medicine nearly 700 miles to the town.
If the author chose to include this fact in the passage, it would best fit in
B. paragraph 2 C. paragraph 3
A. paragraph 1
Question 45: Based on information in the passage, it can be inferred that because the U.S.Army
reopened the Iditarod Trail in 1972,
A. more people could compete in the Iditarod race
B. the mushers had to get permission from the U.S. Army to hold the race
C. the trail was cleared all the way to Nome
D. the Iditarod race became a seasonal Army competition
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
11
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 46: Smoking is an extremely harmful habit. You should give it up immediately.
A. When you give up smoking immediately, you will affect your health with this harmful habit.
B. You should give up smoking immediately and you will fall into an extremely harmful habit.
C. Stop smoking immediately so it will become one of your extremely harmful habits.
D. As smoking is an extremely harmful habit, you should give it up immediately.
A. The crowd became very angry because the delay was so long.
B. The more increasingly the crowd became, the longer the delay was.
C. The longer the delay was, the angrier the crowd became.
D. The more the crowd became angry at the delay, the longer they feel.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me to understand.
B. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult to understand.
C. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in his book.
D. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read his book.
Question 47: I picked up my book. I found that the cover had been torn.
A. When picking up my book, the cover had been torn.
B. On picking up my book, I saw that the cover had been torn.
C. The cover had been torn when my book picked up.
D. Picked up, the book was torn.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each
of the following questions.
Question 48: The crowd became increasingly angry at the long delay.
Question 49: I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read his book.
Question 50: People believe he won a lot of money on the lottery.
A. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
12
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN THÁI BÌNH
KỲ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM 2020
Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
(ĐỀ THAM KHẢO)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other.
Question 1: A. interviewed
B. finished
C. worked
D. dressed
Question 2: A. bought B. sought
C. drought D. fought
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
in the position.
Question 3: A. argument
B. apartment
C. compliment
D. kindergarten
Question 4: A. exceptions B. uncertainty C. identifier D. disappointments
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Once ______ in large quantities, these products will be more affordably priced.
A. are produced
B. having produced
C. produced
D. producing
Question 6. If she _______ the train last night, she would be here now.
A. took
B. were taking
C. had taken
D. had taken
Question 7. This small town developed ______ I had expected.
A.not fast as
B. much faster than
C. slowly than
D. as much fast as
Question 8. As the two teams left the football ground, the 100,000 ___ gave them a standing ovation.
A. bystanders
B. spectators
C. viewers
D. audiences
Question 9. That carcinogenic substances _______ in many common household items is well-known.
A. are contained B. containing
C. are containing
D. contained
Question 10. It turned out that we _______ rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed by several
hours.
A. needn’t have
B.should have
C. mustn’t have D. hadn’t
Question 11. Residents were warned not to be extravagant with water, _______ the low rainfall this year.
with a view to
B. in view of
C. regardless of
A.
D. irrespective of
Question 12: He did not do well at school and left with few _________ qualifications.
A. academic
B. academy
C. academician
D. academically
Question 13. George took _______ of the fine weather to feed his baby tiger in the garden.
A. advantage
B. interest
C. profit
D. charge
Question 14. We’ve been together through_______ in our friendship, and we won’t desert each other
now.
A.bad and good
B. thick and thin
C. odds and ends
D. high and low
Question 15: Sarah delivered a(n) _______ appeal to the court and asked for mercy.
A. affectionate
B. sentimental
C. sensational
D. emotional
Question 16: By the end of next year, we _______ this advanced training course.
A. are finishing
B. have finished
C. will have finished D. will be finished
Question 17: A (n) _____child means a child who behaves badly and saddens his parents.
A. active
B. insubordinate
C. obedient
D. hard - working
Question 18. Pasteur _______all his life to science.
A. devoted
B. appealed
C. contributed D. applied
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19. Just like Mahatma Gandhi, who advocated non-violent methods of struggle, Picasso
fought against fascism by peaceful means.
A.
used
B. determined
C. insisted
D. supported
Question 20: At the meeting, Ms. Volatile always manages to put her foot in her mouth.
A. trip over her big feet B. say the wrong thing C. move rapidly D. fall asleep
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21. Lauren’s predominant features, what you first noticed about her, were her stunning black
hair and large, dark eyes.
inadequate
B. unnoticeable C. universal
A.
D. evident
Question 22. Man’s first walk on the moon in 1969 made history.
A. was quickly forgotten and unheard of B. was meaningful enough to influence history
C. made a start on modern times D. became an important page of human history
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Questions 23: Monica and Mathew are on the way home.
Monica: "I think we should recycle these bags. It will help protect the environment."
Mathew: "........."
A. I can't agree with you more.
B. It's rubbish. We shouldn't use it.
C. You can say that again.
D. Never mind.
Question 24 : Jane is making a call for Mrs. Smith but she isn’t on the phone
Jane: Hello, I’d like to speak with Mrs. Smith. Daisy: “ __________”
A. Who are you?
B. Hang on, please, I will put you through.
C. Sure
D. Of course you could
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Most doctors agree that it is not good for patients to lay in bed without exercising.
A B C D
Question 26. The number of wildlife habitat reserves have been established in order to save
A B C
endangered species from extinction.
D
Question 27. Despite America’s affluence, many people are without jobs, on welfare, and have a lot of
A
B
C D
debts.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 28 to 32.
S
ingapore was one of the five original member countries that (28) _____ ASEAN in 1967. (29)
_________ its independence in 1965, Singapore has become one of the world’s most prosperous
countries. Singapore is highly ranked for its economic competitiveness, and it was the world’s most (30)
________ country from 1997 to 1999 as ranked by the World Economic Forum.
Singapore has (31)______ an impressive recovery after the Asian financial crisis of 1997-1998 . The
government is currently restructuring the economy by promoting higher-value-added activities in line
with a knowledge-based” economy, and by opening up protected sectors such as financial services to
increase overall efficiency. Various bilateral free-trade agreements are also being negotiated to improve
market access and (32) _______ foreign investment inflows
Question 28. A. founded
B. set for
C. establishes D. held
Question 29. A. with
B. for
C. since D. because of
Question 30. A. competitiveness B. competitor
C. competing D. competitive
Question 31. A. done B. made
C. had D. improved
Question 32. A. lead
B. dispose
C. encourage D. call
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
The population of the world is growing very fast. In the last 40 years, it has doubled. By the year 2200, it
will be about 10,000 million. Our cities will be much bigger. There will be more factories and more
roads. We will need more water and more natural resources. Experts say that we will have serious
problems in the future. They say that we must change the way we use energy and natural resources now.
Every day we throw away millions of tones of rubbish. Half of this is paper that we can use again. A
typical family in Europe or America throws away more than l tone of rubbish each year, but we can
recycle most of this. If we recycle things, we can save money, energy, and natural resources. Recycling
the Sunday New York Times newspaper, for example, will save 75,000 trees every week.
A lot of rubbish we throw away is not biodegradable. Plastic, mental and chemicals will not disappear for
hundreds of years. We also produce a lot of unnecessary things, such as packaging. All of this pollutes
the air, the land 'and the water. Pollution will be a very big problem in the future. We must avoid using
non-biodegradable material. We must also reduce the amount of unnecessary things that we produce and
use. In shops, for example, we can say ‘No, thanks!’ to the packaging that comes with the things we buy.
Many natural resources are not renewable. Coal, gas, oil, metals and minerals, for example, will finish
one day. Other resources take a long time to grow, such as trees, or they are not always available, such as
water. We have to reduce the amount of resources and energy that we use. We also have to find
alternative ways to make energy. We can use the sun, the wind, the sea and the heat of the Earth.
Question 33: The certain consequence of a fast growing population is that……….
A. the number of people on earth is going to double
B. there will be more natural resources
C. the change in the way people use energy
D. the lack of water and resources
Question 34: Which of the following is NOT true about recycling?
A. We can save money.
B. A major part of rubbish is recyclable.
C. Every day millions tones of rubbish are reused.
D. 75,000 trees will be saved if we recycle one day newspaper.
Question 35: The word ‘this’ in the passage refers to ……….
A. packaging
B. rubbish
C. the non-biodegradable D. plastic
Question 36: The word ‘alternative’ is closest in meaning to…………..
A. unusual
B. cleaner C. different
D. changeable
Question 37: Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. Overpopulation
B. Ways to save the resources
C. Other alternative energy
D. Future threat to our lives
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Smart cards and mobile phones are becoming an increasingly popular way to make all sorts of payments.
Even now, in Japan thousands of transactions, from paying rail tickets to picking up the groceries, take
place every day with customers passing their handsets across a small flat-screen device. And predictions
in the world of finance reckon that payments using mobile phones will have risen to more than $50 billion
in the very near future.
What's the appeal of e-cash? Compared to cheques or credit cards, it offers the speed of cash, but more so.
It takes just one tenth of a second to complete most transactions and as no change is required, errors in
counting are eliminated. Fraud and theft are also reduced and for the retailer, it reduces the cost of
handling money. Sony's vision of having a chip embedded in computers. TVs and games consoles means
that films, music and games can be paid for easily and without having to input credit card details.
And what about the future of the banks? Within grip on the market, banks and credit-card firms want to
be in a position to collect most of the fees from the users of mobile and contactless-payment systems. But
the new system could prove to be a "disruptive technology" as far as the banks are concerned. If payments
for a few coffees, a train ticket and a newspaper are made every day by a commuter with a mobile, this
will not appear on their monthly credit card statements but on their mobile phone statements. And having
spent fortunes on branding, credit-card companies and banks do not want to see other payment systems
gaining popularity. It's too early to say whether banks will miss out and if so, by how much. However,
quite a few American bankers are optimistic. They feel there is reason to be suspicious of those who
predict that high-street banks may be a thing of the past. They point out that Internet banking did not
result in the closure of their high-street branches as was predicted. On the contrary, more Americans than
ever are using local branches. So, as to whether we'll become a totally cash-free society or not, we’ll have
to wait and see.
Question 38: What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
A. The absence of traditional payment methods
B. The increasing popularity of new payment methods
C. Predictions of future payment methods
D. Japan's advanced forms of payment
Question 39: Why does the author mention "a small flat-screen device" in the first paragraph?
A. to criticize the e-cash system
B. to exemplify the e-cash system
C. to praise the e-cash system
D. to inform the e-cash system
Question 40: The word "embedded” in line 9 is closest in meaning to……
A. integrated
B. isolated
C generated
D. manufactured
Question 41: Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. A lot of money has been invested into the new payment system by banks.
B. Payments using smart cards may increase to more than $50 billion.
C. Rail tickets can be purchased by mobile phones or smart cards in Japan.
D. Dealers are freed from handling money thanks to e-cash.
Question 42: The author mentions the case of commuters in the third paragraph to illustrate …….
A. the modern technology of the e-cash system
B. the banks' cooperation with credit-card companies
C. the transferrability of the system
D. a possible drawback of the system
Question 43: What does the author think may happen in the future?
A. Banks will collect their fees through credit-card companies.
B. Daily expenses on drinks and tickets will appear on phone statements.
C. Americans will no longer go to their local bank branches.
D. Credit-card companies and banks will want to promote cash.
Question 44: The word "their" in line 20 refers to …… .
A. credit cards
B. Internet banking C. American bankers
D. high-street banks
Question 45: How does the writer seem to feel about the future of banks?
A. uncertain
B. optimistic
C. pessimistic
D. neutral
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Question 46. People who are unhappy sometimes try to compensate by eating too much.
A. Unhappy people are usually overweight because they tend to eat too much.
B. Eating too much occasionally makes people unhappy and depressed.
C. For some people, eating too much is a reason to be miserable.
D. When depressed, people may attempt to offset their misery by overeating.
Question 47. The fire must have been started on purpose; otherwise, it couldn’t have caused so much
damage.
A. The fire might have been very serious if nobody had tried to prevent it.
B. Seeing that it destroyed so many things, the fire can’t have been accidental
C. If someone were to start a fire there, it could prove highly damaging
D. No one can say for sure how the fire broke out, but the harm it did is obvious.
Question 48 “I am very pleased at how things have turned out.” She said to her employees
A. She asked her employees how things had turned out and was pleased to know it.
B. She expressed her satisfaction with the ways things had turned out.
C. She complimented her employees for making things turn out
D. She wanted her employees to tell her how many things had turned out.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49. Emily didn’t receive a scholarship. Emily is a good student.
A. Despite being a good student, Emily didn’t receive a scholarship.
B. Emily didn’t receive a scholarship unless she is a good student.
C. Though a good student, but Emily didn’t receive a scholarship.
D. She didn’t receive a scholarship as Emily is a good student.
Question 50. He was very tired. He agreed to help me with my homework.
A. Tired as he was, he agreed to help me with my homework.
B. Despite being very tired, but he agreed to help me with my homework.
C. Tired though he was, but he agreed to help me with my homework.
D. As tired as was he, he agreed to help me with my homework.
----------- HẾT ----------
1 A
ĐÁP ÁN
21B
11B
31B
41B
2C
22A
12A
32C
42D
3B
23A
13A
33D
43B
4D
24B
14B
34C
44C
5C
25C
15D
35C
45D
6D
26A
16C
36C
46D
7B
27D
17B
37B
47B
8B
28A
18A
38B
48B
9D
29C
19D
39B
49A
10A
30D
20B
40A
50A
TRƯỜNG THPT TRẦN BÌNH TRỌNG
Đề có 05 trang
ĐỀ THAM KHẢO THI THPT QG NĂM 2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
D. killed
D. course
B. chewed
B. mouth
C. digested
C. count
C. enact
C. vertical
B. swallow
B. sociable
D. survive
D. decision
A. a
B. an
________ Atlantic.
D. Ø (no article)
about the cultures of Southeast Asian
B. were learning
D. would learn
C. will learn
A. learned
along the street.
A. was walking
B. would walk
D. had walked
C. walked
it is friendly to the environment.
C. in spite of
D. because of
B. although
A. since
B. down
A. off
C. out
B. more and more heavy
D. heavier and heavier
A. heavy and heavy
C. the more heavy
D. caused
A. made
B. did
C. gained
to Lan’s birthday party..
C. to have invited
D. having invited
B. being invited
A. promotional
C. promoter
B. promotion
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined
part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. enjoyed
Question 2: A. foul
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. bamboo
Question 4: A. habitat
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following questions.
Question 5: Columbus was one of first people to cross
C. the
Question 6: If you watch this film, you
countries.
Question 7: Paul noticed a job advertisement while he
Question 8: Solar energy is not widely used
Question 9: If it is a good book, you might say, "It's so good that I can't put it _________."
D. up
Question 10: The suitcase seemed to get _____________ as I carried it upstairs.
Question 11: The 22nd SEA Games ___________ a good impression on sports enthusiasts.
Question 12: Jane expected
A. to be invited
Question 13: ASEAN also works for the ________ of peace and stability in the region.
D. promote
Question 14: _______ is a sport in which two or more people perform complicated and carefully
planned movements in water in time to music.
A. Rowing
B. Windsurfing C. Synchronized swimmingD. Diving
A. make
harm to our health.
D. take
C. lead
B. do
Question 15: Drinking too much alcohol is said to
Question 16: _________ is the act of preventing something from being lost, wasted, damaged or
destroyed.
A. Biodiversity
B. Conservation
C. Extinction
D. Habitat
A. could
D. should
B. would
C. must
Question 17: They are doing very hard on the project. It ________ be very important to them.
Question 18: Toxic chemicals from factories are one of the serious factors that leads wildlife to the
_______ of extinction.
A. wall
D. bridge
C. verge
B. fence
Trang 1/5
B. very carefully
C. very quickly D. very noisily
A. help
B. bring
C. dedicate
D. determine
A. skillful
B. employed
C. unoccupied
D. qualified
A. simple
B. complicated
C. time-consuming
D. costly
A. I couldn’t agree with you more.
C. I disagree with you.
B. That’s completely true.
D. I can’t help thinking the same.
B. Oh, it’s not my favourite choice.
D. Thanks. That’s nice compliment
A. What a shame!
C. I don’t like your compliment.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19: Working on Wall Street, you get used to massive financial changes happening
in the blink of an eye.
A. very quietly
Question 20: The woman decided to devote herself full-time to social work.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21: Large numbers of teachers are out of a job, not because they are not needed, but
because the government does not provide funds to recruit more teachers.
Question 22: Oh, I’m sure I’ll manage. It’s not exactly rocket science,is it?
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes
each of the following exchanges.
Question 23: Jennifer and Katherine are having a discussion about supermarkets or traditional
markets.
- Jennifer: “I believe that supermarkets are much better than traditional markets.”
- Katherine: “_________. Each has its own features.”
Question 24: Matthew is talking about Ann’s new schoolbag.
- Matthew: “You really have a beautiful schoolbag, Ann, I’ve never seen such a perfect thing on
you.”
- Ann: “_______”
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
B. preserve
B. various
B. while
B. who
B. destroyed
C. make
C. variously
C. despite
C. which
C. increased
In many parts of the United States, large areas of land have been made into national parks to
protect and ____25___ the natural beauty of the land. Naiional parks usually contain a __26____of
scenic features, such as mountains, caves, lakes, rare animals and plants. Today, there are 52
national parks in the United States, covering approximately 3 per cent of the total land area of the
country. National parks are open to the public and have millions of visitors every year.Many
national parks,__27____ , are in danger of being destroyed. Rare animals in national parks are killed
or hunted for fur, skin or other parts. Trees are cut down for wood. Large areas of national parks
also have experience of being on fire fires __28_____were caused by careless people. The
increasing number of visitors is harming the parks due to the pollution from their vehicles. If these
problems are not solved immediately, and if there is not enough money for the parks’ staff and
maintenance of their resources, many national parks will be completely___29_____.
D. combine
Question 25: A. provide
D. therefore
Question 26: A. vary
D. unfounded
Question 27: A. however
D. whom
Question 28: A. what
Question 29: A. caused
D. solved
Trang 2/5
As a result, people don’t feel the urgent need to step outside of their home to find
A. is developing rapidly B. comes true.
C. benefits us a lot
D. has its disadvantages
A. newspaper companiesB. advancements
C. music stores
D. MP3 files
B. giving some examples
D. doing some experiments
A. telling some stories
C. listing some figures
B. consult
D. work
A. argue
A. The negative effects of advancing technology
B. The benefits of the modern technology
C. The development of the modern technology
D. The social problems caused by the technology
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
Most people will praise many technological gadgets that they use in their everyday lives.
Technology is developing at a very fast rate, and what most people did not even think could be real
a few years ago is now becoming a reality. Although many will use and advertise modern
technology for many of its achievements and advancements, what many don’t realize is that it has
affected and continues to affect society and people in general in a negative way.
Newspaper companies, as we all know, have been hit very hard by the advancements in
technology. Big newspapers have been forced to either lay off a percentage of their work force or
shut down altogether because news is readily available for free on the Internet. Music does not have
to be purchased at music stores any more because MP3 files are readily available on the Internet as
well, thus causing them to shut their doors for good. The movie industry has also been hit hard
because DVD sales have decreased since people can pay for and download their favorite movies
online.
Technology has its benefits, but when you take a look at how people communicate with one
another, you will quickly see that it has a negative impact. Modern technology has allowed people
to communicate with just about anyone they want to at any given time. The fact remains that people
do not interact personally with one another as often as they used to. This has created a barrier for
face-to-face communication among people because they no longer have to hold a meeting in an
office or they no longer have to call friends or family members together to wish them a happy
birthday or congratulate them on their recent success.
entertainment, such as participating in a dynamic game of basketball with friends, meeting a friend
at a coffee shop, etc.
Question 30. According to the first paragraph, modern technology _________________
Question 31. The word “them” in paragraph 2 refers to ___
Question 32. The author shows us the negative effects of the technology by _____.
Question 33. What does he underlined word “interact” in the third paragraph probably mean?
C. communicate
Question 34. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
The Internet has become an important part of our modern lives. In fact, it is impossible for
many people to imagine a day without some contact with the Internet. Most people use the Internet
to shop, send e-mail, and for social networking. However, some people find it hard to control how
much time they spend online.
So, how much Internet is too much Internet? Experts agree that people who use the Internet
so much that it causes problems with their daily activities are spending too much time online. They
say that some people may actually be addicted to the Internet in much the same way as some people
are addicted to gambling or alcohol. Signs of Internet addiction include spending more and more
Trang 3/5
time online, reducing or giving up social, work-related, or hobby-related activities in favor of
spending time online, and giving up sleep to spend time on the Internet.
Experts say that this becomes a real problem when a person starts experiencing problems
sleeping, problems in their home and work life, and problems in having good social relationships.
People who use the Internet excessively also seem to be more likely to show signs of depression
How do you know if you are spending too much time online? Some common warning signs
include checking your e-mail every few minutes, always thinking about your next online session,
and getting complaints from the people around you about how much time you spend online.
Showing any of these signs may mean that you are on your way to becoming addicted to the
Internet. However, experts agree that there is hope. They say that simply understanding that
spending too much time online is a problem may be the first step to solving the problem. They
believe that, in most cases, doing something as simple as creating a better system for managing your
time online can solve the problem.
The Internet is a wonderful tool for communicating and finding information. However, as
B. too much
D. too little
C. too late
D. Addicts
C. Experts
B. Signs
B. sleeping more
D. spending more time with friends
with most things in life, you have to learn to use it carefully, and make sure you keep a healthy
balance between it and the other important things in your life.
Question 35: The main idea of the reading passage is _____.
A. using the Internet too much can be a big problem
B. the Internet is the most useful modern tool for communication
C. too many people use the Internet nowadays
D. most people use the Internet too much
Question 36: According to the author, what do most people use the Internet for?
A. shopping, e-mail, social networking
B. e-mail, web searches, social networking
C. shopping, social networking, getting information
D. social networking, e-mail, web searches
Question 37: Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a sign of Internet addiction?
B. reducing time spent on hobbies
A. giving up social activities
D. spending less time at home
C. sleeping less
Question 38: In paragraph 3, which of the following could be used in place of the word
“excessively”?
A. too fast
Question 39: The word “They” in paragraph 5 refers to ___
A. Internet users
Question 40: According to experts, what is the first step to solving the problem of using the Internet
too much?
B. Hoping for a solution
A. Understanding that you have this problem
C. Becoming depressed
D. Stopping all Internet use
Question 41: What suggestion do experts give as a way to reduce online time?
A. creating a time-management system
C. using the Internet as a tool
Question42: The author of the passage suggests that _____.
A. it’s impossible to have too much Internet in your life
B. you need a healthy balance between online time and time for other things
C. the Internet is the best tool for communicating and getting information
D. the Internet can be used to help you manage your time
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 43: The picnic will cancel because Peter has just had a traffic accident.
A B C D
Trang 4/5
A. Jasmine’s doctor insisted that she should rest for a few days.
B. The doctor suggested that Jasmine should take a short rest.
C. It is the doctor’s recommendation that Jasmine rested shortly.
D. the doctor strongly advised Jasmine to take a few days’ rest.
A. She may not hear what I said
C. She might have not heard what I said
B. She might not hear what I said
D. She may not have heard what I said
A. Not until Arthur entered the store, he realized that there was danger.
B. It was not until Arthur entered the store then, he realized that there was danger.
A. Only when he entered the store then he realized that there was danger
D. Only after entering the store did Athur realize that there was danger
Question 44: The number of women earning Master's Degrees has raised sharply in the recent
years.
A B C D
Question 45: The lady who had invited us heard me telling my wife the dinner terrible, so I was
embarrassed A B C
D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46: The doctor said, “You really ought to rest for a few days, Jasmine.”
Question 47: The S10’s camera looks more natural than the Iphone’s.
A. The Iphone’s camera doesn’t look more natural than the S10’s.
B. The Iphone’s camera looks more natural than the S10’s.
C. The Iphone’s camera looks as natural as the S10’s.
D. The Iphone’s camera doesn’t look as natural as the S10’s.
Question 48: Its possible that she didn’t hear what I said
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49: Jenifer rejected the job offer. She now regrets it.
A. Jenifer regrets not having rejected the job offer.
B. If only Jenifer didn’t reject the job offer.
C. Jenifer wishes she hadn’t rejected the job offer.
D. Jenifer regrets to reject the job offer.
Question 50: Arthur entered the store. Then, he realized that there was danger.
THE END
Trang 5/5
ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THAM KHẢO THI THPT QG 2020
Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút.
21 B
22 B
23 C
24 D
25 B
26 D
27 A
28 C
29 B
30 D
31 C
32 B
33 C
34 A
35 A
36 A
37 D
38 B
39 C
40 A
11 A
12 A
13 B
14 C
15 B
16 B
17 C
18 C
19 C
20 C
41 A
42 B
43 A
44 C
45 C
46 D
47 D
48 D
49 C
50 D
1 C
2 D
3 B
4 D
5 C
6 C
7 A
8 B
9 B
10 D
Trang 6/5
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT TRẦN QUỐC TUẤN
ĐỀ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM 2020
Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi : TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO
(Đề thi có 05 trang)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of
the following exchanges.
Question 1: Mike and Lane are university students. They are talking about Lane’s upcoming high-school
reunion. Select the most suitable response to fill in the blank.
_______”
Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?”
Lane: “
A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful. B. The food at the reunion was excellent.
C. Yeah. I’m really looking forward to it. D. No. You’re in no mood for the event.
Question 2: Anne: “Make yourself at home.”
-John: “___________.”
A.Yes, Can I help you?
C. Thanks! Same to you B. That’s very kind. Thank you
D. Not at all. Don’t mention it
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 3: I think the medicine is beginning to wear off. B. stop being effective
D. be swallowed A. take effect
C. be put in a bottle
A. credit card
C. monthly payment B. piece by piece
D. cash and carry
Question 4: We decided to pay for the car on the installment plan.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 5: Although they hold similar political views, their religious beliefs present a striking contrast.
A. interesting resemblance
C. significant difference B. complete coincidence
D. minor comparison
A. unreliable D, independent B. indispensable C. unfavourable
Question 6: You can certainly set up a partnership with him as he is trustworthy.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word for each of the blanks from 7 to 11.
Human beings have a strong need to put their experiences and problems into words. That is why
everyone appreciates a “friendly ear” – someone who is [7]__________ to listen to their troubles and joys. But
few people realise what a complex skill listening is. To be a good listener requires great power of concentration,
which can only be gained through [8]___________.
There are two reasons why listening is often such hard [9]__________. The first is simply that people
much prefer to speak. How often have you missed what someone has said because you were thinking about
what you were going to say in reply? The second reason is that people speak too slowly. The average speed is
1
C. capable
C. theory
C. job
C. this
C. about B. agreed
B. practice
B. task
B. that
B. of D. convenient
D. life
D. act
D. which
D. with
A. whose C. whom B. who
D. put C. took B. kept A. stopped
A. limit C. reponsility B. relationship D. respect
A. a C. the D.
A. even though D. however B. yet C. so
D. independently B. dependent A. depend
C. against A. for d. upon
D. be used B. to use C. using A. use
B. leaving C. have left D. to leave A. left
B. hasn’t arrived C. haven’t arrived D. not arriving A. arrived
A. could have bought C. could buy B. will buy D. can buy
B. money enough for a vacation
D. enough money for vacation A. a vacation enough money for
C. enough money for a vacation
about 125 words per minute, [10]________is not fast enough for the human brain. It allows too much time for
the concentration to fail, as the brain tries to keep itself busy with other irrelevant thoughts.
Next time you are in listening situation, try to predict what the speaker is going to say. Ask yourself
questions about what is being said, and see if the speaker answers them. Finally, make quick summaries
[11]__________ your head of the main points that have been made. All of these things will help you to
concentrate and make you a better listener.
Question 7: A. willing
Question 8: A. study
Question 9: A. work
Question 10: A. what
Question 11: A. in
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
Question 12: My best friend is a doctor __________ medical expertise is cancer treatment.
D. that
Question 13: Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they _________ on walking.
Question 14: Most people consider it women’s __________ to take care of children and do housework.
Question 15: Education is recognized as ____________ essential need for achieving equality in most walks of
life.
B. an
Question 16: The sky was cloudy and foggy. We went to the beach, ________.
Question 17: Western women are more ___________ than Asian women.
C. independent
Question 18: It took women a long time to struggle ___________ the right to vote.
B. with
Question 19: It is advisable that we should avoid ___________ leaded petrol to save the environment.
Question 20: The last person ___________ will have to turn off the lights
Question 21: The teacher as well as his students ____________ at the school meeting yet.
Question 22: If he hadn’t lost his job last year, he ___________ a house of his own now.
Question 23: I have ___________, but I don't have time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions from 24 to 30.
For several years, Americans have enjoyed teleshopping- watching TV and buying things by phone.
Now teleshopping is starting in Europe. In a number of European countries, people can turn on their TVs and
shop for clothes, jewelry, food, toys, and many other things.
2
Teleshopping is becoming popular in Sweden, for example. The biggest Swedish company sells
different kinds of things on TV in 15 European countries, and in one year it made $100 million. In France
will help more sell
quality things about sure the the on be of
there are two teleshopping channels, and the French spend about $20 million a year to buy things through
these channels.
In Germany, until last year teleshopping was only possible on one channel for 1 hour every day. Then
the government allowed more teleshopping. Other channels can open for telebusiness, including the largest
American teleshopping company and a 24-hour teleshopping company. German businesses are hoping this new
teleshopping
things.
them
Some people like teleshopping because it allows them to do their shopping without leaving their homes.
With all the problems of traffic in the cities, this is an important reason. But at the same time, other Europeans
do not like this new way of shopping. They call do teleshopping “junk on the air”. Many Europeans usually
worry about the quality of the things for sale on TV. Good quality is important to them, and they believe they
TV.
cannot
The need for high quality means that European teleshopping companies will have to be different from
the American companies. They will have to be more careful about the quality of the things they sell. They will
also have to work harder to sell things that the buyers cannot touch or see in person.
Question 24: According to the passage, teleshopping in Europe is ______________ .
B. growing D. cheap A. not popular
A. It is more fashionable.
C. It is easier. B. It is cheaper.
D. It is more popular.
C. not possible
Question 25: Why do more and more people in Europe like teleshopping?
Question 26: In Germany, teleshopping may ____ .
A. help businessmen get more money
C. have fewer buyers B. keep the shops open longer.
D. bring better TV programmes
A. some people like teleshopping.
B. teleshopping allows doing shopping without leaving home.
C. there are problems of traffic in the cities.
D. other Europeans do not like the new way of shopping.
A. do not like to buy things indirectly.
B. cannot afford to buy things on TV.
C. believe the things sold on TV are expensive.
D. think the things sold on TV are bad quality.
B. Teleshopping Companies
D. Teleshopping—Junk on the Air A. American Teleshopping
C. Teleshopping in Europe
B C D A
Question 27: The word “this” in paragraph 4 refers to the fact that ____________ .
Question 28: Some Europeans don’t like teleshopping because they ____ .
Question 29: Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. European people can turn on their TVs and shop for many things.
B. There is a big American teleshopping company in Germany.
C. Many Europeans are doubtful about the quality of the things sold on TV.
D. American companies will have to be more careful about the things they sell.
Question 30: The best title of this passage is ____ .
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 31: It was not until after midnight when the noise next door stopped..
Question 32: Hardly he had entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten his wallet.
A B C D
3
C. provide
C. bag B. summit
B. back D. survival
D. talk
B. Either of the books I read weren’t interesting.
D. The two books I read wasn’t interesting.
A. As soon as he wants to travel less, he gets older.
B. The less he wants to travel, the older he gets.
C. The more old age he gets, the less he wants to travel.
D. The older he gets, the less he wants to travel.
B. achievement
B. successful C. environment
C. interesting D. requirement
D. amusing
Question 33: The Smiths are very proud of that their son always gets high marks in his courses.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions
Question 34: A. climb
Question 35: A. matter
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each
of the following questions.
Question 36: I read two books, but I didn’t find them interesting.
A. None of the two books I read was interesting
C. Neither of the books I read was interesting.
Question 37: As he gets older, he wants to travel less.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 38: A. entertainment
Question 39: A. important
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the
following questions.
Question 40: Most of the classmates couldn't come. He invited them to the birthday party
A. Most of the classmates he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
B. Most of the classmates he was invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
C. Most of the classmates that he invited them to the birthday party couldn't come.
D. Most of the classmates which he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
Question 41: He spent all his money. He even borrowed some from me.
A. As soon as he borrowed some money from me, he spent it all.
B. Hardly had he borrowed some money from me when he spent it all.
C. Not only did he spent all his money but also he borrowed some from me.
D. Not only did he spend all his money but he borrowed some from me as well.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions from 42 to 50.
The term "folk song" has been current for over a hundred years, but there is still a good deal of
disagreement as to what it actually means. The definition provided by the International Folk Music Council
states that folk music is the music of ordinary people, which is passed on from person to person by being
listened to rather than learned from the printed page. Other factors that help shape a folk song include:
continuity (many performances over a number of years); variation (changes in words and melodies either
through artistic interpretation or failure of memory); and selection (the acceptance of a song by the community
in which it evolves).
When songs have been subjected to these processes their origin is usually impossible to trace. For
instance, if a farm laborer were to make up a song and sing it to a couple of friends who like it and memorize it,
possibly when the friends come to sing it themselves one of them might forget some of the words and make up
4
A. Themes commonly found in folk music
B. Elements that define folk music
C. Influences of folk music on popular music
D. The standards of the International Folk Music Council
A. It has been used for several centuries.
B. The International Folk Music Council invented it
C. It is considered to be out-of-date.
D. There is disagreement about its meaning.
A. community C. acceptance D. memory B. song
A. It is constantly changing over time.
B. It is passed on to other people by being performed.
C. It contains complex musical structures.
D. It appeals to many people.
A. Explain how a folk song evolves over time.
B. Illustrate the importance of music to rural workers.
C. Show how subject matter is selected for a folk song
D. Demonstrate how a community chooses a folk song.
A. Audiences prefer songs composed by professional musicians.
B. Singers dislike the decorative touches in folk song tunes.
C. Numerous variations of folk songs come to exist at the same time.
D. Folk songs are not considered an important form of music.
B. growing importance A. basic nature
new ones to fill the gap, while the other, perhaps more artistic, might add a few decorative touches to the tune
and improve a couple of lines of text. If this happened a few times there would be many different versions, the
song's original composer would be forgotten, and the song would become common property. This constant
reshaping and recreation is the essence of folk music. Consequently, modem popular songs and other published
music, even though widely sung by people who are not professional musicians, are not considered folk music.
The music and words have been set by a printed or recorded source, limiting scope for further artistic creation.
These songs' origins cannot be disguised and therefore they belong primarily to the composer and not to a
community.
The ideal situation for the creation of folk music is an isolated rural community. In such a setting folk
songs and dances have a special purpose at every stage in a person's life, from childhood to death. Epic tales of
heroic deeds, seasonal songs relating to calendar events, and occupational songs are also likely to be sung.
Question 43: What does the passage mainly discuss?
Question 44: Which of the following statements about the term "folk song" is supported by the passage?
Question 45: The word "it" in the first paragraph refers to ______ .
Question 46: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage as a characteristic of the typical folk
song?
Question 47: The author mentions the farm laborer and his friends (in the second paragraph) in order to do
which of the following?
Question 48: According to the passage, why would the original composers of folk songs be forgotten?
Question 49: The word "essence" in the second paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _______ .
C. full extent D. first phase
Question 50: The author mentions that published music is not considered to be folk music because _____. A. the original composer can be easily identified
B. the songs attract only the young people in a community
C. the songs are generally performed by professional singers
D. the composers write the music in rural communities
-------------------------------- THE END ----------------------------------
5
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT TRẦN QUỐC TUẤN
ĐÁP ÁN
ĐỀ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM 2020
Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi : TIẾNG ANH Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO
(Đề thi có 05 trang)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of
the following exchanges.
Question 1: Mike and Lane are university students. They are talking about Lane’s upcoming high-school
reunion. Select the most suitable response to fill in the blank.
_______”
Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?”
Lane: “
A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful. B. The food at the reunion was excellent.
C. Yeah. I’m really looking forward to it. D. No. You’re in no mood for the event.
Question 2: Anne: “Make yourself at home.”
-John: “___________”
A.Yes, Can I help you?
C. Thanks! Same to you B. That’s very kind. Thank you
D. Not at all. Don’t mention it
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in
meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 3: I think the medicine is beginning to wear off. B. stop being effective
D. be swallowed A. take effect
C. be put in a bottle
A. credit card
C. monthly payment B. piece by piece
D. cash and carry
Question 4: We decided to pay for the car on the installment plan.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 5: Although they hold similar political views, their religious beliefs present a striking contrast.
A. interesting resemblance
C. significant difference B. complete coincidence
D. minor comparison
A. unreliable D, independent B. indispensable C. unfavourable
Question 6: You can certainly set up a partnership with him as he is trustworthy.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word for each of the blanks from 7 to 11.
Human beings have a strong need to put their experiences and problems into words. That is why
everyone appreciates a “friendly ear” – someone who is [7]__________ to listen to their troubles and joys. But
few people realise what a complex skill listening is. To be a good listener requires great power of concentration,
which can only be gained through [8]___________.
There are two reasons why listening is often such hard [9]__________. The first is simply that people
much prefer to speak. How often have you missed what someone has said because you were thinking about
what you were going to say in reply? The second reason is that people speak too slowly. The average speed is
6
C. capable
C. theory
C. job
C. this
C. about B. agreed
B. practice
B. task
B. that
B. of D. convenient
D. life
D. act
D. which
D. with
B. who A. whose C. whom
D. put C. took B. kept A. stopped
A. limit C. reponsility B. relationship D. respect
A. a C. the D.
A. even though D. however B. yet C. so
D. independently C. independent B. dependent A. depend
C. against A. for d. upon
D. be used C. using B. to use A. use
B. leaving C. have left D. to leave A. left
B. hasn’t arrived C. haven’t arrived D. not arriving A. arrived
A. could have bought C. could buy B. will buy D. can buy
B. money enough for a vacation
D. enough money for vacation A. a vacation enough money for
C. enough money for a vacation
about 125 words per minute, [10]________is not fast enough for the human brain. It allows too much time for
the concentration to fail, as the brain tries to keep itself busy with other irrelevant thoughts.
Next time you are in listening situation, try to predict what the speaker is going to say. Ask yourself
questions about what is being said, and see if the speaker answers them. Finally, make quick summaries
[11]__________ your head of the main points that have been made. All of these things will help you to
concentrate and make you a better listener.
Question 7: A. willing
Question 8: A. study
Question 9: A. work
Question 10: A. what
Question 11: A. in
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
Question 12: My best friend is a doctor __________ medical expertise is cancer treatment.
D. that
Question 13: Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they _________ on walking.
Question 14: Most people consider it women’s __________ to take care of children and do housework.
Question 15: Education is recognized as ____________ essential need for achieving equality in most walks of
life.
B. an
Question 16: The sky was cloudy and foggy. We went to the beach, ________.
Question 17: Western women are more ___________ than Asian women.
Question 18: It took women a long time to struggle ___________ the right to vote.
B. with
Question 19: It is advisable that we should avoid ___________ leaded petrol to save the environment.
Question 20: The last person ___________ will have to turn off the lights
Question 21: The teacher as well as his students ____________ at the school meeting yet.
Question 22: If he hadn’t lost his job last year, he ___________ a house of his own now.
Question 23: I have ___________, but I don't have time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions from 24 to 30.
For several years, Americans have enjoyed teleshopping- watching TV and buying things by phone.
Now teleshopping is starting in Europe. In a number of European countries, people can turn on their TVs and
shop for clothes, jewelry, food, toys, and many other things.
7
Teleshopping is becoming popular in Sweden, for example. The biggest Swedish company sells
different kinds of things on TV in 15 European countries, and in one year it made $100 million. In France
will help more sell
quality things about sure the the on be of
there are two teleshopping channels, and the French spend about $20 million a year to buy things through
these channels.
In Germany, until last year teleshopping was only possible on one channel for 1 hour every day. Then
the government allowed more teleshopping. Other channels can open for telebusiness, including the largest
American teleshopping company and a 24-hour teleshopping company. German businesses are hoping this new
teleshopping
things.
them
Some people like teleshopping because it allows them to do their shopping without leaving their homes.
With all the problems of traffic in the cities, this is an important reason. But at the same time, other Europeans
do not like this new way of shopping. They call do teleshopping “junk on the air”. Many Europeans usually
worry about the quality of the things for sale on TV. Good quality is important to them, and they believe they
TV.
cannot
The need for high quality means that European teleshopping companies will have to be different from
the American companies. They will have to be more careful about the quality of the things they sell. They will
also have to work harder to sell things that the buyers cannot touch or see in person.
Question 24: According to the passage, teleshopping in Europe is ______________ .
B. growing D. cheap A. not popular
A. It is more fashionable.
C. It is easier. B. It is cheaper.
D. It is more popular.
C. not possible
Question 25: Why do more and more people in Europe like teleshopping?
Question 26: In Germany, teleshopping may ____ .
A. help businessmen get more money
C. have fewer buyers B. keep the shops open longer.
D. bring better TV programmes
A. some people like teleshopping.
B. teleshopping allows doing shopping without leaving home.
C. there are problems of traffic in the cities.
D. other Europeans do not like the new way of shopping.
A. do not like to buy things indirectly.
B. cannot afford to buy things on TV.
C. believe the things sold on TV are expensive.
D. think the things sold on TV are bad quality.
B. Teleshopping Companies
D. Teleshopping—Junk on the Air A. American Teleshopping
C. Teleshopping in Europe
B C D A
Question 27: The word “this” in paragraph 4 refers to the fact that ____________ .
Question 28: Some Europeans don’t like teleshopping because they ____ .
Question 29: Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. European people can turn on their TVs and shop for many things.
B. There is a big American teleshopping company in Germany.
C. Many Europeans are doubtful about the quality of the things sold on TV.
D. American companies will have to be more careful about the things they sell.
Question 30: The best title of this passage is ____ .
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 31: It was not until after midnight when the noise next door stopped..
Question 32: Hardly he had entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten his wallet.
A B C D
8
C. provide
C. bag D. survival
D. talk B. summit
B. back
B. Either of the books I read weren’t interesting.
D. The two books I read wasn’t interesting.
A. As soon as he wants to travel less, he gets older.
B. The less he wants to travel, the older he gets.
C. The more old age he gets, the less he wants to travel.
D. The older he gets, the less he wants to travel.
B. achievement
B. successful C. environment
C. interesting D. requirement
D. amusing
Question 33: The Smiths are very proud of that their son always gets high marks in his courses.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions
Question 34: A. climb
Question 35: A. matter
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each
of the following questions.
Question 36: I read two books, but I didn’t find them interesting.
A. None of the two books I read was interesting
C. Neither of the books I read was interesting.
Question 37: As he gets older, he wants to travel less.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 38: A. entertainment
Question 39: A. important
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of sentences in the
following questions.
Question 40: Most of the classmates couldn't come. He invited them to the birthday party
A. Most of the classmates he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
B. Most of the classmates he was invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
C. Most of the classmates that he invited them to the birthday party couldn't come.
D. Most of the classmates which he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
Question 41: He spent all his money. He even borrowed some from me.
A. As soon as he borrowed some money from me, he spent it all.
B. Hardly had he borrowed some money from me when he spent it all.
C. Not only did he spent all his money but also he borrowed some from me.
D. Not only did he spend all his money but he borrowed some from me as well.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions from 42 to 50.
The term "folk song" has been current for over a hundred years, but there is still a good deal of
disagreement as to what it actually means. The definition provided by the International Folk Music Council
states that folk music is the music of ordinary people, which is passed on from person to person by being
listened to rather than learned from the printed page. Other factors that help shape a folk song include:
continuity (many performances over a number of years); variation (changes in words and melodies either
through artistic interpretation or failure of memory); and selection (the acceptance of a song by the community
in which it evolves).
When songs have been subjected to these processes their origin is usually impossible to trace. For
instance, if a farm laborer were to make up a song and sing it to a couple of friends who like it and memorize it,
possibly when the friends come to sing it themselves one of them might forget some of the words and make up
9
A. Themes commonly found in folk music
B. Elements that define folk music
C. Influences of folk music on popular music
D. The standards of the International Folk Music Council
A. It has been used for several centuries.
B. The International Folk Music Council invented it
C. It is considered to be out-of-date.
D. There is disagreement about its meaning.
A. community C. acceptance D. memory B. song
A. It is constantly changing over time.
B. It is passed on to other people by being performed.
C. It contains complex musical structures.
D. It appeals to many people.
A. Explain how a folk song evolves over time.
B. Illustrate the importance of music to rural workers.
C. Show how subject matter is selected for a folk song
D. Demonstrate how a community chooses a folk song.
A. Audiences prefer songs composed by professional musicians.
B. Singers dislike the decorative touches in folk song tunes.
C. Numerous variations of folk songs come to exist at the same time.
D. Folk songs are not considered an important form of music.
B. growing importance A. basic nature
new ones to fill the gap, while the other, perhaps more artistic, might add a few decorative touches to the tune
and improve a couple of lines of text. If this happened a few times there would be many different versions, the
song's original composer would be forgotten, and the song would become common property. This constant
reshaping and recreation is the essence of folk music. Consequently, modem popular songs and other published
music, even though widely sung by people who are not professional musicians, are not considered folk music.
The music and words have been set by a printed or recorded source, limiting scope for further artistic creation.
These songs' origins cannot be disguised and therefore they belong primarily to the composer and not to a
community.
The ideal situation for the creation of folk music is an isolated rural community. In such a setting folk
songs and dances have a special purpose at every stage in a person's life, from childhood to death. Epic tales of
heroic deeds, seasonal songs relating to calendar events, and occupational songs are also likely to be sung.
Question 43: What does the passage mainly discuss?
Question 44: Which of the following statements about the term "folk song" is supported by the passage?
Question 45: The word "it" in the first paragraph refers to ______ .
Question 46: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage as a characteristic of the typical folk
song?
Question 47: The author mentions the farm laborer and his friends (in the second paragraph) in order to do
which of the following?
Question 48: According to the passage, why would the original composers of folk songs be forgotten?
Question 49: The word "essence" in the second paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _______ .
C. full extent D. first phase
Question 50: The author mentions that published music is not considered to be folk music because _____. A. the original composer can be easily identified
B. the songs attract only the young people in a community
C. the songs are generally performed by professional singers
D. the composers write the music in rural communities
-------------------------------- THE END ----------------------------------
10
KỲ THI THPT QUỐC GIA NĂM 2019-2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút
SỞ GD VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT PHAN CHU TRINH
--------------****-----------
(Đề thi có 05 trang)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
D. check
Question 1: A. chorus
Question 2: A. wicked
B. Christian
B. watched
C. cholesterol
C. stopped
D. cooked
B. impatient
B. arrangement
D. arrogant
D. contractual
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
C. uncertain
Question 3: A. familiar
C. opponent
Question 4: A. disappear
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
C. by
D. covering
C. it is
D. desert erosion
D. cares
C. whom
B. from which
B. absolute
C. practical
B. to
D. against
C. in
B. as big a house as
D. a house the same big as
D. escapes
B. forgets
C. fails
D. which
C. when
B. that
B. not be careless
C. to be careful
D. many
C. much
B. less
D. dispose
B. remove
C. do
C. regardless of
B. owing to
Question 5: Of all seashore plants, seaweeds are best able to tolerate long periods out of water, followed
by long periods covering by water.
A. Of
B. best
Question 6: Besides rainfall in the desert is low, it is one of the most important climatic factors in the
formation of desert erosion features.
A. Besides
B. is low
Question 7: Regardless of the homes from which students come, every one of whom usually has at least
one person who cares.
A. the homes
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 8: Shaking hands is the ________ way of greeting business counterparts in Europe.
A. convenient
D. customary
Question 9: His parents object strongly _______ his playing too much computer games.
A. at
Question 10: Our neighbor has _______ ours.
A. as a big house
C. the same big house
Question 11: I remember the boy’s face but his name _______ me.
A. misses
Question 12: He will never forget the day ________ he met his wife.
A. where
Question 13: He often tells the children _______ when they play water sports.
A. be careful
D. to be careful with
Question 14: There will be ___ jobs for people because some robots will do the same jobs as people.
A. fewer
Question 15: New ways have to be found to _______ of waste materials and poisonous gases so that we
can have cleaner surroundings.
A. deal
Question 16: The goal is to make higher education available to everyone who is willing and capable
________ his financial situation.
A. with reference to
D. in terms of
Question 17: Ha Noi is cold this time ______. You need ______ warm clothes if you go there.
A. of the year – to pack B. of year – packing
D. of year – to pack
C. of year – pack
Trang 1/6
C. took to
B. held together
D. worth
B. value
C. cost
D. To understand
C. Understood
B. Understand
Question 18: Bill and Ted ________ each other straight away and became firm friends.
A. took after
D. let in
Question 19: As soon as you buy a car, it starts falling in ______.
A. price
Question 20: ________ what is the most important point of an issue will allow you to make a better
decision.
A. Understanding
Question 21: Joseph is a very efficient manager. He always outlines everyone’s duties ______ at the
company’s weekly meetings.
A. in case
B. in brief
D. on call
C. on par
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
B. That’s completely true.
D. I can’t help thinking the same.
B. Oh, it’s hotter and hotter.
D. I don’t like hot weather.
B. incomprehensible
C. misleading
D. obvious
Question 22: The teacher asked students to discuss the situation: “Which is better, supermarkets or
traditional markets?”
- Jennifer: “I believe that supermarkets are much better than traditional markets.”
- Katherine: “_________. Each has its own features.”
A. I couldn’t agree with you more.
C. I disagree with you.
Question 23: Ann and Matthew are talking about the effects of global warming.
- Ann: “Does the global warming worry you?”
- Matthew: “_______”
A. What a shame!
C. I can’t bear to think about it.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 24: A magician is an entertainer who performs a series of deceptive tricks based on the
principles of physics, optics, and psychology.
A. skillful
Question 25: The adhesive qualities of this new substance far surpass those of all others of its type.
A. disintegrating
B. dissolving
C. damaging
D. sticky
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 26: The police intervened in order to stop the riot.
B. patrolled
D. cautioned\
D. feasible
B. exaggerated
C. unacceptable
A. ignored
C. attended
Question 27: His extravagant ideas were never brought to fruition.
A. impressive
Question 28: “If I were you, I wouldn’t read the job advertisement and position description carelessly.”
Helen said.
A. Helen recommended that I take no notice of the job advertisement and position description.
B. Helen advised me on reading the job advertisement and position description carelessly.
C. Helen advised me against reading the job advertisement and position description carelessly.
D. I was blamed for not reading the job advertisement and position description carefully by Helen.
Question 29: The holiday was so expensive. We could only afford five days.
A. It was such an expensive holiday that we could only afford five days.
B. The holiday was dirt cheap, so we could afford more than five days.
C. So expensive was a five-day holiday that we could hardly afford it.
D. A five-day holiday wasn’t cheap, so we couldn’t afford it.
Question 30: The basketball team knew they lost the match. They soon started to blame each other.
A. As soon as they blamed each other, the basketball team knew they lost the match.
B. No sooner had the basketball team started to blame each other than they knew they lost the match.
C. Not only did the basketball team lose the match but they blamed each other as well.
D. Hardly had the basketball team known they lost the match when they started to blame each other.
Trang 2/6
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 36 to 40.
TAKE A LOOK AT THE WORK
“To (31) ______ that students will be successful in school, parents need to look for indicators of
school bonding,” said principal Mary Smith. “Talk of friends, (32) _______ about school, and a sense of
belonging to a class and the school are indicators of that.”
“They also need to look for signs of academic engagement,” added Smith. By looking at the work
their child brings home from school, they can often see indicators that he or she “is becoming an
independent learner and (33) ______ age-appropriate responsibility for personal success.”
“Parents can tell a lot about a teacher’s curriculum by looking at the work their children bring
home,” said Tim Messick. “If teachers present a curriculum (34) _____ has real-life connections and
actively engages kids, and if those kids can articulate at the end of the day some of the exciting learning
they have experienced, parents will be very happy.”
“Parents should also expect to see assignments marked and returned promptly,” said Chris Rose.
“If it is obvious that only the students are doing the work, it (35) ______ a very negative impression. If
that’s the case - if the parents don’t think the teacher is doing his job - maybe they’re right.”
B. prove
B. enthusiastic
B. maintaining
B. whom
B. creates
(Adapted from: www.educationworld.com)
C. insure
C. enthuse
C. assuming
C. who
C. draws
D. ensure
D. enthusiastically
D. solving
D. that
D. takes
Question 31: A. approve
Question 32: A. enthusiasm
Question 33: A. setting
Question 34: A. what
Question 35: A. trusts
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 36 to 42.
People travel for a lot of reasons: Some tourists go to see battlefields or religious shrines. Others
are looking for culture, or simply want to have their pictures taken in front of famous places. But most
European tourists are looking for a sunny beach to lie on.
Northern Europeans are willing to pay a lot of money and put up with a lot of inconveniences for
the sun because they have so little of it. Residents of cities like London, Copenhagen, and Amsterdam
spend a lot of their winter in the dark because the days are so short, and much of the rest of the year in
the rain. This is the reason why the Mediterranean has always attracted them. Every summer, more than
25 million people travel to Mediterranean resorts and beaches for their vacation. They all come for the
same reason, sun!
The huge crowds mean lots of money for the economies of Mediterranean countries. Italy’s 30,000
hotels are booked solid every summer. And 13 million people camp out on French beaches, parks and
roadsides. Spain’s long sandy coastline attracts more people than anywhere else. 37 million tourists visit
yearly, or one tourist for every person living in Spain.
But there are signs that the area is getting more tourists than it can handle. The Mediterranean is
already one of the most polluted seas on earth. And with increased tourism, it’s getting worse. The
French can’t figure out what to do with all the garbage left by campers around St. Tropez. And in many
places, swimming is dangerous because of pollution.
None of this, however, is spoiling anyone’s fun. The Mediterranean gets more popular every year
with tourists. Obviously, they don’t go there for clean water and solitude. They tolerate traffic jams and
seem to like crowded beaches. They don’t even mind the pollution. No matter how dirty the water is, the
coastline still looks beautiful. And as long as the sun shines, it’s still better than sitting in the cold rain in
Berlin, London, or Oslo.
(Adapted from “Modern Sun Worshippers”)
Question 36: The writer seems to imply that Europeans travel mostly for the reason that ______.
Trang 3/6
C. Greece
D. France
B. Spain
B. being uncomfortable to live in
D. having less people than normal
B. endure
D. neglect
C. reject
A. they want to see historic remains or religious spots.
B. they are interested in different cultural traditions and social customs.
C. they would like to take pictures in front of famous sites.
D. they wish to escape from the cold, dark and rainy days back at home.
Question 37: In paragraph 2, cities like London, Copenhagen, and Amsterdam are mentioned _______.
A. to show that they are not good cities in terms of geography and climate.
B. to suggest that these cities lack places of historic interest and scenic beauty.
C. to prove that they have got more tourism than they handle.
D. to tell us how wealthy their people are.
Question 38: According to the passage, which of the following countries attracts more tourists than the
others?
A. Italy
Question 39: The phrase “booked solid” in paragraph 3 means most nearly the same as ______.
A. seeming to be hard to book
C. having no spaces inside
Question 40: The latter half of the last sentence in paragraph 3, “or one tourist for every person living
in Spain” means _____.
A. all the 37 million people living in Spain are tourists.
B. every Spanish is visited by a tourist every year.
C. every person living in Spain has to take care of a tourist annually.
D. every year almost as many tourists visit Spain as there are people living in that country.
Question 41: The word “tolerate” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. exclude
Question 42: According to the passage, which of the following factors might spoil the tourists’ fun at
Mediterranean resorts and beaches?
A. Polluted water
B. Crowded buses
D. Rainy weather
C. Traffic jams
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
C. Greece
D. France
B. Spain
B. being uncomfortable to live in
D. having less people than normal
B. endure
D. neglect
C. reject
A. they want to see historic remains or religious spots.
B. they are interested in different cultural traditions and social customs.
C. they would like to take pictures in front of famous sites.
D. they wish to escape from the cold, dark and rainy days back at home.
Question 37: In paragraph 2, cities like London, Copenhagen, and Amsterdam are mentioned _______.
A. to show that they are not good cities in terms of geography and climate.
B. to suggest that these cities lack places of historic interest and scenic beauty.
C. to prove that they have got more tourism than they handle.
D. to tell us how wealthy their people are.
Question 38: According to the passage, which of the following countries attracts more tourists than the
others?
A. Italy
Question 39: The phrase “booked solid” in paragraph 3 means most nearly the same as ______.
A. seeming to be hard to book
C. having no spaces inside
Question 40: The latter half of the last sentence in paragraph 3, “or one tourist for every person living
in Spain” means _____.
A. all the 37 million people living in Spain are tourists.
B. every Spanish is visited by a tourist every year.
C. every person living in Spain has to take care of a tourist annually.
D. every year almost as many tourists visit Spain as there are people living in that country.
Question 41: The word “tolerate” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. exclude
Question 42: According to the passage, which of the following factors might spoil the tourists’ fun at
Mediterranean resorts and beaches?
Trang 4/6
A. Polluted water
B. Crowded buses
C. Traffic jams
D. Rainy weather
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 43 to 50.
While some forecasting methods had limited success predicting the 1997 El Nino a few months in
advance, the Columbia University researchers say their method can predict large El Nino events up to
two years in advance. That would be a boon for governments, farmers and others seeking to plan for the
droughts and heavy rainfall El Nino can produce in various parts of the world.
Using a computer, the researchers matched sea-surface temperatures to later El Nino occurrences
between 1980 and 2000 and were then able to anticipate El Nino events dating back to 1857, using prior
sea-surface temperatures. The results were reported in the latest issue of the journal Nature. The
researchers say their method is not perfect, but Bryan Weare, a meteorologist at the University of
California, Davis, who was not involved in the work, said it “suggests El Nino is indeed predictable.”
“This will probably convince others to search around more for even better methods,” he added. The new
method “makes it possible to predict El Nino at long lead times,” said lead author Dake Chen of
Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory. “Other models also use sea-surface
temperatures, but they have not looked as far back because they need other data, which is only available
for recent decades,” Chen said.
The ability to predict the warming and cooling of the Pacific is of immense importance. The 1997
El Nino, for example, caused an estimated $20 billion in damage worldwide, offset by beneficial effects
in other areas, said David Anderson, of the European Centre for Medium-Range Weather Forecasts in
Reading, England. The 1877 El Nino, meanwhile, coincided with a failure of the Indian monsoon and a
famine that killed perhaps 40 million in India and China, prompting the development of seasonal
forecasting, Anderson said.
When El Nino hit in 1991 and 1997, 200 million people were affected by flooding in China alone,
according to a 2002 United Nations report. While predicting smaller El Nino events remains tricky, the
ability to predict larger ones should be increased to at least a year if the new method is confirmed,
Anderson wrote in an accompanying commentary. El Nino tends to develop between April and June and
reaches its peak between December and February. The warming tends to last between 9 and 12 months
and occurs every two to seven years. Chen said the new forecasting method does not predict any major
El Nino events in the next two years, although a weak warming toward the end of this year is possible.
(Source: www.nbcnews.com)
B. some forecasting methods
D. sea-surface temperatures
C. good news
D. scientific evidence
B. enormous
C. essential
D. 9 to 12 months
C. 8 months
B. 4 months
D. common
B. difficult
C. normal
Question 43: The Columbia University researchers studied the relationship between the past EI Nino
occurrences and _______.
A. the droughts and heavy rainfall
C. wind direction and ocean current
Question 44: The word “a boon” in paragraph 1 probably means ______.
A. new information
B. living condition
Question 45: It is stated in the passage that Bryan Weare ______.
A. worked at the California University, but he used to live at the Columbia University.
B. didn’t do research on El Nino with researchers.
C. had set up a special institute in America to study El Nino.
D. made a contribution to predicting El Nino, which was highly praised by other meteorologists.
Question 46: The word “immense” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. main
D. special
Question 47: According to the passage, it takes about ______ for El Nino to reach its peak.
A. less than 3 months
Question 48: The word “tricky” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ______.
A. cunning
Question 49: Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. The method used by the Columbia University researchers can predict El Nino a few months in
advance.
Trang 5/6
B. According to a 2002 United Nations report, the flooding in China caused by El Nino in 1991 and
1997 affected 200 million Chinese people.
C. The 1877 El Nino happened at the same time as a failure of the Indian monsoon and a famine killed
perhaps 40 million in India and China.
D. Due to the severe damage El Nino can cause to human life and property, many researchers have
devoted themselves to El Nino-related research.
Question 50: Which of the following can be the best title of the passage?
A. Study: El Nino can be predicted
B. El Nino: Millions of people threatened with hunger
C. Evidence: Effects of El Nino on human lives
D. Research: How Does the El Nino Develop?
_______THE END_______
Trang 6/6
ĐÁP ÁN
KỲ THI THPT QUỐC
GIA NĂM 2019-2020
Câu
Đáp án
Câu
Đáp án
1
D
26
A
2
A
27
D
C
3
D
28
A
4
A
29
D
5
30
D
6
31
A
D
7
32
C
A
D
8
33
C
B
9
34
D
B
10
35
B
D
11
36
D
C
12
37
A
C
13
38
B
A
14
39
C
D
15
40
D
C
16
41
B
D
17
42
D
D
18
43
D
B
19
44
C
A
20
45
B
B
21
46
B
22
C
47
C
23
C
48
B
24
C
49
A
25
D
50
A
----- HẾT ------
Trang 7/6
ĐỀ THI THỬ THPT QUỐC GIA NĂM 2020
BÀI THI: NGOẠI NGỮ; MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
Thờigianlàmbài: 60 phút, khôngkểthờigianphátđề
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THCS VÀ THPT
NGUYỄN BÁ NGỌC
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question1.
A.objective
B.consequence
C.interpret
D. profession
Question2.
A.criticize
B. miserable
C.questionable
D.inferior
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question3.
A.practiced
B. increased
C.subscribed
D.searched
Question4.
A.advent
B. adverb
C.advertise
D.advance
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5.Peopleshould
green lifestyle to help conserve the naturalresources.
A.adopt
B. adapt
C.adjoin
D.adjust
to phone Mrs. Whiteman. I’ve already talked to her about
Question6.“Don’t
theupcoming meeting held by the board of directors.”, saidMary.
A.concern
B.mention
C.mind
D.bother
,themeetingstopsnow.Pleasefeelfreetocontactmeifyouhaveanyfurther
Question7.
questionslater.
A. Without anyquestion,so
B. There being noquestion
C. If noquestionasked
C. With no questions toask
Question 8.You should takeregularexercise
sitting in front of the television allday.
A.insteadof
B.without
C. inspiteof
D. exceptfor
Question 9.Heis
he has bought a lot of house in thisarea.
A. so rich amanthat
B. as rich a manthat
C. so a richmanthat
D. such rich a manthat
Question10.
,carsarewidelyusedasthemostpopularmodeoftransportintheUnited States.
A. But for theirhighprice
B. Expensive as theyare
C. As though theyareexpensive
D. Regardless their highprice
for the position of chief financial officer which
Question 11.I aminterestedin
wasadvertised in yesterday’s DailyPost.
A.requesting
B.applying
C.asking
D.demanding
Question 12.Wouldyoumind
these plates a wipe before putting them in thecupboard?
A.making
B.getting
C.doing
D.giving
Question 13.Women are supposed to havealonger
thanmen.
Page 1 of 8
A.lifeexpectation
B.liveexpect
C.lifeexpected
D.lifeexpectancy
Question 14. In Vietnam, application forms for the National Entrance Examinations must be
___before the deadline, often in April.
A. issued B. signed C. filed
D. submitted
__this subject since
Question 15.I assume that youareacquainted
youareresponsibility_______ writing the accompanyingmaterials.
A.with/for
B.with/with
C.to/for
D. to/to
Question 16.If he
ill yesterday, he would have taken part in the footballmatch.
A.hadn’tbeen
B.wouldn’tbe
C.weren’t
D. hasn’tbeen
isaprerequisiteformicrobiology,issodifficultthatIwouldrather drop
Question 17.Thisclass,
it.
A.where
B. that
C.which
D.when
of traditions in our modern world, but they can have a
Question 18.We arealltoo
verystrongimpact onus.
A.dismissing
B. dismissive
C.dismissal
D.dismissed
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 19.The issue of pay rise will loom large at this year’s conference as it is what all the
attendees want to mention.
A.beimproved
B.beavoided
C.bediscussed
D.becomeimportant
Question 20. Educators are complaining that students rely on social media so much that they lose
the ability to thinkcritically.
A.decideon
B. insiston
C.dependon
D.dismissed
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in
meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the followingquestions.
Question 21.If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you round the city.
A.occupied
B.reluctant
C.confident
D.free
Question 22.Adverse reviews in the New York press may greatly change the prospects of a new
product on the market and lead to its failure.
A.complementary
B.additional
C.comfortable
D.favorable
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
corrections in each of the following questions.
Question 23.Because there were so few women in the early Western states, the freedom and rights
of Western women were more extensive than Eastern ladies.
A. sofewwomen
B.moreextensive
C.Because
D.Easternladies
Question 24. Digital clocks, however precise, they cannot be perfectly accurate because the earth’s
rotation changes slightly overyears.
A.they
B. the
C.perfectly
D.slightly
Page 2 of 8
Question 25.The product that you bought at the lower price is the more inferior to the one that we
sell at a slightly higherprice.
A. thatyoubought
B. ataslightly
C.theone
D. themoreinferior Mark
the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the followingquestions.
Question 26.John and Tim are talking about future jobs.
John: “What kind of job would you like?”
Tim: “
.”
A. Any of themareOK
B. Anything to do withcomputer
C. Thatwilldo
D. Any time after nextweek
Question 27.John and Jill are talking about Jill’s trip.
Jack: “How was your trip to Denmark?”
Jill:“
. Everything wasperfect.”
A. I couldn’t besosure
B. I couldn’t agreemore
C. I couldn’t dreamaboutit
D. I couldn’t feel better aboutit
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Seeking a new life and hoping asignificant(28)______in their standard of living,foreign
workers began flocking into Western Europe during the 1950s. In Britain, some of the first
immigrants arriving from the West Indies and the Indian subcontinent were welcomed by brass
bands, but the dream of a new lifesoon(29)______sour formany.
to
Attracted by the promise to earn good money and learn new skills, the reality they found was
often one of low wages and, in many case, unemployment. Some did notadapt(30)
life
inacountry of cold weather and discrimination. The(31)_____of West Indian immigrants moved
into theinner cities, areas that were already fraught with social tensions caused by poverty and poor
housing.
in
There werecasesofopenhostilitytowardsthenewcomers;riots(32)_______out
NottingHill,West London in 1958, when gangs of white youths began tauntingimmigrants.
Yet despite the numerous difficulties they encountered, many foreign workers did manage to
adjust to their new conditions, settling in their new adopted country and prospering. Their
contribution had the effect of not only speeding up the pace of economic change in the postwar
period, but also transforming Western Europe into a multiracial society.
Question 28. A. change
B. switch
C. modification
D. variation
B. turned
C. transformed
D. changed
Question 29. A. converted
B. easily
C. greatly
D. normally
Question 30. A. closely
B. amount
C. majority
D. major
Question 31. A. number
B. came
C. broke
D. started
Question 32. A. carried
Page 3 of 8
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
People appear to be born to compute. The numerical skills of children develop so early and so
inexorably that it is easy to imagine an internal clock of mathematical maturity guiding their
growth. Notlong after learning to walk and talk, they can set the table with impressive accuracy –
one plate, one knife, one spoon, one fork, for each of the five chairs. Soon they are capable of
noting that they have placed five knives, spoons, and forks on the table and, a bit later, that this
amounts to fifteen pieces of silverware. Having thus mastered addition, they move on to
subtraction. It seems almost reasonable to expect that if a child were secluded on a desert island at
birth and retrieved seven years later, he or she could enter a second-grade mathematics class
without any serious problems of intellectual adjustment.
Of course, the truth is not so simple. This century, the work of cognitive psychologists has
illuminated the subtle forms of daily learning on which intellectual progress depends. Children
were observed as they slowly grasped or, as the case might be, bumped into concepts that adults
that for granted, as they refused, for instance, to concede that quantity is unchanged as water pours
from a short stout glass into a tall thin one. Psychologists have since demonstrated that young
children, asked to count the pencils in a pile, readily report the number of blue or red pencils, but
must be coaxed into finding the total.
Such studies have suggested that the rudiments of mathematics are mastered gradually, and
with effort. They have also suggested that the very concept of abstract numbers – the idea of a
oneness, a twoness, a threeness that applies to any class of objects - is a prerequisite for doing
anything more mathematically demanding than setting a table – is itself far from innate.
Question 33.What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Trends in teaching mathematics tochildren
B. The fundamental concepts of mathematics that children mustlearn
C. The development of mathematical ability inchildren
D. The use of mathematics in childpsychology
Question 34.It can be inferred from the passage that children normally learnsimplecounting__.
A. when they begin to be mathematicallymature
B. after they reach second grade inschool
C. by looking at theclock
D. soon after they learn totalk
Question 35.The word “illuminated” is closest inmeaningto
.
A.clarified
B.accepted
C.illustrated
D.lighted
Question 36.According to the passage, when small children were asked to count a pile of red and
blue pencils,they
____.
A. counted the number of pencils of eachcolor
B. guessed at the total number ofpencils
C. counted only the pencils of their favoritecolor
D. subtracted the number of red pencils from the number of bluepencils
Page 4 of 8
Question 37.Which of the following statement would the author LEAST agree with?
A. Most people follow the same pattern of mathematicaldevelopment.
B. Children learn to add before they learn tosubtract.
C. Children naturally and easily learnmathematics.
D. Mathematical development is subtle andgradual.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
In the history of technology, computers and calculators were innovative developments.
They are essentially different from all other machines because they have a memory. This memory
stores instructions and information. In a calculator, the instructions are the various functions of
arithmetic, which are permanently remembered by the machine and cannot be altered or added to.
The information consists of the numbers which are keyedin.
An electronic pocket calculator can perform almost instant arithmetic. A calculator requires
an input unit to feed in numbers, a processing unit to make the calculation, a memory unit, and an
output unit to display the result. The calculator is powered by a small battery or by a panel of solar
cells. Inside is a microchip that contains the memory and processing units and also controls the
input unit, which is the keyboard, and the output unit, which is the display.
The input unit has keys for numbers and operations. Beneath the key is a printed circuit
board containing a set of contacts for each key. Pressing a key closes the contacts and sends a
signal along a pair of lines in the circuit board to the processing unit, in which the binary code for
that key is stored in the memory. The processing unit also sends the code to the display. Each key is
connected by a different pair of lines to the processing unit, which repeatedly checks the lines to
find out when a pair is linked by a key.
The memory unit stores the arithmetic instructions for the processing unit and holds the
temporary results that occur during calculation. Storage cells in the memory unit hold the binary
codes for the keys that have been pressed. The number codes, together with the operation code for
the plus key, are held in temporary cells until the processing unit requires them.
When the equals key is pressed, it sends a signal to the processing unit. This takes the
operation code - for example, addition - and the two numbers being held in the memory unit and
performs the operation on the two numbers. After the addition is done, the result goes to the
decoder in the calculator's microchip. This code is then sent to the liquid crystal display unit, which
shows the result, or output, of thecalculation.
Question 38.What is the main purpose of the passage?
A. To summarize the history oftechnology
B. To explain how a calculatorworks
C. To discuss innovative developments intechnology
D. To compare computers and calculators with othermachines
Question 39.What can be inferred about machines that are not calculators or computers?
A. They are older thancomputers.
Page 5 of 8
B. They are less expensive thancomputers.
C. They cannot store information in amemory.
D. They have simple memory and processingunits.
Question 40.The word “innovative” in paragraph 1 could bestreplacedby
_____.
A.revolutionary
B.complicated
C.important
D.recent
Question 41.In what part of the calculator are the processing and memory units?
A. Theoutputunit
B. Thesolarcells
C.Thebattery
D.Themicrochip
Question 42.According to the passage, one function of the memoryunitis
.
A. to controlthekeyboard
B. to send codes to the displayunit
C. to alter basicarithmeticinstructions
D. to store temporary results duringcalculation
Question 43.The word “This” in paragraph 5refersto
___.
A. theequalkey
B. thepluskey
C. thememoryunit
D. the processingunit
Question 44.The word “contacts” in paragraph 3 is closest inmeaningto
____.
A.connections
B.commands
C.locations
D.codes
Question 45.Which of the following statement is NOT TRUE about calculators?
A. Sending codes takes place only in the memory unit of acalculator.
B. Calculator and computers have amemory.
C. Calculators require a lot of instructions to operatequickly.
D. Pressing a key activates acalculator.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to each of the following questions.
Question 46.“Have a drink!” said Mr. Smith.
A. Mr. Smith said that I should haveadrink.
B. Mr. Smith recommend me with adrink.
C. Mr. Smith asked me foradrink.
D. Mr. Smith offered me adrink.
Question 47.Right after the boy got out of his house, it started to rain heavily.
A. Not until it started to rain heavily did the boy got out of hishouse.
B. No sooner had the boy got out of his house than it started to rainheavily.
C. Hardly had it started to rain heavily when the boy got out of hishouse.
D. It had rained heavily before the boy got out of hishouse.
Question 48.Many people think that Steve stole the money.
A. The money is thought to be stolen bySteve.
B. Many people think that the money is stolen bySteve.
C. Steve is thought to have stolen themoney.
D. It was Steve who stole themoney.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 49.The children were attracted by the show. It was performed by the animals.
A. The children were attracted by the show performed by theanimals.
Page 6 of 8
B. The children were attracted by the show to have been performed by theanimals.
C. Performing by the animals, the show attracted thechildren.
D. The children attracted by the show which was performed by theanimals.
Question 50.There are few passengers. The coach to Dover will still leave on schedule.
A. The coach to Dover would be going to depart soon even if there weren’t many people onit.
B. Despite having few passengers, the coach to Dover will still leave asplanned.
C. The coach planned to going to Dover only carries a small number ofpassengers.
D. Even though the coach for Dover leaves now, there won’t be few people travelling onit.
Page 7 of 8
KEYS
Question 1 B Question 11 B Question 21 A Question 31 C Question 41 D
Question 2 D Question 12 D Question 22 D Question 32 C Question 42 D
Question 3 C Question 13 D Question 23 D Question 33 C Question 43 D
Question 4 D Question 14 D Question 24 A Question 34 D Question 44 A
Question 5 A Question 15 A Question 25 D Question 35 A Question 45 A
Question 6 D Question 16 A Question 26 B Question 36 A Question 46 D
Question 7 C Question 17 C Question 27 D Question 37 C Question 47 B
Question 8 A Question 18 B Question 28 A Question 38 B Question 48 C
Question 9 A Question 19 D Question 29 B Question 39 C Question 49 A
Question 10 B Question 20 C Question 30 B Question 40 A Question 50 B
Page 8 of 8
SỞ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO TẠO PHÚ YÊN
Trường THCS & THPT Võ Nguyên Giáp
ĐỀ THI THỬ
KỲ THI TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM
2019 - 2020
Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Đề gồm có 5 trang
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from
the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
B. dream
Question 1: A. bread
C. cream
D. clean
Question 2: A. dislikes
B. exchanges
C. completes
D. escapes
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. company B. instrument
C. business
D. adventure
Question 4: A. suffer
B. differ
C. prefer
D. offer
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
Question 5: She hasn’t read any technological books or articles on the subject for a long time. She’s afraid
that she may be with recent developments.
B. out of condition
A. out of touch
D. out of the question
C. out of reach
Question 6: Before a long journey, people normally take their cars to service stations to .
A. keep the oil refill
B. make the oil refilled
C. have the oil refill
D. get the oil refilled
Question 7: The online game “Dumb ways to die” quickly with young people after being released in 2013.
A. took on
C. caught on
B. caught up
D. took up
Question 8: No one on the plane was alive in the accident last night,
?
A. wasn’t he
B. weren’t they
C. were they
D. was he
Question 9: “Have you seen Jack? He’s the man wearing a bow tie.”
A. woolen lovely red B. lovely red woolen C. lovely woolen red D. red lovely woolen
Question 10: The more you practice speaking in public,
.
A. the more you become confident
B. the more you become confidently
C. the greater confidence you become
D. the more confident you become
Question 11: He looks for any excuse he can to blow off his
to do housework.
A. commitment
B. obligation
C. assignment
D. responsibility
Question 12: “You
the report yesterday as the director won’t need it until next week.”
A. should have finished
B. needn’t have finished
C. could have finished D. mustn’t have finished
Question 13: It is hardly possible to the right decision all the time.
A. do
B. arrive
C. make
D. take
Question 14: Not until he did he
realize that he was adopted by his parents.
A. has grown up
B. grew up
C. grows up
D. had grown up
Question 15: Peter: “Have you ever been to a live concert?”
Mary: “No, I haven’t. But I’d very much like to,
.”
A. yet
B. although
C. though
D. moreover
Question 16: They have planted a row of trees
a natural protection from the sun’s ray.
Trang 1
A. that form
B. formed
C. that is formed
D. forming
Question 17: Of all the world’s major oceans,
Arctic Ocean is the shallowest.
A. an
B. the
C. a
D. Ø
Question 18: as the representative at the conference, she felt extremely proud of herself.
A. Be chosen
B. Having been chosen
C. On choosing
D. Having chosen
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of
the following exchanges.
Question 19: Alex is talking to his teammate, Tim, about aquatic sports.
Alex: “Do you think windsurfing is a dangerous sport?”
Tim: “________________”
A. You’re right. There’s no doubt about it.
B. No, I don’t think so. It’s perfectly safe.
C. You can say that again but it’s still true.
D. I see what you mean but that’s a good idea.
Question 20: The teacher is talking to Laura about her presentation in class today.
Teacher: “Your speech this morning was beyond my expectation.”
Laura: “_________________”
A. Thanks. Without your help, I couldn’t have.
B. Are you kidding me? It’s terrible.
D. That’s alright. I’m glad I could help.
C. It’s OK. It was the least I could do.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 21: Such problems as haste and inexperience are a universal feature of youth.
A. marked
B. separated
C. shared
D. hidden
Question 22: We have lived there for years and grown fond of the surroundings. That is why we do not want
to leave.
A. loved the surroundings
B. planted many trees in the surroundings
C. possessed by the surroundings
D. haunted by the surroundings
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 23: His book is said to provide accurate information about life in the desert.
A. man-made
B. valueless
C. correct
D. false
C. hide D. discuss
B. deny
Question 24: She wasn’t close to her mum. She was thought to confide all her secrets to her best friend only.
A. explore
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
Question 25: You don’t try to work hard. You will fail in the exam.
A. Unless you don’t try to work hard, you will fail in the exam.
B. Unless you try to work hard, you won’t fail in the exam.
C. Unless you try to work hard, you will fail in the exam.
D. Unless do you try to work hard, you will fail in the exam.
Question 26: Marry loved her stuffed animal when she was young. She couldn’t sleep without it.
Trang 2
A. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal so as not to sleep with it.
B. As Marry couldn’t sleep without her stuffed animal when she was young, she loved it.
C. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal so much that she couldn’t sleep without it.
D. When Marry was young, she loved her stuffed animal though she couldn’t sleep without it.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Question 27: Air pollution, together with littering, are causing many problems in our large, industrial
cities A B C D
C
B
D
Question 28: Because of its ability to survive close to human habitations, the Virginia deer has actually
A
increased their range and numbers
Question 29: Higher education is very importance to national economies, and it is also a source of trained and
A B
educated personnel for the whole country.
C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each
of the following questions.
Question 30: Difficult though the exam was, he still passed it with flying colours.
A. Because the exam was difficult, he passed it with flying colours.
B. No matter how difficult the exam was, he still passed it with very high marks.
C. Althoug the exam was difficult, but he still passed it with flying colours.
D. The exam was not too difficult, so he could pass it with flying colours.
Question 31: But for the dog, we would have got completely lost.
A. We got lost but we got the dog with us.
B. We didn’t lose our way as we brought the dog.
C. If we had brought the dog, we wouldn’t have got lost.
D. It was easy to lose our way even if we had the dog with us.
Question 32: She has always had a good relationship with her stepmother.
A. She has always got on well with her stepmother.
B. Her stepmother has always been her good relative.
C. She has always got away well with her stepmother.
D. Her stepmother has had as her friend.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
The invention of the mobile phone has undoubtedly revolutionized the way people communicate and
influenced every aspect of our lives. The issue is whether this technological innovation has (33) ______ more
harm than good. In order to answer the question, we must first turn to the types of consumers. Presumably,
most parents (34) ______ are always worrying about their children’s safety buy mobile phones for them to
track their whereabouts. We can also assume that most teenagers want mobile phones to avoid missing out on
social contact. In this context, the advantages are clear. (35) ________, we cannot deny the fact that text
messages have been used by bullies to intimidate fellow students. There is also (36) ________ evidence that
texting has affected literacy skills.
The widespread use of mobile phone has, out of question, affected adult consumers too. What
employee, on the way home from work, would be reluctant to answer a call from their boss? Apparently, only
18% of us, according to a survey, are willing to switch off our mobile phones once we've left the office.
Admittedly, mobile phones can be intrusive but there are obvious benefits to possessing one. Personally
speaking, they are invaluable when it comes to making social or business arrangements at short (37) _______.
They also provide their owners with a sense of security in emergency situations.
Question 33: A. done
D. brought
B. played
C. made
Trang 3
D. what
D. So that
D. unhesitating
D. notice
C. who
C. Therefore
C. doubtless
C. term
B. whom
B. However
B. arguable
B. warning
Question 34: A. which
Question 35: A. Moreover
Question 36: A. indisputable
Question 37: A. time
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Each year, the Academy Awards, better known as the “Oscars”, celebrate the best films and
documentaries with categories ranging from acting, directing and screenwriting, to costumes and special
effects. This year, 9-year-old Quvenzhané Wallis joins the list of kids who have taken the movie business by
storm, as she competes for the best actress award for her role as „Hushpuppy’ in the film “Beasts of the
Southern Wild”.
The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences is made up of filmmakers in all fields. The group
ranks their favorites in each category. Oftentimes Oscar recognition can take many years, but for some lucky
and talented individuals that honor comes early in life.
Newcomer Quvenzhané Wallis (pronounced Kwe-VEN-zhah-nay) portrayed „Hushpuppy,’ a young girl
fighting to survive in a poor Mississippi Delta community prone to devastating flooding. In the film, Wallis
learns to find food in the wilderness, escapes a homeless shelter and deals with the death of her father. She will
be the youngest ever nominee in the best actress category at nine years old.
Born in Houma, LA., Quvenzhané was just five years old when she auditioned for Beasts of the Southern
Wild. Since auditions for the role of Hushpuppy were only open to 6-9 year olds, Quvenzhané’s mother lied on
the initial paperwork to allow her daughter to audition. When director Benh Zeitlin saw her audition however,
he immediately recognized her as the best pick for this strong and independent young character.
B. Little Lady Nominees for the Oscars
D. A Young Actress makes it to the Oscars
C. news
D. cartoons
B. documentaries
Question 38: Which of the following is the best title for this passage?
A. Young Actors Achieve Big for the Oscars
C. Youngest Ever Nominee for the Oscars
Question 39: Which of the following is NOT celebrated by the Academy Awards?
A. films
Question 40: The phrase “that honor” in paragraph 2 refers to _______.
B. Oscars recognition
A. lucky and talented individuals
C. favorites
D. award
Question 41: Which of the following best describe Quvenzhané Wallis according to the passage?
A. She is a young girl fighting to survive in a poor Mississippi Delta community.
B. She has won the best actress Oscars award for her role in “Hushpuppy”.
C. She escapes a homeless shelter and deals with the death of her father.
D. She is the youngest ever nominee in the best actress category for the Oscars.
Question 42: Which of the following best paraphrases the clause “who have taken the movie business by
storm” in the reading?
A. who have earned their living in the movie business
B. who have made huge profits in the movie business
C. who have been particularly successful in the movie business
D. who have recovered from a difficult period in the movie business
Read the following passage and choose the correct answer to each of the questions.
Long before they can actually speak, babies pay special attention to the speech they hear around them.
Within the first month of their lives, babies' responses to the sound of the human voice will be different from
their responses to other sorts of auditory stimuli. They will stop crying when they hear a person talking, but not
if they hear a bell or the sound of a rattle. At first, the sounds that an infant notices might be only those words
that receive the heaviest emphasis and that often occur at the ends of utterances. By the time they are six or
seven weeks old, babies can detect the difference between syllables pronounced with rising and falling
inflections. Very soon, these differences in adult stress and intonation can influence babies' emotional states and
behavior. Long before they develop actual language comprehension, babies can sense when an adult is playful
or angry, attempting to initiate or terminate new behavior, and so on, merely on the basis of cues such as the
rate, volume, and melody of adult speech.
Adults make it as easy as they can for babies to pick up a language by exaggerating such cues. One
researcher observed babies and their mothers in six diverse cultures and found that, in all six languages, the
Trang 4
mothers used simplified syntax, short utterances and nonsense sounds, and transformed certain sounds into
baby talk. Other investigators have noted that when mothers talk to babies who are only a few months old, they
exaggerate the pitch, loudness, and intensity of their words. They also exaggerate their facial expressions, hold
vowels longer, and emphasize certain words.
More significant for language development than their response to general intonation is observation that
tiny babies can make relatively fine distinctions between speech sounds. Other words, babies enter the world
with the ability to make precisely those perceptual discriminations that are necessary if they are to acquire aural
language.
B. speaking with shorter sentences
D. using meaningless sounds
B. repeat
D. leave out
B. They enjoy the sound.
D. They focus on the meaning of their parents' words.
Babies obviously derive pleasure from sound input, too: even as young as nine months they will listen to
songs or stories, although the words themselves are beyond their understanding. For babies, language is a
sensory-motor delight rather than the route to prosaic meaning that it often is for adults.
Question 43: The passage mentions all of the following as ways adults modify their speech when talking to
babies EXCEPT
A. giving all words equal emphasis
C. speaking more loudly than normal
Question 44: The word "emphasize" in the passage is closest in meaning to
C. explain
A. stress
Question 45: Which of the following can be inferred about the findings described in paragraph 2?
A. Babies who are exposed to more than one language can speak earlier than babies exposed to a single
language.
B. Mothers from different cultures speak to their babies in similar ways.
C. Babies ignore facial expressions in comprehending aural language.
D. The mothers observed by the researchers were consciously teaching their babies to speak.
Question 46: What point does the author make to illustrate that babies are born with the ability to acquire
language?
A. Babies begin to understand words in songs.
B. Babies exaggerate their own sounds and expressions.
C. Babies are more sensitive to sounds than are adults.
D. Babies notice even minor differences between speech sounds.
Question 47: According to the author, why do babies listen to songs and stories, even though they can not
understand them?
A. They understand the rhythm.
C. They can remember them easily.
Question 48: What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. How babies differentiate between the sound of the human voice and other sounds
B. The differences between a baby's and an adult's ability to comprehend language
C. How babies perceive and respond to the human voice in their earliest stages of language development
D. The response of babies to sounds other than the human voice
Question 49: Why does the author mention a bell and a rattle in lines 3-4?
A. To contrast the reactions of babies to human and nonhuman sounds
B. To give examples of sounds that will cause a baby to cry
C. To explain how babies distinguish between different nonhuman sounds
D. To give examples of typical toys that babies do not like
Question 50: The word "they" in the passage refer to ……
A. responses B. sorts of auditory stimuli
C. the babies
D. sounds
A.
Trang 5
ĐÁP ÁN - ĐỀ THI THỬ THPTQG, NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
B Question 41
D
Question 1
A
Question 11 D Question 21 C Question 31
C
Question 2
B
A
Question 3
D
A
Question 4
C
B Question 22 A Question 32 A Question 42
Question 12
Question 13 C Question 23 D Question 33 A Question 43
B Question 24 C Question 34 C Question 44
B Question 45
B
Question 5
A
D
Question 6
D
Question 14
Question 15 C Question 25 C Question 35
Question 16 D Question 26 C Question 36 A Question 46
B Question 37 D Question 47
B
Question 7
Question 17
C
C
Question 8
Question 18
C
A
Question 9
B
B Question 27
B Question 28 D Question 38 D Question 48
B Question 29 A Question 39 C Question 49
B Question 50
B Question 40
C
Question 10 D
Question 19
Question 20 A Question 30
Trang 6
KỲ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHÔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA NĂM
2020 NĂM HỌC 2019 - 2020
SỞ GIÁO DỤC ĐÀO TẠO HÀ TĨNH
TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN TRUNG THIÊN -
HÀ TĨNH
MÔN TIẾNG ANH
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề có 7 trang)
Thời gian làm bài : 60 Phút; (Đề có 50 câu)
Mã đề 001 Họ tên: ............................................................... Số báo danh: ...................
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Câu 1: A. volumes B. takes C. laughs D. develops
Câu 2: A. harm B. garden C. various D. farm
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
By adopting a few simple techniques, parents who read to their children can considerably increase their
children’s language development. It is surprising, but true. How parents talk to their children makes a big
difference in the children’s language development. If a parent encourages the child to actively respond to what
the parent is reading, the child’s language skills increase.
A study was done with two or three-year-old children and their parents. Half of the thirty children
participants were in the experimental study; the other half acted as the control group. In the experimental
group, the parents were given a two-hour training session in which they were taught to ask open-ended
questions rather than yes-no questions. For example, the parent should ask, “What is the doggy doing?” rather
than, “Is the doggy running away?” Experimental parents were also instructed how to expand on their
children’s answers, how to suggest alternative possibilities, and how to praise correct answers.
At the beginning of the study, the children did not differ on levels of language development, but at the
end of one month, the children in the experimental group were 5.5 months ahead of the control group on a test
of verbal expression and vocabulary. Nine months later, the children in the experimental group still showed
an advance of 6 months over the children in the control group.
Câu 3: During the training session, experimental parents were taught to…………..
A. ask open-ended questions
C. give correct answers B. use yes-no questions
D. study many experiments Câu 4: What conclusion can be drawn from this passage?
A. Two or three-year-old children can be taught to read actively.
B. Children’s language skills increase when they are required to respond actively.
C. Children who read actively always act six months earlier than those who don’t.
D. The more children read, the more intelligent they become. Câu 5: What was the major difference between the control group and the experimental one in the study?
A. The age of the children B. The books that were read
C. The training that parents received D. The number of participants
Câu 6: Parents can give great help to their children’s language development by………them.
B. experimenting A. adopting C. responding to D. reading to Câu 7: What does the word “they” in the second paragraph refer to?
Trang 1/6 - Mã đề 001
A. Participants D. Questions B. Children C. Parents Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu 8: I’m all in favour of ambition but I think when he says he’ll be a millionaire by the time he’s 25, he’s
simply crying for the moon.
A. asking for what is attainable B. longing for what is beyond the reach
C. crying a lot and for a long time D. doing something with vigor or intensity Câu 9: The natives were angry when foreigners came to their country and took over their land.
B. members D. migrants C. tourists A. locals Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Less than a year ago marketing director, David Smith, 33 was behaving like a secret agent. He used to
secretly tape all his conversations, he refused to sign his name and he would ask his secretary to check all his
emails. Anything he wrote was photocopied and kept as “evidence”. But David isn’t mad, or even mildly
eccentric. He suffers from ‘responsibility OCD’, one of more common form of obsessive compulsive disorder,
or OCD, as it is usually known.
OCD is now recognized as the second most prevalent mental-health problem, after depression – and the
number of reported cases is soaring. Experts estimate that 2% - 3% of the population suffer from the full-
blown syndrome, with as many as one in five suffering from a milder form.
OCD sufferers are tortured by obsessional thoughts, such as worrying that their hands are contaminated
by germs. The terrible anxiety is only relieved by performing a particular set of behaviors. Unfortunately, any
sense of relief is short-lived, which is why the behavior must be repeated again and again. OCD sufferers
know their behavior is irrational, yet feel powerless to stop.
Common treatments are either antidepressants or behavioral therapy with a psychologist, but only 60%
of patients show some improvement. However, a new treatment from America is bringing fresh hope to
sufferers.
One of the OCD gurus and neuropsychiatrists, Jeffrey Schwartz, has designed the Four Steps program
which employs meditation techniques with the aim of teaching sufferers to manage their symptoms by
themselves. “The goal is to learn to override false brain messages”, explains Schwartz.
There are different theories about what causes the disorder. Most experts recognize a genetic element
that can be triggered by a stressful event. Schwartz believes that the OCD ‘worry circuit’ is a direct result of
faulty brain chemistry. ‘When someone experiences an OCD thought, one part of the brain knows quite clearly
that the hand are not dirty’, explains Schwartz ‘Some part of the brain is standing apart from the symptoms,
reflecting on the sheer bizarreness of it all. The objective is to harness this impartial spectator so that patients
can use this healthy part of their brain to resist the compulsions.’ David Smith is delighted with the results of
Schwartz’s treatment. ‘Now I can sign cheques without a problem’, he says brightly. ‘And I don’t photocopy
them either. OCD used to feel like a huge stigma, but I don’t feel handicapped by it any more. You just deal
with it.’
Trang 2/6 - Mã đề 001
Câu 10: Why do OCD sufferers repeatedly perform the same action?
A. to be relieved from their thoughts B. to decrease their anxiety
C. to clear their problems off their mind D. to keep their hands clean Câu 11: Which could be the best title for the passage?
A. Good news for OCD sufferers
B. The misery of living with OCD
C. Living with new OCD patients
D. A day in the life of an OCD sufferer Câu 12: What is the word “mildly” in paragraph 1 closest in meaning to?
C. absolutely A. relatively D. comparatively B. slightly
Câu 13: What does the word ‘override’ in paragraph 5 closest in meaning to?
C. stimulate A. stop D. overact B. correct
Câu 14: The healthy part of an OCD sufferer’s brain ………………………...
A. cannot resist the person’s new obsessions
B. recognizes that the person’s behaviour is strange
C. is tricked into believing that there is no problem
D. needs to be protected in order to treat OCD Câu 15: What do experts say about OCD?
A. The treatment doesn’t seem to be working.
B. There are more cases now than ever before.
C. It has become more common than depression.
D. A third of population suffers from it. Câu 16: Jeffrey Schwartz believes that OCD is caused by………………. .
A. a genetic imbalance
C. a biochemical malfunction B. a stressful event
D. a malfunction of the brain Câu 17: What does the word ‘their’ in paragraph 5 refers?
A. steps B. sufferers C. techniques D. neuropsychiatrists
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions.
Câu 18: "Don't forget to turn off the tap before you leave," Grandma said.
A. Grandma offered me to turn off the tap before I left.
B. Grandma suggested me turning off the tap before I left.
C. Grandma invited me to turn off the tap before I left.
D. Grandma reminded me to turn off the tap before I left. Câu 19: It is over twenty years since I last got in touch with them.
A. I can’t help keeping getting in touch with them for over 20 years.
B. I used to get in touch with them for over 20 years.
C. I haven’t gotten in touch with them for over 20 years.
D. I have been getting in touch with them for over 20 years. Câu 20: He broke up with her but now he thinks that was a mistake.
A. He feels a pity that he had broken up with her.
B. He wishes not to have broken her up.
C. He regrets having broken up with her.
D. He was mistaken with breaking up with her Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Câu 21: There are many…………………history books in our library.
Trang 3/6 - Mã đề 001
A. American interesting old
C. old American interesting B. interesting old American
D. interesting American old Câu 22: John asked me………… that film the night before.
A. if had I seen C. that I saw D. if I had seen B. had I seen
Câu 23: My mother takes responsibility……………………..running the household
D. about B. with A. at C. for Câu 24: If he…………………ill yesterday, he would have taken part in the football match.
A. wouldn’t be B. hadn’t been D. weren’t C. hasn’t been
Câu 25: Although he was …………..., he agreed to play tennis with me.
A. exhausting B. exhausted C. exhaustion D. exhaustive Câu 26: …………………, he couldn’t finish that test in 60 minutes.
A. Intelligent as the boy was
C. As the boy was intelligent B. Intelligent as was the boy
D. As intelligent the boy was
Câu 27: Mike isn’t on the phone, …………………… makes it difficult to contact him.
A. whom C. that D. who B. which
Câu 28: It is vital that Alice …………………Tom of the meeting tomorrow.
B. must remind C. will remind A. reminds D. remind Câu 29: According to FAO, Vietnam is ……………... second largest coffee producer in the world after
Brazil.
A. the B. an C. Ø D. a Câu 30: Being helpful is good, but don't allow others to…………………..advantage of your generosity.
B. take A. use C. make D. get Câu 31: Everyone likes him,……………………….. ?
A. don't they B. don't you C. doesn't she D. doesn't he
Câu 32: By the end of this month, I ……………………..for this company for two years.
A. will have been working
C. will work B. will be working
D. have been working Câu 33: Women are supposed to have a longer……………………..than men.
B. life expectation
D. life expectancy A. life expected
C. live expect Câu 34: Her fiancé is said…………………from Harvard University five years ago.
B. having graduated
D. to have graduated A. to be graduated
C. being graduated Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete each
of the following exchanges.
Câu 35: Hoa and Laura are talking about their volunteer work.
Hoa: “Thank you very much for helping the disadvantaged children here.”
Laura: “……………………...”
A. Sorry, we don't know.
C. That's nice of you! B. It's our pleasure.
D. What a pity! Câu 36: Marry and Janet are at the dancing club.
Marry: “You are a great dancer. I wish I could do half as well as you.”
Janet: “……………………... I'm an awful dancer.”
Trang 4/6 - Mã đề 001
B. That's a nice compliment!
D. You've got to be kidding! A. You're too kind.
C. Oh, thank you very much Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underline part differs from
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Câu 37: A. improve B. achieve C. contain D. enter
Câu 38: A. understand B. mechanic C. engineer D. referee
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu 39: I’m sorry I can’t come out this weekend – I’m up to my ears in work.
B. scared C. bored A. free D. busy Câu 40: We try to create an atmosphere of comfort and security for our children.
A. danger B. safety C. harmony D. shelter Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
Câu 41: The plan may be ingenious. It will never work in practice.
A. Ingenious as may the plan, it will never work in practice.
B. The plan may be too ingenious to work in practice.
C. The plan is as impractical as it is ingenious.
D. Ingenious as it may be, the plan will never work in practice. Câu 42: The basketball team knew they lost the match. They soon started to blame each other.
A. No sooner had the basketball team started to blame each other than they knew they lost the match.
B. As soon as they blamed each other, the basketball team knew they lost the match.
C. Not only did the basketball team know they lost the match but they blamed to each other as well.
D. Hardly had the basketball team known they lost the match when they started to blame each other. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
The General Certificate of Secondary Education or the GCSE examinations for_(43)___are the
standard school-leaver qualifications taken by virtually all UK students in the May and June following their
16th birthday. If you come to a UK independent school before__(44)___the age of 16, you will study towards
GCSE examinations in up to 12 subjects. Some subjects are compulsory, including English and mathematics,
and you can select__( 45 )__, such as music, drama, geography and history from a series of options. GCSEs
provide a good all-round education that you can build on at college and eventually at university.
AS- and A-levels are taken after GCSEs. They are the UK qualifications most __( 46 )__ accepted for
entry to university and are available in subjects from the humanities, arts, sciences and social sciences as
well as in vocational subjects such__( 47 )___engineering, and leisure and tourism. You can study up to
four subjects at the same time for two years.
D. small
Câu 43: A. long B. short C. big
Câu 44: A. to reach B. being reached C. reaching D. reach
Câu 45: A. others B. each other C. another D. other
D. wide
Câu 46: A. widely B. widen C. width
Câu 47: A. so B. for C. like D. as
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions.
Trang 5/6 - Mã đề 001
Câu 48: My girlfriend and I drink sometimes coffee in the morning in a café near my school.
A B C D
Câu 49: To attract someone’s attention we can use either verbal and non-verbal forms of communication.
A B C D
Câu 50: Some of the jobs described in the job interview were writing essays, correcting papers, and reports
A B C D
typing.
------ HẾT ------
Trang 6/6 - Mã đề 001
SỞ GIÁO DỤC ĐÀO TẠO HÀ TĨNH
TRƯỜNG THPT NGUYỄN TRUNG THIÊN
- HÀ TĨNH
KỲ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHÔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM 2020 – NĂM HỌC 2019 - 2020
MÔN TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài : 60 Phút
Phần đáp án câu trắc nghiệm:
001
003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A
C
A
B
C
D
C
B
A
A
A
B
A
B
B
D
B
D
C
C
B
D
C
B
B
A
B
D
A
B
A
A
D
D
B
D
D
B
A
A
D
A
D
D
A
A
D
D
A
B
C
A
D
A
D
D
A
A
C
D
A
B
C
C
B
D
A
C
A
B
A
C
D
B
B
B
A
D
B
C
1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
D
D
B
C
A
A
D
B
C
D
A
B
B
D
C
C
D
A
C
B
2
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO
PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT TRẦN SUYỀN
(Đề có 05 trang)
ĐỀ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM 2019
Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mã đề thi 601
D. comfort
D. interest
C. confide
C. tropical
C. great
D. healthy
D. approached
B. Anything to do with computer
D. Any time after next week
B. I couldn’t agree more
D. I couldn’t feel better about it
Họ, tên thí sinh: ..........................................................
Số báo danh: ...............................................................
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1. A. struggle B. anxious
Question 2. A. national
B. establish
Mark the letter At B, Ct or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. breath
B. threaten
Question 4. A. borrowed
B. conserved C. complained
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes each of
the following exchanges.
Question 5. John and Tim are talking about future jobs.
John: “What kind of job would you like?”
Tim: “ ................. .”
A. Any of them are OK
C. That will do
Question 6. John and Jill are talking about Jill’s trip.
Jack: “How was your trip to Denmark?”
Jill: “ ....... . Everything was perfect.”
A. I couldn’t be so sure
C. I couldn’t dream about it
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 7. He had never experienced such discourtesy towards the president as it occurred at the
annual meeting in May.
A. politeness B. rudeness C. encouragement D. measurement
Question 8. I’ll spend the weekends hitting the books as I have final exams next week.
B. studying in a relaxing way
A. reviewing the books
C. damaging the books
D. studying in a serious way
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 9. If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you round the city.
A. occupied B. reluctant C. confident
D. free
Question 10. Adverse reviews in the New York press may greatly change the prospects of a new
product on the market and lead to its failure.
A. complementary B. additional C. comfortable
D. favorable
B. to be forgotten
C. forgetting
D. is recognized
Mark the letter A, B, Cf or I) on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 11. Many reliable methods of storing information tended _______ when computers arrived.
D. being forgotten
A. to forget
Question 12. Once as the World Natural Heritage by UNESCO, Phong Nha – Ke Bang National
Park attracts a great number of visitors worldwide.
A. having recognized B. recognized C. recognizing
Question 13. Henry _______ into the restaurant when some his friends were having dinner.
A. went
C. has gone
B. was going
D. did go
Trang 1/5, Mã đề thi 601
D. for
B. with
C. of
B. punctual
A. punctuality
C. punctuate
D. punctually
it is friendly to the environment
C. despite D. because
harm to our health
C. lead
D. take
B. a
D. Ø
C. the
for the position of chief financial officer which was advertised in
B. applying
C. asking D. demanding
B. On his announcement
D. Despite his announcement
to your teachers for their help
D. grateful
A. stopped
C. would have stopped D. would stop
B. had stopped
D. change
, so I’ll pay for the damage.
C. error D. fault
____.
, too much exercise can also cause problems. So people are urged to take moderate
people to take responsibility for their own
Question 14. This part of the country is famous ____ its beautiful landscapes and fine cuisine.
A. about
Question 15. John's ______ and efficiency at the company led to his promotion to Sales Manager.
Question 16. Solar energy is not widely used
A. since B. although
Question 17. Drinking too much alcohol is said to ___
A. do
B. make
Question 18. It is estimated that about 640 women remain illiterate in ____ world, mostly in developing
countries.
A. an
Question 19. I am interested in
yesterday’s Daily Post.
A. requesting
Question 20. __________, he received great support from his fans.
A. Having been announced
C. He has announced
Question 21. You should be very
A. considerate B. thankful C. gracious
Question 22. If they had seen the red light at the crossroads, they _____ their car.
Question 23. Having understood all things happened, he didn’t want to _____ a fuss, he acted silently
as much as possible.
A. take B. do C. make
Question 24. It’s me who is at
A. guilt B. responsibility
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
It is true that keeping fit will benefit a person’s health in many ways. It has become clear in
recent years, that a large number of people are doing less and less exercise and this is now causing
many serious illnesses, putting a strain on doctors and hospitals. However, some experts believe that too
much exercise can do just as much (25)
Although it is true that moderate exercise such as walking can be very beneficial to a person’s
health, it is not the only one factor (26)
keeps us healthy. Diet is also extremely important and I
would argue that it is probably even more important than exercise, although the ideal is for both of these
factors to work together. It seems to me that many people are unwilling to put in the effort required to
become fitter.
(27)
exercise and eat moderately healthily rather than embarking on extreme diets and training. In too many
instances, ultra–fit people have had heart attacks or dropped down dead.
In all, governments need to find ways of (28)
health. People need to realize that eating healthy food does not have to cost a (29)
, nor is it
difficult to prepare healthy meals themselves. People need to be better educated about their health.
B. destruction
C. damage
D. hurt
Question 25. A. ruin
Question 26. A. who
B. when
C. which
D. what
B. However
C. Therefore
D. In fact
Question 27. A. For example
B. motivational
C. motivate
D. motivation
Question 28. A. motivating
B. wealth
C. treasure
D. fortune
Question 29. A. benefit
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to incorrect
Trang 2/5, Mã đề thi 601
A. Basic differences between British and American literature for children
B. Successful publishers of children's books in Britain and North America
C. The development of children's literature in the United States
D. The career of Maria Edgeworth as an author of children's books
A. Americans
C. children
D. vehicles
B. books
B. confirm
C. clarify
A. reduce
D. attack
A. rarely servants
B. generally not from a variety of social classes
C. children who showed a change of behavior
D. children who were well behaved
answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
After 1785, the production of children's books in the Untied States increased but remained
largely reprints of British books, often those published by John Newbery, the first publisher to produce
books aimed primarily at diverting a child audience. Ultimately, however, it was not the cheerful,
commercial-minded Newbery, but Anglo-Irish author Maria Edgeworth who had the strongest influence
on this period of American children's literature. The eighteenth century had seen a gradual shift away
from the spiritual intensity of earlier American religious writings for children, toward a more
generalized moralism. Newbery notwithstanding, Americans still looked on children's books as
vehicles for instruction, not amusement, though they would accept a moderate amount of fictional
entertainment for the sake of more successful instruction. As the children's book market expanded, then,
what both public and publishers wanted was the kind of fiction Maria Edgeworth wrote: stories
interesting enough to attract children and morally instructive enough to allay adult distrust of fiction.
American reaction against imported books for children set in after the War of 1812 with the
British. A wave of nationalism permeated everything, and the self-conscious new nation found foreign
writings (particularly those from the British monarchy) unsuitable for the children of a democratic
republic, a slate of self-governing, equal citizens. Publishers of children's books began to encourage
American writers to write for American children. When they responded, the pattern established by
Maria Edgeworth was at hand, attractive to most of them for both its rationalism and its high moral
tone. Early in the 1820's, stories of willful children learning to obey, of careless children learning to
take care, of selfish children learning to "tire for others," started to flow from American presses,
successfully achieving Edgeworth's tone, though rarely her lively style. Imitative as they were, these
early American stories wee quite distinguishable from their British counterparts. Few servants appeared
in them, and if class distinctions had by no means disappeared, there was much democratic insistence
on the worthiness of every level of birth and work. The characters of children in this fiction were
serious, conscientious, self-reflective, and independent-testimony to the continuing influence of the
earlier American moralistic tradition in children's books.
Question 30. What does the passage mainly discuss?
Question 31. The publisher John Newbery is principally known for which of the following reasons?
A. He had more influence on children American children's literature than any other publisher
B. He published books aimed at amusing children rather than instructing them.
C. He was commercially minded and cheerful.
D. He produced and sold books written by Maria Edgeworth.
Question 32. The word "they" in line 8 refers to________
Question 33. The word "allay" in line 12 is closest in meaning to ________
Question 34. According to the passage, American children's stories differed from their British
equivalents in that the characters in American stories were ______
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
In the history of technology, computers and calculators were innovative developments. They are
essentially different from all other machines because they have a memory. This memory stores
instructions and information. In a calculator, the instructions are the various functions of arithmetic,
which are permanently remembered by the machine and cannot be altered or added to. The information
consists of the numbers which are keyed in.
Trang 3/5, Mã đề thi 601
_____.
D. recent
C. important
C. The battery
D. The microchip
.
B. to send codes to the display unit
___.
C. the memory unit D. the processing unit
B. commands C. locations
D. codes
B. I refused to go to his party last night.
An electronic pocket calculator can perform almost instant arithmetic. A calculator requires an
input unit to feed in numbers, a processing unit to make the calculation, a memory unit, and an output
unit to display the result. The calculator is powered by a small battery or by a panel of solar cells. Inside
is a microchip that contains the memory and processing units and also controls the input unit, which is
the keyboard, and the output unit, which is the display.
The input unit has keys for numbers and operations. Beneath the key is a printed circuit board
containing a set of contacts for each key. Pressing a key closes the contacts and sends a signal along a
pair of lines in the circuit board to the processing unit, in which the binary code for that key is stored in
the memory. The processing unit also sends the code to the display. Each key is connected by a
different pair of lines to the processing unit, which repeatedly checks the lines to find out when a pair is
linked by a key.
The memory unit stores the arithmetic instructions for the processing unit and holds the temporary
results that occur during calculation. Storage cells in the memory unit hold the binary codes for the keys
that have been pressed. The number codes, together with the operation code for the plus key, are held in
temporary cells until the processing unit requires them.
When the equals key is pressed, it sends a signal to the processing unit. This takes the operation
code - for example, addition - and the two numbers being held in the memory unit and performs the
operation on the two numbers. After the addition is done, the result goes to the decoder in the
calculator's microchip. This code is then sent to the liquid crystal display unit, which shows the result,
or output, of the calculation.
Question 35. What is the main purpose of the passage?
A. To summarize the history of technology
B. To explain how a calculator works
C. To discuss innovative developments in technology
D. To compare computers and calculators with other machines
Question 36. What can be inferred about machines that are not calculators or computers?
A. They are older than computers.
B. They are less expensive than computers.
C. They cannot store information in a memory.
D. They have simple memory and processing units.
Question 37. The word “innovative” in paragraph 1 could best replaced by
A. revolutionary B. complicated
Question 38. In what part of the calculator are the processing and memory units?
B. The solar cells
A. The output unit
Question 39. According to the passage, one function of the memory unit is
A. to control the keyboard
C. to alter basic arithmetic instructions D. to store temporary results during calculation
Question 40. The word “This” in paragraph 5 refers to
A. the equal key B. the plus key
Question 41. The word “contacts” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. connections
Question 42. Which of the following statement is NOT TRUE about calculators?
A. Sending codes takes place only in the memory unit of a calculator.
B. Calculator and computers have a memory.
C. Calculators require a lot of instructions to operate quickly.
D. Pressing a key activates a calculator.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 43. I regret going to his party last night.
A. I didn’t go to his party last night.
C. I wish I didn’t go to his party last night. D. I wish I hadn’t gone to his party last night.
Question 44. They left the concert hall. The fire alarm went off right afterwards.
A. They left the concert hall just as the fire alarm went off.
B. The fire alarm had gone off before they left the concert hall.
Trang 4/5, Mã đề thi 601
C. They were leaving the concert hall when the fire alarm went off.
D. No sooner had they left the concert hall than the fire alarm went off.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Question 45. Harry sat there waiting for Lucy, which was not necessary.
A. Harry might not have sat there waiting for Lucy.
B. Harry needn’t have sat there waiting for Lucy.
C. Harry couldn’t have sat there waiting for Lucy.
D. Harry may not have sat there waiting for Lucy.
Question 46. He only feels happy whenever he doesn’t have much work to do.
A. The more he works, the happier he feels. B. He feels happier and happier with his work.
C. His work makes him feel happy. D. The less he works, the happier he feels.
Question 47. Mary said : “ What will you do this evening, John ?”
A. Mary asked John what would he do that evening.
B. Mary asked John what John did that evening.
C. Mary wanted to know what she and John would do that evening.
D. Mary wanted to know what John would do that evening
Mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction ỉn each of the following questions.
Question 48. It took the mayor over an hour explanation to the other members of the board why he had
missed the last meeting
A. over an B. explanation C. of
D. he had missed
Question 49. The federal government recommends that all expectant women will not only refrain
from smoking but also avoid places where other people smoke.
A. recommends that
B. expectant C. will not only refrain D. smoke
Question 50. Information on the Romans can find not only in these books but also on the Internet.
A. Information
B. can find C. in D. the Internet
.
Trang 5/5, Mã đề thi 601
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO
PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT TRẦN SUYỀN
ĐÁP ÁN
ĐỀ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM 2019
Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Mã đề thi 601
1. C. 2. B. 3. C. 4.D. 5. B.
6. D. 7. B. 8. D. 9. A. 10. D.
11. B . 12. B. 13.A. 14.D. 15. A.
16. B. 17. A. 18. C. 19. B. 20. B.
21. D. 22. C. 23. C. 24. D. 25. C
26. C 27. B 28. A 29. D 30.C
31. B 32. A 33. A 34. A 35. B
36. C 37. A 38. D 39. D 40. D
41. A 42. A 43. D 44. D 45. B
46. D 47. D. 48. B 49. B 50. B.
.
Trang 6/5, Mã đề thi 601
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO
PHÚ YÊN
TRƯỜNG THPT TRẦN SUYỀN
(Đề có 05 trang)
ĐỀ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM 2019
Bài thi: NGOẠI NGỮ; Môn thi: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
Mã đề thi 601
D. comfort
D. interest
C. confide
C. tropical
C. great
D. healthy
D. approached
B. Anything to do with computer
D. Any time after next week
B. I couldn’t agree more
D. I couldn’t feel better about it
Họ, tên thí sinh: ..........................................................
Số báo danh: ...............................................................
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 1. A. struggle B. anxious
Question 2. A. national
B. establish
Mark the letter At B, Ct or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. breath
B. threaten
Question 4. A. borrowed
B. conserved C. complained
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the option that best completes each of
the following exchanges.
Question 5. John and Tim are talking about future jobs.
John: “What kind of job would you like?”
Tim: “ ................. .”
A. Any of them are OK
C. That will do
Question 6. John and Jill are talking about Jill’s trip.
Jack: “How was your trip to Denmark?”
Jill: “ ....... . Everything was perfect.”
A. I couldn’t be so sure
C. I couldn’t dream about it
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 7. He had never experienced such discourtesy towards the president as it occurred at the
annual meeting in May.
A. politeness B. rudeness C. encouragement D. measurement
Question 8. I’ll spend the weekends hitting the books as I have final exams next week.
B. studying in a relaxing way
A. reviewing the books
C. damaging the books
D. studying in a serious way
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Question 9. If you are at a loose end this weekend, I will show you round the city.
A. occupied B. reluctant C. confident
D. free
Question 10. Adverse reviews in the New York press may greatly change the prospects of a new
product on the market and lead to its failure.
A. complementary B. additional C. comfortable
D. favorable
B. to be forgotten
C. forgetting
D. is recognized
Mark the letter A, B, Cf or I) on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 11. Many reliable methods of storing information tended _______ when computers arrived.
D. being forgotten
A. to forget
Question 12. Once as the World Natural Heritage by UNESCO, Phong Nha – Ke Bang National
Park attracts a great number of visitors worldwide.
A. having recognized B. recognized C. recognizing
Question 13. Henry _______ into the restaurant when some his friends were having dinner.
A. went
C. has gone
B. was going
D. did go
Trang 7/5, Mã đề thi 601
D. for
B. with
C. of
B. punctual
A. punctuality
C. punctuate
D. punctually
it is friendly to the environment
C. despite D. because
harm to our health
C. lead
D. take
B. a
D. Ø
C. the
for the position of chief financial officer which was advertised in
B. applying
C. asking D. demanding
B. On his announcement
D. Despite his announcement
to your teachers for their help
D. grateful
A. stopped
C. would have stopped D. would stop
B. had stopped
D. change
, so I’ll pay for the damage.
C. error D. fault
____.
, too much exercise can also cause problems. So people are urged to take moderate
people to take responsibility for their own
Question 14. This part of the country is famous ____ its beautiful landscapes and fine cuisine.
A. about
Question 15. John's ______ and efficiency at the company led to his promotion to Sales Manager.
Question 16. Solar energy is not widely used
A. since B. although
Question 17. Drinking too much alcohol is said to ___
A. do
B. make
Question 18. It is estimated that about 640 women remain illiterate in ____ world, mostly in developing
countries.
A. an
Question 19. I am interested in
yesterday’s Daily Post.
A. requesting
Question 20. __________, he received great support from his fans.
A. Having been announced
C. He has announced
Question 21. You should be very
A. considerate B. thankful C. gracious
Question 22. If they had seen the red light at the crossroads, they _____ their car.
Question 23. Having understood all things happened, he didn’t want to _____ a fuss, he acted silently
as much as possible.
A. take B. do C. make
Question 24. It’s me who is at
A. guilt B. responsibility
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 25 to 29.
It is true that keeping fit will benefit a person’s health in many ways. It has become clear in
recent years, that a large number of people are doing less and less exercise and this is now causing
many serious illnesses, putting a strain on doctors and hospitals. However, some experts believe that too
much exercise can do just as much (25)
Although it is true that moderate exercise such as walking can be very beneficial to a person’s
health, it is not the only one factor (26)
keeps us healthy. Diet is also extremely important and I
would argue that it is probably even more important than exercise, although the ideal is for both of these
factors to work together. It seems to me that many people are unwilling to put in the effort required to
become fitter.
(27)
exercise and eat moderately healthily rather than embarking on extreme diets and training. In too many
instances, ultra–fit people have had heart attacks or dropped down dead.
In all, governments need to find ways of (28)
health. People need to realize that eating healthy food does not have to cost a (29)
, nor is it
difficult to prepare healthy meals themselves. People need to be better educated about their health.
B. destruction
C. damage
D. hurt
Question 25. A. ruin
Question 26. A. who
B. when
C. which
D. what
Question 27. A. For example
B. However
C. Therefore
D. In fact
B. motivational
C. motivate
D. motivation
Question 28. A. motivating
B. wealth
C. treasure
D. fortune
Question 29. A. benefit
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to incorrect
answer to each of the questions from 30 to 34.
Trang 8/5, Mã đề thi 601
A. Basic differences between British and American literature for children
B. Successful publishers of children's books in Britain and North America
C. The development of children's literature in the United States
D. The career of Maria Edgeworth as an author of children's books
A. Americans
C. children
D. vehicles
B. books
B. confirm
C. clarify
A. reduce
D. attack
A. rarely servants
B. generally not from a variety of social classes
C. children who showed a change of behavior
D. children who were well behaved
After 1785, the production of children's books in the Untied States increased but remained
largely reprints of British books, often those published by John Newbery, the first publisher to produce
books aimed primarily at diverting a child audience. Ultimately, however, it was not the cheerful,
commercial-minded Newbery, but Anglo-Irish author Maria Edgeworth who had the strongest influence
on this period of American children's literature. The eighteenth century had seen a gradual shift away
from the spiritual intensity of earlier American religious writings for children, toward a more
generalized moralism. Newbery notwithstanding, Americans still looked on children's books as
vehicles for instruction, not amusement, though they would accept a moderate amount of fictional
entertainment for the sake of more successful instruction. As the children's book market expanded, then,
what both public and publishers wanted was the kind of fiction Maria Edgeworth wrote: stories
interesting enough to attract children and morally instructive enough to allay adult distrust of fiction.
American reaction against imported books for children set in after the War of 1812 with the
British. A wave of nationalism permeated everything, and the self-conscious new nation found foreign
writings (particularly those from the British monarchy) unsuitable for the children of a democratic
republic, a slate of self-governing, equal citizens. Publishers of children's books began to encourage
American writers to write for American children. When they responded, the pattern established by
Maria Edgeworth was at hand, attractive to most of them for both its rationalism and its high moral
tone. Early in the 1820's, stories of willful children learning to obey, of careless children learning to
take care, of selfish children learning to "tire for others," started to flow from American presses,
successfully achieving Edgeworth's tone, though rarely her lively style. Imitative as they were, these
early American stories wee quite distinguishable from their British counterparts. Few servants appeared
in them, and if class distinctions had by no means disappeared, there was much democratic insistence
on the worthiness of every level of birth and work. The characters of children in this fiction were
serious, conscientious, self-reflective, and independent-testimony to the continuing influence of the
earlier American moralistic tradition in children's books.
Question 30. What does the passage mainly discuss?
Question 31. The publisher John Newbery is principally known for which of the following reasons?
A. He had more influence on children American children's literature than any other publisher
B. He published books aimed at amusing children rather than instructing them.
C. He was commercially minded and cheerful.
D. He produced and sold books written by Maria Edgeworth.
Question 32. The word "they" in line 8 refers to________
Question 33. The word "allay" in line 12 is closest in meaning to ________
Question 34. According to the passage, American children's stories differed from their British
equivalents in that the characters in American stories were ______
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.
In the history of technology, computers and calculators were innovative developments. They are
essentially different from all other machines because they have a memory. This memory stores
instructions and information. In a calculator, the instructions are the various functions of arithmetic,
which are permanently remembered by the machine and cannot be altered or added to. The information
consists of the numbers which are keyed in.
An electronic pocket calculator can perform almost instant arithmetic. A calculator requires an
Trang 9/5, Mã đề thi 601
_____.
D. recent
C. important
C. The battery
D. The microchip
.
B. to send codes to the display unit
___.
C. the memory unit D. the processing unit
B. commands C. locations
D. codes
B. I refused to go to his party last night.
input unit to feed in numbers, a processing unit to make the calculation, a memory unit, and an output
unit to display the result. The calculator is powered by a small battery or by a panel of solar cells. Inside
is a microchip that contains the memory and processing units and also controls the input unit, which is
the keyboard, and the output unit, which is the display.
The input unit has keys for numbers and operations. Beneath the key is a printed circuit board
containing a set of contacts for each key. Pressing a key closes the contacts and sends a signal along a
pair of lines in the circuit board to the processing unit, in which the binary code for that key is stored in
the memory. The processing unit also sends the code to the display. Each key is connected by a
different pair of lines to the processing unit, which repeatedly checks the lines to find out when a pair is
linked by a key.
The memory unit stores the arithmetic instructions for the processing unit and holds the temporary
results that occur during calculation. Storage cells in the memory unit hold the binary codes for the keys
that have been pressed. The number codes, together with the operation code for the plus key, are held in
temporary cells until the processing unit requires them.
When the equals key is pressed, it sends a signal to the processing unit. This takes the operation
code - for example, addition - and the two numbers being held in the memory unit and performs the
operation on the two numbers. After the addition is done, the result goes to the decoder in the
calculator's microchip. This code is then sent to the liquid crystal display unit, which shows the result,
or output, of the calculation.
Question 35. What is the main purpose of the passage?
A. To summarize the history of technology
B. To explain how a calculator works
C. To discuss innovative developments in technology
D. To compare computers and calculators with other machines
Question 36. What can be inferred about machines that are not calculators or computers?
A. They are older than computers.
B. They are less expensive than computers.
C. They cannot store information in a memory.
D. They have simple memory and processing units.
Question 37. The word “innovative” in paragraph 1 could best replaced by
A. revolutionary B. complicated
Question 38. In what part of the calculator are the processing and memory units?
A. The output unit
B. The solar cells
Question 39. According to the passage, one function of the memory unit is
A. to control the keyboard
C. to alter basic arithmetic instructions D. to store temporary results during calculation
Question 40. The word “This” in paragraph 5 refers to
A. the equal key B. the plus key
Question 41. The word “contacts” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____.
A. connections
Question 42. Which of the following statement is NOT TRUE about calculators?
A. Sending codes takes place only in the memory unit of a calculator.
B. Calculator and computers have a memory.
C. Calculators require a lot of instructions to operate quickly.
D. Pressing a key activates a calculator.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 43. I regret going to his party last night.
A. I didn’t go to his party last night.
C. I wish I didn’t go to his party last night. D. I wish I hadn’t gone to his party last night.
Question 44. They left the concert hall. The fire alarm went off right afterwards.
A. They left the concert hall just as the fire alarm went off.
B. The fire alarm had gone off before they left the concert hall.
C. They were leaving the concert hall when the fire alarm went off.
Trang 10/5, Mã đề thi 601
D. No sooner had they left the concert hall than the fire alarm went off.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Question 45. Harry sat there waiting for Lucy, which was not necessary.
A. Harry might not have sat there waiting for Lucy.
B. Harry needn’t have sat there waiting for Lucy.
C. Harry couldn’t have sat there waiting for Lucy.
D. Harry may not have sat there waiting for Lucy.
Question 46. He only feels happy whenever he doesn’t have much work to do.
A. The more he works, the happier he feels. B. He feels happier and happier with his work.
C. His work makes him feel happy. D. The less he works, the happier he feels.
Question 47. Mary said : “ What will you do this evening, John ?”
A. Mary asked John what would he do that evening.
B. Mary asked John what John did that evening.
C. Mary wanted to know what she and John would do that evening.
D. Mary wanted to know what John would do that evening
Mark the letter A, B, c or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction ỉn each of the following questions.
Question 48. It took the mayor over an hour explanation to the other members of the board why he had
missed the last meeting
A. over an B. explanation C. of
D. he had missed
Question 49. The federal government recommends that all expectant women will not only refrain
from smoking but also avoid places where other people smoke.
A. recommends that
B. expectant C. will not only refrain D. smoke
Question 50. Information on the Romans can find not only in these books but also on the Internet.
A. Information
B. can find C. in D. the Internet
.
Trang 11/5, Mã đề thi 601
PHU YEN TRAINING AND EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
NGUYEN THI MINH KHAI HIGH SCHOOL
--------------------------
THE TRIAL TEST FOR THE GCSE
SUBJECT : ENGLISH
Time : 60’
D. mean
D. appeared
C. treat
C. laughed
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
B. wear
Question 1: A. dream
B. coughed
Question 2: A. liked
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three
in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3: A. across
Question 4: A. university
C. common
C. entertainment
D. brother
D. application
B. simply
B. technology
Mark A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the questions.
Question 5: Hardly he had entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten the document.
C
A
D
B
Question 6: After he had returned to his house, he was reading a book.
A B
C D
Question 7: Facial expression involves some of smallest body movements, but its impact may be greater
A B C
than any other body language.
D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 8: The last person ____the room must turn off the lights.
B. leaving
A. who leave
D. to leave
C. leaves
Question 9: Her boss fired her, ____made her angry.
A. which
B. who
C. that
D. whom
Question 10: ____he tried, his father didn’t let him run the company.
B. No matter what hard C. However hard
A. Although hard
D. Whatever hard
Question 11: The pop star ____when the lights ____.
A. sang/went out
C. sang/were going out
B. was singing/went out
D. was singing/were going out
Question 12: Nobody seemed to be interested in the news. It was greeted with a lack of ____.
A. enthusiasm
C. enthusiast
D. enthusiastic
B. enthusiastically
Question 13: I’m terrified ____breaking down on a motorway at night.
A. of
B. for
C. from
D. with
Question 14: He behaves just like his father. He really takes ____him.
A. after
B. on
C. off
D. with
Question 15: Peter would rather we ____now, but we must go to work.
B. had not leave
C. didn’t leave
A. not leave
D. not to be left
Question 16: Many young people have objected to ____marriage, which is decided by the parents of the
bride and groom.
A. sacrificed
D. contractual
C. agreed
B. shared
Question 17: I never read ____newspapers during the week, but I buy the Observer every Sunday and I
read it in ____bed.
A. the / a
B. /
C. the / the
D. a / the
Question 18: The festival was a failure. It was____.
A. bad organized
C. badly organizing
D. badly organized
B. bad organization
Question 19: Many species of plants and animals are in____of extinction.
A. dangerous
B. danger
C. endangered
D. dangerously
Question 20: Nam wanted to know what time ____.
A. the movie began
B. did the movie begin C. the movie begins
D. does the movie begin
Question 21: Emails are ____among young people than the elders.
A. more used widely B. more widely used C. more widely
D. widely more used
Page 1/5
Mark A, B, C, or D to indicate the most suitable response to complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 22: Jane: “Would you mind if I used your computer for an hour?” - Tony: “____.”
A. Of course. I still need it now
C. Not at all. I’ve finished my job
B. Yes, it’s all right
D. Yes, you can’t use it
Question 23: John: “Congratulations! You did great.” - Mary: “____.”
A. You’re welcome
C. It’s nice of you to say so
B. That’s okay
D. It’s my pleasure
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in
each of the following questions.
Question 24: When being interviewed, you should concentrate on what the interviewer is saying or asking
you.
A. express interest in B. be related to
C. be interested in
D. pay attention to
Question 25: School uniform is required in most of Vietnamese schools.
A. compulsory
B. divided
C. paid
D. depended
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in
each of the following questions.
Question 26: My cousin tends to look on the bright side in any circumstance.
A. be confident
B. be optimistic
C. be pessimistic
D. be smart
Question 27: Those clothes are inappropriate for this evening.
C. available
B. suitable
A. attractive
D. improper
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions.
Question 28: Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people to use less energy.
A. The new regulations are thought to encourage lower consumption of energy.
B. It is thought that the new regulations will encourage people to consume more energy.
C. It was thought that lower consumption of energy was stimulated by the new regulations.
D. Lower consumption of energy is thought to lead to the introduction of the new regulations.
Question 29: "I will let you know the answer by the end of this week,” Tom said to Janet.
A. Tom insisted on letting Janet know the answer by the end of the week.
B. Tom suggested giving Janet the answer by the end of the week.
C. Tom offered to give Janet the answer by the end of the week.
D. Tom promised to give Janet the answer by the end of the week.
Question 30: It usually takes her an hour to drive to work.
A. She never spends an hour driving to work. B. She used to drive to work in an hour.
C. She doesn't usually drive to work in an hour. D. She usually spends an hour driving to work.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
of sentences in the following questions.
Question 31: The test was very long. Terry couldn't do it in 60 minutes.
A. The test was very long so that Terry couldn't do it in 60 minutes.
B. The test was too long that Terry couldn't do it in 60 minutes.
C. The test was too long for Terry to do in 60 minutes.
D. The test was too long for Terry to do it in 60 minutes.
Question 32: The book is very interesting. My brother bought it yesterday.
A. The book my brother bought yesterday is not interesting.
B. The book which is very interesting my brother bought yesterday.
C. The book which my brother bought it yesterday is very interesting.
D. The book which my brother bought yesterday is very interesting.
Page 2/5
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each o f the numbered blanks.
Nowadays, we must say that all high schools teach mathematics and it is (33) ____one of the
(34) ____important subjects. High school students are required to study mathematics even though they are
interested (35) ____it or not. Up to now, no one knows exactly the time when the early people began (36)
____on mathematics. mathematics has been developed today. It is no longer only figures, simple
calculation, and forms. Mathematics is divided into branches, such as arithmetic, geometry, algebra, and
trigonometry; other branches have gradually been added. The invention of the electronic computer is one of
the great achievements in mathematics. Thanks to computers, we can (37) ____a lot of time when solving
problems.
Question 33: A. taken
Question 34: A. more
Question 35: A. in
Question 36: A. worked
Question 37: A. loss
B. believed
B. most
B. at
B. work
B. spend
C. considered
C. least
C. of
C. working
C. save
D. learnt
D. as
D. on
D. to working
D. send
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Every year students from many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children.
Others are teenagers, many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn
English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not
many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language.
Why do all these people want to learn English? It is difficult to answer that question. Many boys and
girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language and
mathematics and English. In England or America, or Australia many boys and girls study their own
language, which is English, and Mathematics, and another language, perhaps French, or German, or
Spanish.
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their
higher studies because some of their books are in English at college or university. Other people learn
English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
Question 38: According to the writer, ____.
A. English is popular in much of the world
C. No children like learning English
B. English is useful only to teenagers
D. Only adults learn English
Question 39: Many people learn English by____.
A. watch video only
C. talking with the film stars
B. hearing the language in the office
D. working hard on their lessons
Question 40: Many boys and girls learn English because____.
A. it is included in their courses
C. they have to study their own language
B. English can give them a job
D. their parents make them
Question 41: Many adults learn English because____.
A. most of their books are in English
C. they want to go abroad
B. it helps them in their work
D. their work is useful
Question 42: In America or in Australia, many students study____.
A. English and mathematics only
B. English as a foreign language
C. their own language and no foreign language
D. such foreign languages as French, German and Spanish
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
PANDEMIC DISEASES
Diseases are a natural part of life on Earth. If there were no diseases, the population would grow too
quickly, and there would not be enough food or other resources. So in a way, diseases are nature's way of
keeping the Earth in balance. But sometimes they spread very quickly and kill large numbers of people. For
Page 3/5
example, in 1918, an outbreak of the flu spread across the world, killing over 25 million people in only six
months. Such terrible outbreaks of a disease are called pandemics.
Pandemics happen when a disease changes in a way that our bodies are not prepared to fight. In 1918, a
new type of flu virus appeared. Our bodies had no way to fight this new flu virus, and so it spread very
quickly and killed large numbers of people. While there have been many different pandemic diseases
throughout history, all of them have a few things in common.
First, all pandemic diseases spread from one person to another very easily. Second, while they may kill
many people, they generally do not kill people very quickly. A good example of this would be the Marburg
virus. The Marburg virus is an extremely infectious disease. In addition, it is deadly. About 70-80% of all
the people who get the Marburg virus die from the disease. However, the Marburg virus has not become a
pandemic because most people die within three days of getting the disease. This means that the virus does
not have enough time to spread to a large number of people. The flu virus of 1918, on the other hand,
generally took about a week to ten days to kill its victims, so it had more time to spread.
While we may never be able to completely stop pandemics, we can make them less common. Doctors
carefully monitor new diseases that they fear could become pandemics. For example, in 2002 and 2003,
doctors carefully watched SARS. Their health warnings may have prevented SARS from becoming a
pandemic.
Question 43: This passage is mainly about ____.
A. pandemic diseases
C. pandemic diseases throughout history
B. why pandemics happen
D. how to prevent pandemic diseases
Question 44: According to paragraph 1, how are diseases a natural part of life on Earth?
B. They help the world grow quickly.
D. They help control the population.
A. They kill too many people.
C. They prevent pandemics.
Question 45: Based on the information in the passage the term pandemics can best be explained as ___.
A. new diseases like SARS or the Marburg virus
B. a deadly kind of flu
C. diseases with no cure
D. diseases that spread quickly and kill large numbers of people
Question 46: According to the passage, what causes pandemics?
A. Population growth that the world cannot support.
B. Careless doctors who do not watch the spread of diseases.
C. Changes in a disease that the body cannot fight.
D. The failure to make new medicines.
Question 47: According to the passage, all of the following are true of the 1918 flu pandemic EXCEPT
that ____.
A. it was the last pandemic in history
C. it killed over 25 million people
B. it involved a new kind of flu virus
D. it took a little over a week to kill its victims
Question 48: The word “it” in the passage refers to ____.
A. disease
B. bodies
C. flu virus
D. pandemics
Question 49: Which of the following is mentioned as a common feature of all pandemic diseases?
A. They do not kill people very quickly.
C. They kill all the victims.
B. They may kill many people very quickly.
D. They spread from people to people very slowly.
Question 50: The word “monitor” in the passage is closest in meaning to ____.
A. fight
B. prevent
C. watch
D. avoid------------------------------------------
----------- THE END ----------
Page 4/5
KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
A
B
C
D
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
43
48
50
42
44
45
46
47
49
A
B
C
D
Page 5/5
ĐỀ THI THỬ THPT QUỐC GIA 2019-2020 LẦN 1
Môn TIẾNG ANH SỞ GD & ĐT VĨNH PHÚC
TRƯỜNG THPT BÌNH SƠN Thời gian: 50 phút
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Câu 1 (NB): A. approached C. supported D. finished B. noticed
B. threaten C. through D. thunder
Câu 2 (NB): A. them
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Câu 3 (NB): B. achievement C. combustion A. centralise D. diversity
Câu 4 (NB): A. relevant B. assistant C. argument D. attitude
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Câu 5 (VD): I finally __________ the cold that I had had all week.
A. pass out
B. get over C. come down with D. pull through
Câu 6 (VD): My college graduation was a real__________ day for my whole life.
A. red letter
B. red ink C. red tape D. red brick
Câu 7 (VD): The weather is going to change soon; I feel it in my __________
A. body
B. legs C. bones D. skin
Câu 8 (TH): My parents lent me the money. _________, I couldn’t have afforded the trip.
A. Therefore
B. However C. Only if D. Otherwise
Câu 9 (TH): They _________ enthusiastically when their teacher ___________in.
A. will discuss/ will come
B. will have discussed/ comes
C. were discussing/ came
D. discuss/ comes
Câu 10 (TH): The earthquake, and tsunami that followed, has killed over 1300 people, the majority of
________were in the city of Palu in Central Sulawesi, Indonesia.
A. which
B. them C. whom D. that
Câu 11 (TH): There is no excuse for your late submission! You _________ the report by last Monday.
A. needn’t have finished
B. mightn’t have finished
C. should have finished
D. must have finished
Câu 12 (TH): I don’t think Jill would be a good teacher. She’s got little patience, __________?
A. hasn’t she
B. does she C. doesn’t she D. has she
Câu 13 (NB): There are billions of stars in_________ space.
C. the B. an D. x
A. a
Câu 14 (TH): _________ ten minutes earlier, you would have got a better seat.
A. If you arrived B. Had you arrived C. Were you arrived D. If you hadn’t arrived Câu 15
(TH): The boys proposed that their group leader__________ a camping trip.
A. organize
B. organized C. organizes D. organizing
Câu 16 (TH): In some parts of the country, prices are__________ than in others.
A. the highest
B. higher and higher C. highest D. more and more high
Câu 17 (TH): I deeply regret __________ to her so severely last night. She was badly hurt.
A. to speak
B. to be speaking C. being spoken D. having spoken
Câu 18 (TH): No sooner ________ than he begins to be washed.
A. a human being born
B. a human being had been born
C. was a human being born
D. is a human being born
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Câu 19 (NB): Ensoleill and Sunny are talking about Ted’s accident last week.
Ensoleill: “A motor bike knocked Ted down”.
B. Poor Ted! C. What it is now? D. What a motor bike! Sunny: “______________”
A. How terrific!
Câu 20 (TH): Mary and her friend, Ensoleill, are in a coffee shop.
Mary: “Would you like Matcha ice–cream or Caramen with jam?”
B. I like eating them all. Ensoleill: “ ____________________”
A. Yes, I’d love two.
C. It doesn’t matter.
D. Neither is fine. They are good.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSET in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu 21 (VDC): You’re not trying to suggest I should turn a blind eye and forget all about it?
A. criticize for
B. look into C. wink at D. worried about
Câu 22 (VD): If that was done on a national scale, we would wipe out this infectious disease.
A. establish
B. retain C. eliminate D. maintain
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu 23 (TH): Vietnamese have a strong sense of hospitality and feel embarrassed if they cannot show
their guests full respect by preparing for their interval.
A. difference
B. unfriendliness C. generosity D. politeness
Câu 24 (VDC): We run a very tight ship here, and we expect all our employees to be at their desks by
eight o’clock and take good care of their own business.
A. have a good voyage
B. organize things inefficiently
C. run faster than others
D. manage an inflexible system
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Just like any institution, a family also needs rules. Rules are very important because they keep
things in (25) ________. For a family, rules are as necessary as food and clothing. The rules are very
important because they remain peace and order in the family. For example, children should respect and
listen to their parents.
If there are (26) _______to be made, for examples, it is not only the parents who are going to
decide especially if the children are already grown up. It would be better if everybody is involved in
making the decision of important matter.
Rules are needed to maintain a harmonious relationship (27)_________ family members. Parents
are there the pillars of the family and guide children to be responsible and practice good values.
Rules teach children to become more responsible and have discipline not only at home but
especially outside of the home. When there are rules to follow, children will know (28)_______ they
should do or should not do. Rules help to avoid conflict and misunderstanding that may lead to fights
and aggression especially among children. Parents should set rules for the children to follow to avoid
quarrels and fights. There are times when the children fight over simple matters and this happens if the
parents do or not interfere but when parents set the rule and let the children follow, there will be
(29)_______conflicts.
A. need
A. calls
A. in
A. which
A. fewer
B. order
B. problems
B. between
B. that
B. more
C. time
C. changes
C. inside
C. how
C. little
D. shape
D. decisions
D. among
D. what
D. less
Câu 25 (TH):
Câu 26 (TH):
Câu 27 (NB):
Câu 28 (TH):
Câu 29 (TH):
Read the passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions .
Sometimes you know things about people the first time you see them, for example, that you want
to be friends with them or that you don’t trust them. But perhaps this kind of intuition isn’t as hard to
explain as it may seem. For instance, people give out their body language signals all the time. The way
you hold your body, head and arms tells people about your mood. If you hold your arms tightly at your
sides, or fold them across your chest, people will generally feel that you are being defensive. Holding
your head to one side shows interest in the other, while an easy, open posture indicates that you are self-
confident. All this affects the way you feel about someone.
Also, a stranger may remind you of a meeting with someone. This may be because of something as
simple as the fact that he or she is physically similar to someone who treated you well or badly. Your
feelings about a stranger could be influenced by a smell in the air that brings to mind a place where you
were happy as a child. Since even a single word can bring back a memory such as that, you may never
realize it is happening.
Câu 30 (TH): What does the word “open” in the passage most closely mean?
A. unlimited
B. enlarged C. relaxed D. not shut
Câu 31 (TH): What influences your impression of a person you meet in the first time?
A. familiarity
B. intuition C. feeling D. knowledge
Câu 32 (TH): What one feels about a stranger may be influenced by something that ________.
A. revives one’s past memories
B. points to one’s childhood
C. strengthen one’s past behaviors D. reminds one of one’s past treatment Câu 33
(TH): What does the second paragraph discuss?
A. Meaning of signals one implies toward a stranger
B. Factors that cause people to act differently
C. How people usually behave to a stranger
D. Factors that may influence one’s feeling about a stranger
Câu 34 (TH): Intuition described in the passage can be explained by means of __________.
A. signals
B. languages C. behaviors D. styles
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
The Arts and Crafts Movement in the United States was responsible for sweeping changes in
attitudes toward the decorative arts, then considered the minor or household arts. Its focus on decorative
arts helped to induce United States museums and private collectors to begin collecting furniture, glass,
ceramics, metalwork, and textiles in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. The fact that
artisans, who were looked on as mechanics or skilled workers in the eighteenth century, are frequently
considered artists today is directly attributable to the Arts and Crafts Movement of the nineteenth
century. The importance now placed on attractive and harmonious home decoration can also be traced to
this period, when Victorian interior arrangements were revised to admit greater light and more freely
flowing spaces.
The Arts and Crafts Movement reacts against mechanized processes that threatened handcrafts and
resulted in cheapened, monotonous merchandise. Founded in the late nineteenth century by British
social critics John Ruskin and William Morris, the movement revered craft as a form of art. In a rapidly
industrializing society, most Victorians agreed that art was an essential moral ingredient in the home
environment, and in many middle- and working-class homes craft was the only form of art. Ruskin and
his followers criticized not only the degradation of artisans reduced to machine operators, but also the
impending loss of daily contact with handcrafted objects, fashioned with pride, integrity, and attention to
beauty.
In the United States as well as in Great Britain, reformers extolled the virtues of handcrafted
objects: simple, straightforward design; solid materials of good quality; and sound, enduring
construction techniques. These criteria were interpreted in a variety of styles, ranging from rational and
geometric to romantic or naturalistic. Whether abstract, stylized, or realistically treated, the consistent
theme in virtually all Arts and Crafts design is nature.
The Arts and Crafts Movement was much more than a particular style; it was a philosophy of
domestic life. Proponents believed that if simple design, high-quality materials, and honest construction
were realized in the home and its appointments, then the occupants would enjoy moral and therapeutic
effects. For both artisan and consumer, the Arts and Crafts doctrine was seen as a magical force against
the undesirable effects of industrialization.
Câu 35 (VD): The passage primarily focuses on nineteenth century arts and crafts in terms of which of
the following?
A. Their naturalistic themes.
B. Their importance in museum collections.
C. Their British origin.
D. Their role in an industrialized society.
Câu 36 (TH): According to the passage, before the nineteenth century, artisans were thought to be
________.
B. creators of cheap merchandise
A. defenders of moral standards
C. skilled workers
D. talented artists
Câu 37 (TH): It can be inferred from the passage that the Arts and Crafts Movement would have
considered all of the following to be artists EXCEPT _________.
A. creators of textile designs
B. people who produce handmade glass objects
C. operators of machines that automatically cut legs, for furniture
D. metalworkers who create unique pieces of jewelry
Câu 38 (TH): The word “revered” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.
A. respected
B. described C. dubbed D. created
Câu 39 (TH): According to paragraph 2, the handcrafted objects in the homes of middle and
workingclass families usually were _________.
A. made by members of the family
B. the least expensive objects in their homes
C. regarded as being morally uplifting
D. thought to symbolize progress
Câu 40 (TH): The word “extolled” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.
A. exposed
B. praised C. believed D. accepted
Câu 41 (TH): According to the passage, which of the following changes occurred at the same time as
the Arts and Crafts Movement?
A. The creation of brighter and more airy spaces inside homes.
B. The rejection of art that depicted nature in a realistic manner.
C. A decline of interest in art museum collections.
D. An increase in the buying of imported art objects.
Câu 42 (NB): The word “it” in the last paragraph refers to ________.
A. the Arts and Crafts design
B. nature
C. the Arts and Crafts Movement
D. a particular style
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Câu 43 (TH): Having found guilty of racketeering, the mobster was sentenced to a number of years in
prison.
A. Having found
B. of C. was sentenced D. a number
Câu 44 (TH): Most people consider it women's responsible to take care of children and do housework.
A. Most
B. of C. responsible D. do
Câu 45 (NB): They have made a lot of progress until the country became independent.
A. until B. a lot of C. independent D. became
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of the
following questions.
Câu 46 (VDC): Mary was very disappointed. However, she tried to keep calm.
A. Mary was too disappointed to keep calm.
B. Mary lost her temper because of her disappointment.
C. Disappointed as she was, Mary tried to keep calm.
D. Feeling disappointed, Mary tried to keep calm, but she failed.
Câu 47 (VDC): She gave a great performance at the festival. We now know she has artistic talent.
But for her great performance at the festival, we wouldn't know about her artistic talent
A.
now.
Amazing as her artistic talent is, we don't know about her great performance at the
B.
festival.
C. Although she gave a great performance at the festival, we know she has artistic talent.
D.
Hardly had we know about her artistic talent when she gave a great performance at the
festival. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest
in meaning to each of the following questions.
Câu 48 (VD): Be careful or you may get lost and run out of money.” She said.
A. She advised me to be careful or I might get lost and run out of money.
B. She warned me to be careful or I had to get lost and run out of money.
C. She ordered me to be careful and I might get lost and run out of money.
D. She told me to be careful if I got lost and run out of the money.
Câu 49 (VD): It isn’t necessary for us to get a visa for Singapore.
A. We mustn’t get a visa for Singapore.
B. We needn’t get a visa for Singapore.
C. We mayn’t get a visa for Singapore.
D. We shouldn’t get a visa for Singapore.
Câu 50 (VD): The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for a year. B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
D. At last I went to the museum after a year.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year.
1-C
2-A
3-A
4-B
5-B
6-A
7-C
8-D
9-C
10-C
11-C
12-D
13-D
14-B
15-A
16-B
17-D
18-D
19-B
20-C
21-C
22-C
23-B
24-B
25-B
26-D
27-D
28-D
29-A
30-C
31-B
32-A
33-D
34-A
35-D
36-C
37-C
38-A
39-C
40-B
41-A
42-C
43-A
44-C
45-A
46-C
47-A
48-A
49-B
50-A
Đáp án
LỜI GIẢI CHI TIẾT
approached /əˈprəʊtʃt/
Câu 1: Đáp án C
Phương pháp giải:
Kiến thức: Phát âm
“ed” Giải chi tiết:
A.
B. noticed /ˈnəʊtɪst/
C. supported /səˈpɔːtɪd/
D. finished /ˈfɪnɪʃt/ Quy tắc:
Cách phát âm đuôi “-ed”:
- Đuôi “-ed” được phát âm là /ɪd/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /t/ hay /d/
- Đuôi “-ed” được phát âm là /t/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /s/,/f/,/p/,/ʃ/,/tʃ/,/k/
- Đuôi “-ed” được phát âm là /d/ với các trường hợp còn lại
Phần gạch chân phương án C được phát âm là /ɪd/, còn lại là /t/
Câu 2: Đáp án A
Phương pháp giải:
Kiến thức: Phát âm
“th” Giải chi tiết:
A. them /ðəm/
B. threaten /ˈθretn/
C. through /θruː/
D. thunder /ˈθʌndə(r)/
Phần gạch chân phương án A được phát âm là /ð/, còn lại là /θ/
Câu 3: Đáp án A
Phương pháp giải:
Kiến thức: Trọng âm của từ có 3, 4 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. centralise /ˈsentrəlaɪz/
B. combustion /kəmˈbʌstʃən/
C. achievement /əˈtʃiːvmənt/
D. diversity /daɪˈvɜːsəti/
Phương án A trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất, còn lại là âm thứ 2
Câu 4: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Trọng âm của từ có 3 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. relevant /ˈreləvənt/
B. assistant /əˈsɪstənt/
C. argument /ˈɑːɡjumənt/
D. attitude /ˈætɪtjuːd/
Phương án B trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2, còn lại là âm thứ nhất
Câu 5: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Cụm động từ
Giải chi tiết:
A. pass out: bất tỉnh
B. get over: vượt qua
C. come down with: mắc, nhiễm
D. pull through: sống trở lại
Tạm dịch: Tôi cuối cùng đã vượt qua bệnh cảm lạnh mà tôi đã mắc phải suốt cả
tuần. Câu 6: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Sự kết hợp từ Giải chi tiết:
“red letter day”: một ngày đặc biệt, đáng nhớ
Tạm dịch: Ngày lễ tốt nghiệp đại học của tôi đã thực sự là một ngày đặc biệt trong suốt cuộc đời
tôi. Câu 7: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Thành ngữ Giải chi tiết:
“feel one’s bones”: có trực giác/linh cảm về điều gì
Tạm dịch: Thời tiết sẽ thay đổi sớm; tôi có linh cảm về điều đó.
Câu 8: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Liên từ + trạng từ
Giải chi tiết:
A. Therefore: Do đó
B. However: Tuy nhiên
C. Only if: Nếu chỉ
D. Otherwise (adv): Nếu không thì
Tạm dịch: Bố mẹ tôi đã cho tôi mượn tiền. Nếu không thì tôi đã không thể chi trả cho chuyến đi.
Câu 9: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
Giải chi tiết:
- Cách dùng: thì quá khứ tiếp diễn diễn tả hành động đang diễn ra trong quá khứ (chia quá khứ tiếp diễn)
thì có hành động khác cắt ngang (chia quá khứ đơn)
- Công thức: S + was/were +V_ing when + S + V_ed/V cột 2
Tạm dịch: Họ đang thảo luận nhiệt tình khi giáo viên bước vào
lớp. Câu 10: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Đại từ quan hệ Giải chi tiết:
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ:
- which: cái mà => thay thế cho từ chỉ người (có thể đứng sau giới từ)
- whom: người mà => thay thế cho từ chỉ người (có thể đứng sau giới từ)
- that: cái mà, người mà => thay thế cho từ chỉ vật, chỉ người hoặc hỗn hợp người, vật (không đứng sau
giới từ)
“the majority of them were …” => kết hợp tạo thành một câu mới, không phải một mệnh đề quan hệ =>
loại
“the majority of whom” (phần lớn trong số họ - ý nói những người chết do động đất, sóng thần) => thay
thế cho “1300 people” (1300 người) là cụm từ chỉ người, bổ sung nghĩa cho nó
Tạm dịch: Trận động đất và sóng thần xảy ra sau đó đã giết chết hơn 1300 người, phần lớn trong số họ ở
thành phố Palu ở miền Trung Sulawesi, Indonesia.
Câu 11: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Câu phỏng đoán
Giải chi tiết:
needn’t have done sth: lẽ ra không cần làm gì (nhưng đã
làm) mightn’t have done sth: có thể đã không làm gì should
have done sth: lẽ ra nên làm gì (nhưng đã không làm) must
have done sth: chắc hẳn là đã làm gì
Tạm dịch: Đừng lấy cớ cho việc trễ hạn nộp của bạn! Bạn lẽ ra nên hoàn thành báo cáo trước thứ Hai
tuần trước.
Câu 12: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Câu hỏi
đuôi Giải chi tiết:
Vế trước có “little” (hầu như không) mang ý nghĩa phủ định => câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là khẳng định
Động từ vế trước chia thì hiện tại hoàn thành => câu hỏi đuôi: “has”
Chủ ngữ là “she” => câu hỏi đuôi: “she”
Tạm dịch: Tôi không nghĩ rằng Jill sẽ là một giáo viên giỏi. Cô ấy gần như không có tí kiên nhẫn nào,
phải không? Câu 13: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Mạo từ Giải chi tiết:
a/an + danh từ số ít, chưa xác định
the + danh từ đã được xác định rõ
“space” ( không gian vũ trụ) => không cần mạo từ
“in space”: trong không gian
Tạm dịch: Có hàng tỉ vì sao trong không gian.
Câu 14: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đảo ngữ trong câu điều kiện loại 3
Giải chi tiết:
- Dấu hiệu: mệnh đề chính “would have got”
- Câu điều kiện loại 3 diễn tả một điều kiện không có thực trong quá khứ dẫn đến kết quả trái với sự thật
trong quá khứ.
- Công thức: If + S + had(not) + P2, S + would + have + P2
- Dạng đảo ngữ: Had + S + (not) + P2, S + would + have + P2
Tạm dịch: Nếu bạn đã đến sớm hơn 10 phút, bạn có lẽ đã có một chỗ ngồi tốt
hơn. Câu 15: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Thức giả định Giải chi tiết:
Câu giả định thường dùng với một số động từ: propose, advise, recommend, suggest,…
Công thức: S1 + động từ giả định + that + S2 + V_nguyên thể
Tạm dịch: Các bạn nam đã đề xuất nhóm trưởng của họ tổ chức một buổi cắm trại.
Câu 16: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Cấu trúc tăng tiến
Giải chi tiết:
- Cấu trúc: S + V + adv/adj-er + and + adv/adj-er: Cái gì càng ngày càng thế nào
- “high” là tính từ ngắn => higher
Tạm dịch: Ở một vài nơi trên đất nước, giá cả ngày càng cao hơn ở những nơi
khác. Câu 17: Đáp án D Kiến thức: to V/ V_ing Giải chi tiết:
- Dấu hiệu: “last night” (tối qua)
- regret + V_ing: hối hận đã làm gì
Tạm dịch: Tôi rất hối hận khi đã nói nặng lời với cô ấy tối hôm qua. Cô ấy đã rất tổn
thương. Câu 18: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Đảo ngữ Giải chi tiết:
Cấu trúc đảo ngữ câu bị động:
No sooner + tobe + S + P2 than S + V: Ngay sau khi cái gì được làm gì thì …
Động từ “begins” vế sau chia hiện tại đơn => vế trước cũng chia ở hiện tại
Tạm dịch: Ngay sau khi một con người được sinh ra thì cậu ta bắt đầu được tắm rửa sạch sẽ.
Câu 19: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Ensoleill và Sunny đang nói về vụ tai nạn của Ted tuần trước.
Ensoleill: “Một chiếc xe gắn máy đã đâm vào
Ted.” Tim: “_________." A. Thật tuyệt!
B. Tội nghiệp Ted!
C. Bây giờ là cái gì nào?
D. Thật là một cái xe gắn máy!
Các phản hồi A, C, D không phù hợp ngữ cảnh.
Câu 20: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Mary và bạn của mình Ensoleill đang ở trong một quán cà phê.
Mary: “Bạn muốn dùng kem trà xanh hay caramen với
mứt?” Ensoleill: “________.” A. Có, tớ thích hai.
B. Tớ thích ăn tất cả.
C. Vị nào cũng được. (Không quan trọng đâu)
D. Không dùng vị nào cũng được. Chúng đều ngon.
Các phản hồi A, B, D không phù hợp ngữ cảnh.
Câu 21: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Thành
ngữ Giải chi tiết:
turn a blind eye (idiom): cố phớt lờ, bỏ qua
A. criticize for (v): chỉ trích
B. look into (v): điều tra
C. wink at (v): vờ như không thấy
D. worried about (v): lo lắng về
=> turn a blind eye = wink at
Tạm dịch: Không phải bạn đang cố gắng khuyên tôi nên vờ như không thấy và quên hết về nó đâu đúng
không?
Câu 22: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Cụm động
từ Giải chi tiết:
wipe out (phr. verb): quét sạch, xóa bỏ
A. establish (v): thiết lập
B. retain (v): tiếp tục duy trì
C. eliminate (v): xóa bỏ
D. maintain (v): duy trì
=> wipe out = eliminate
Tạm dịch: Nếu việc đó được thực hiện trên phạm vi cả nước, chúng ta sẽ loại bỏ được căn bệnh truyền
nhiễm này.
Câu 23: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng, từ trái nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
hospitality (n): sự thân thiện, hiếu khách
A. difference (n): sự khác biệt
B. unfriendliness (n): sự không thân thiện
C. generosity (n): sự hào phóng, rộng lượng
D. politeness (n): sự lịch sự
=> hospitality >< unfriendliness
Tạm dịch: Người Việt Nam giàu lòng hiếu khách và cảm thấy xấu hổ nếu họ không thể bày tỏ hết sự
tôn trọng dành cho khách mời bằng việc chuẩn bị cho giờ nghỉ của họ.
Câu 24: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng, từ trái nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
run a very tight ship (idiom): điều hành rất tốt
A. have a good voyage (v): có một chuyến đi biển vui vẻ
B. organize things inefficiently (v): tổ chức mọi thứ không hiệu quả
C. run faster than others (v): chạy nhanh hơn người khác
D. manage an inflexible system (v): quản lí một hệ thống không linh hoạt
=> run a very tight ship >< organize things inefficiently
Tạm dịch: Chúng tôi điều hành mọi thứ ở đây rất tốt, và chúng tôi hi vọng tất cả các nhân viên của
mình sẽ vào bàn làm việc lúc 8 giờ và làm tốt công việc của họ.
Câu 25: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ
vựng Giải chi tiết:
in need: cần thiết in
order: theo thứ tự
in time: kịp giờ in
shape: vừa vặn
=> keep sth in order: giữ thứ gì đúng theo đúng trật tự
Rules are very important because they keep things in (25) order.
Tạm dịch: Quy tắc thì rất quan trọng bởi vì chúng giữ mọi thứ theo trật
tự. Câu 26: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
calls (n): các cuộc gọi
problems (n): các vấn đề
thay đổi
changes
(n): các
decisions (n): các quyết định
“make decisions”: đưa ra các quyết định
If there are (26) decisions to be made, for examples, it is not only the parents who are going to decide
especially if the children are already grown up.
Tạm dịch: Ví dụ, nếu có những quyết định cần được đưa ra thì không chỉ cha mẹ người mà sẽ có quyền
quyết định mà còn có cả con cái nếu chúng đã trưởng thành.
Câu 27: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Giới từ
Giải chi tiết: in (prep): trong between
(prep): ở giữa (2 người hoặc vật) inside
(prep): ở bên trong
among (prep): ở giữa (từ 3 người hoặc vật trở lên)
“family members” (các thành viên trong gia đình) => nhiều hơn 2 người
Rules are needed to maintain a harmonious relationship (27) among family members.
Tạm dịch: Quy tắc thì cần thiết để duy trì một mối quan hệ hài hòa giữa các thành viên trong gia đình.
Câu 28: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Mệnh đề quan hệ
Giải chi tiết:
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ
A. which: cái mà => dùng làm chủ ngữ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật: ...N(thing), which + V
B. that: cái mà, người mà => dùng làm chủ ngữ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật: ...N(peroson,
thing), that + V
C. how (pronoun): như thế nào
D. what = the things that : cái mà … => ...what + S + V
When there are rules to follow, children will know (28) what they should do or should not do.
Tạm dịch: Khi có những quy tắc phải theo, trẻ em sẽ biết cái gì mà chúng nên làm hoặc không nên làm.
Câu 29: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: So sánh
hơn Giải chi tiết:
“little” (rất ít) và “less” (ít hơn - dạng so sánh hơn của “little”) đi với danh từ không đếm được
“fewer” (rất ít) đi với danh từ số nhiều đếm được
“more” (nhiều – dạng so sánh hơn của “many” hoặc “much”) đi với cả danh từ số nhiều đếm được và
không đếm được
“conflicts” là danh từ số nhiều đếm được => dùng “fewer” phù hợp với ngữ cảnh nhất
There are times when the children fight over simple matters and this happens if the parents do or not
interfere but when parents set the rule and let the children follow, there will be (29) fewer conflicts.
Tạm dịch: Có những lúc khi trẻ xung đột vì những vấn đề đơn giản và điều này xảy ra nếu cha mẹ có
hoặc không can thiệp nhưng khi cha mẹ đặt ra những luật lệ và để trẻ tuân theo, sẽ có ít các cuộc xung
đột hơn.
Câu 30: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Từ “open” trong đoạn văn gần nghĩa nhất với từ nào?
A. unlimited (adj): không giới hạn
B. enlarged (adj): nới rộng
C. relaxed (adj): thoải máiD. not shut (v): không đóng
open = relaxed (adj): thoải mái, cởi mở
Thông tin: Holding your head to one side shows interest in the other, while an easy, open posture
indicates that you are self- confident.
Tạm dịch: Giữ đầu của bạn nghiêng về một phía thể hiện sự hứng thú với người khác, trong khi đó, một
cử chỉ dễ dàng, cởi mở cho thấy bạn đang tin vào bản thân.
Câu 31: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Cái gì ảnh hưởng đến ấn tượng của bạn về một người khi bạn gặp lần đầu tiên?
familiarity thân sự thuộc
A.
(n):
B. intuition (n): trực giác
C. feeling (n): cảm giác
D. knowledge (n): kiến thức
Thông tin: Sometimes you know things about people the first time you see them, for example, that you
want to be friends with them or that you don’t trust them. But perhaps this kind of intuition isn’t as hard
to explain as it may seem.
Tạm dịch: Đôi khi bạn biết được nhiều điều về người mà bạn mới gặp lần đầu, ví dụ, rằng bạn muốn
làm bạn với họ hoặc bạn không tin tưởng họ. Nhưng có lẽ kiểu trực giác này thì dường như không khó
để giải thích.
Câu 32: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Điều mà một người cảm nhận về một người lạ có thẻ bị ảnh hưởng bởi thứ gì đó _________.
A. revives one’s past memories: làm sống lại những kí ức của ai đó
B. points one’s childhood: cho thấy thời thơ ấu của ai đó
C. strengthen one’s past behaviors: kích thích hành vi của ai đó trong quá khứ
D. reminds one of one’s past treatment: nhắc nhở ai đó về cách đối xử của ai trong quá khứ
Thông tin: Your feelings about a stranger could be influenced by a smell in the air that brings to mind a
place where you were happy as a child. Since even a single word can bring back a memory such as that,
you may never realize it is happening.
Tạm dịch: Cảm giác của bạn về một người lạ cũng có thể bị ảnh hưởng bởi mùi hương trong không khí
cái mà làm bạn nhớ lại một nơi bạn đã từng vui vẻ khi còn nhỏ. Thậm chí từng từ ngữ cũng có thể mang
kí ức trở lại như vậy, bạn có thể không bao giờ nhận ra rằng nó đang xảy ra.
Câu 33: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Đoạn văn thứ hai đề cập đến cái gì?
A. Ý nghĩa của các tín hiệu mà một người ám chỉ với một người lạ
B. Các nhân tố khiến con người hành động khác nhau
C. Mọi người thường cư xử với một người lạ như thế nào
D. Các nhân tố có thể ảnh hưởng đến cảm giác của ai đó về một người lạ
Thông tin: This may be because of something as simple as the fact that he or she is physically similar to
someone who treated you well or badly. Your feelings about a stranger could be influenced by a smell in
the air …
Tạm dịch: Điều này có thể là bởi vì một vài thứ đơn giản như là anh hoặc cô ấy có ngoại hình khá
giống với ai đó người mà đã từng đối xử tốt hoặc tệ với bạn. Cảm giác của bạn về một người lạ cũng có
thể bị ảnh hưởng bởi mùi hương trong không khí…
Câu 34: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Trực giác được miêu tả trong đoạn văn có thể được giải thích bằng ________.
A. signals (n): các kí hiệu
B. languages (n): ngôn ngữ
C. behaviors (n): hành vi
D. styles (n): phong cách
Thông tin: But perhaps this kind of intuition isn’t as hard to explain as it may seem. For instance,
people give out their body language signals all the time.
Tạm dịch: Nhưng có lẽ kiểu trực giác này thì dường như không khó để giải thích. Ví dụ, con người thể
hiện kí hiệu ngôn ngữ cơ thể mọi lúc.
Câu 35: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Đoạn văn chủ yếu tập trung vào khía cạnh nào dưới đây của nghệ thuật và thủ công trong thế kỉ 19?
A. Các chủ đề thực tế của chúng.
B. Tầm quan trọng của việc sưu tầm trong bảo tàng.
C. Nguồn gốc Anh của chúng.
D. Vai trò của chúng trong một xã hội công nghiệp hóa.
Câu 36: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn văn, trước thế kỉ 19, các nghệ nhân được coi như là_______.
A. người bảo vệ các tiêu chuẩn đạo đức
B. người tạo ra những món hàng rẻ tiền
C. người công nhân lành nghềD. những nghệ sĩ tài năng
Thông tin: The fact that artisans, who were looked on as mechanics or skilled workers in the eighteenth
century,...
Tạm dịch: Việc các nghệ nhân, những người được coi là thợ cơ khí hoặc công nhân lành nghề trong thế
kỷ thứ 18,...
Câu 37: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Có thể suy ra từ đoạn văn rằng phong trào nghệ thuật và thủ công có lẽ đã coi những người nào dưới đây
là nghệ sĩ trừ ________.
A. những người tạo ra thiết kế may dệt
B. người mà sản xuất các đồ bằng kính thủ công
C. những người điều hành máy móc mà tự động cắt chân cho các đồ nội thất
D. công nhân luyện kim người mà tạo ra những mảnh trang sức độc đáo
Thông tin: Its focus on decorative arts helped to induce United States museums and private collectors to
begin collecting furniture, glass, ceramics, metalwork, and textiles in the late nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. The fact that artisans, who were looked on as mechanics or skilled workers in the
eighteenth century, are frequently considered artists today is directly attributable to the Arts and Crafts
Movement of the nineteenth century.
Tạm dịch: Sự tập trung của nó vào nghệ thuật trang trí đã giúp thúc đẩy các viện bảo tàng của Mĩ và
nhà sưu tập tư nhân bắt đầu thu thập đồ nội thất, thủy tinh, gốm sứ, kim loại và các sản phẩm dệt vào
cuối thế kỷ 19 và đầu thế kỷ 20. Việc các nghệ nhân, những người được coi là thợ cơ khí hoặc công
nhân lành nghề trong thế kỷ thứ mười tám, thường được coi là nghệ sĩ ngày nay thì trực tiếp liên quan
đến phong trào nghệ thuật và thủ công của thế kỷ 19.
Chỉ có đáp án C không được đề cập
Câu 38: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Từ “revered” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với______.
revered: được tôn thờ
A. respected: được tôn trọng
B. described: được miêu tả
C. dubbed: được gọi tên
D. created: được sáng tạo
=> revered = respected: được tôn trọng, tôn thờ
Thông tin: Founded in the late nineteenth century by British social critics John Ruskin and William
Morris, the movement revered craft as a form of art.
Tạm dịch: Được thành lập vào cuối thế kỷ XIX bởi các nhà phê bình xã hội người Anh John Ruskin và
William Morris, phong trào này tôn sùng thủ công như một hình thức nghệ thuật. Câu 39: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn 2, các sản phẩm thủ công ở các gia đình thuộc tầng lớp trung lưu và lao động thường là
_______.
A. được làm bởi các thành viên trong gia đình
B. các đồ vật ít dắt tiền nhất trong nhà họ
C. được coi như là việc nâng cao các giá trị đạo đức
D. được nghĩ như là quá trình biểu tượng hóa
Thông tin: In a rapidly industrializing society, most Victorians agreed that art was an essential moral
ingredient in the home environment, and in many middle- and working-class homes craft was the only
form of art.
Tạm dịch: Trong một xã hội công nghiệp hóa nhanh chóng, hầu hết người dân Victoria đều đồng ý rằng
nghệ thuật là một thành phần thiết yếu hình thành đạo đức trong gia đình, và ở tầng lớp trung lưu và lao
động, thủ công gia đình là hình thức nghệ thuật duy nhất.
Câu 40: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đọc
hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Từ “extolled” trong đoạn 3 gần nghĩa nhất với _______
extolled: được ca tụng
được tiếp xúc
A.
exposed:
B. praised: được ca ngợi
C. believed: được tin tưởng
D. accepted: được chấp nhận
=> extolled = praised: được ca ngợi
Thông tin: In the United States as well as in Great Britain, reformers extolled the virtues of handcrafted
objects: …
Tạm dịch: Ở Mĩ cũng như Anh, các nhà cải cách đã ca ngợi những điểm sáng của các đồ vật thủ công:
… Câu 41: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Theo bài văn, những thay đổi nào dưới đây đã xảy ra đồng thời với phong trào nghệ thuật và thủ công?
A. Việc tạo ra không gian sáng và thoáng đãng hơn bên trong các ngôi nhà.
B. Sự chối bỏ của nghệ thuật cái mà mô tả thiên nhiên bằng phương thức hiện thực
C. Sự giảm về hứng thú với việc sưu tập nghệ thuật bảo tàng
D. Sự gia tăng trong việc bán các đồ nghệ thuật nhập khẩu
Thông tin: ...to the Arts and Crafts Movement of the nineteenth century. The importance now placed on
attractive and harmonious home decoration can also be traced to this period, when Victorian interior
arrangements were revised to admit greater light and more freely flowing spaces.
Tạm dịch: ... đến phong trào nghệ thuật và thủ công của thế kỷ 19. Tầm quan trọng bây giờ được đặt
vào việc trang trí nhà sao cho hấp dẫn và hài hòa cũng có thể được bắt nguồn từ thời kỳ này, khi việc sắp
xếp nội thất của Victoria đã được sửa đổi để nhận nguồn sáng lớn hơn và không gian phóng khoáng hơn.
Câu 42: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Từ “it” trong đoạn cuối đề cập đến__________
A. thiết kế về nghệ thuật và thủ công
B. thiên nhiên
C. phong trào nghệ thuật và thủ côngD. một phong cách cụ thể
Thông tin: The Arts and Crafts Movement was much more than a particular style; it was a philosophy of
domestic life.
Tạm dịch: Phong trào nghệ thuật và thủ công không chỉ là một phong cách cụ thể; nó còn là một triết lý
của cuộc sống trong nước. Câu 43: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Mệnh đề rút gọn
Giải chi tiết:
Hai mệnh đề cùng chủ ngữ => có thể rút gọn mệnh đề
Câu mang nghĩa bị động, hành động vế đầu xảy ra trước hành động vế sau
=> rút gọn theo công thức: Having + been + P2
Sửa: “Having found” => “Having been found”
Tạm dịch: Bị phát hiện ra tội lừa đảo, tên cướp đã bị tuyên án một vài năm
tù. Câu 44: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Từ loại Giải chi tiết:
Sau tính từ sở hữu “women’s” cần một danh từ số nhiều để chỉ
chung responsible (adj): có trách nhiệm responsibility (n): trách
nhiệm
Sửa: responsible => responsibilities
Tạm dịch: Phần lớn mọi người đều coi trách nhiệm của phụ nữ là chăm con và làm việc nhà.
Câu 45: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Giới từ
Giải chi tiết:
Vế trước động từ chia thì hiện tại hoàn thành: “have made”
=> giới từ thường được sử dụng là “since + mốc thời gian” hoặc “for + khoảng thời gian”
“the country became independent” (đất nước độc lập) => mốc thời gian
Sửa: until => since
Tạm dịch: Họ đã đạt được nhiều tiến bộ kể từ khi đất nước độc lập.
Câu 46: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Câu đồng nghĩa, đảo ngữ với “as”
Giải chi tiết:
Cấu trúc đảo ngữ với “as”: Adj/Adv + S + V, S + V
Tạm dịch:
Mary đã quá thất vọng. Tuy nhiên, cô ấy đã cố gắng giữ bình tĩnh.
A. Mary đã quá thất vọng đến nỗi cô ấy không thể giữ bình tĩnh. => sai nghĩa
B. Mary mất bình tĩnh bởi vì sự thất vọng của cô ấy. => sai nghĩa
C. Mặc dù cô ấy thất vọng, Mary vẫn cố gắng giữ bình tĩnh.
D. Cảm thấy thất vọng, Mary đã cố giữ bình tĩnh, nhưng cô ấy đã thất bại. => sai nghĩa
Câu 47: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Cấu trúc đồng nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
Câu điều kiện hỗn hợp diễn tả điều kiện không có thật ở quá khứ dẫn đến kết quả trái với hiện tại
Công thức: If + S + had (not) + P2, S + would + V_nguyên thể
But for = If … not : Nếu không nhờ
Tạm dịch:
Cô ấy đã có một màn trình diễn tuyệt vời ở lễ hội. Bây giờ chúng tôi biết được tài năng nghệ thuật của
cô ấy.
Nếu không nhờ màn trình diễn tuyệt vời của cô ấy ở lễ hội, bây giờ chúng tôi đã không biết về
A.
tài năng nghệ thuật của cô ấy.
Tuy tài năng nghệ thuật của cô ấy thì tuyệt vời, nhưng chúng tôi đã không biết về màn trình diễn
B.
của cô ấy ở lễ hội. => sai nghĩa
Mặc dù cô ấy đã có một màn trình diễn tuyệt vời ở lễ hội, chúng tôi biết về tài năng nghệ thuật
C.
của cô ấy. => sai nghĩa
Ngay sau khi chúng tôi biết tài năng nghệ thuật của cô ấy thì cô ấy đã có màn trình diễn tuyệt vời
D.
ở lễ hội. => sai nghĩa
Câu 48: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Lời nói gián tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
“Be careful or …” : Hãy cẩn thận nếu không thì …
= S + advised + S + to V_nguyên thể: Ai đó đã khuyên ai làm gì
warn sb of/about doing sth: cảnh báo ai làm gì
Tạm dịch:
“Hãy cẩn thận hoặc bạn có thể bị lạc và hết sạch tiền” Cô ấy đã nói
A. Cô ấy đã khuyên tôi nên cẩn thận nếu không tôi có thể bị lạc và hết sạch tiền.
B. Cô ấy đã cảnh cáo tôi phải cẩn thận hoặc tôi phải bị lạc và hết sạch tiền. => sai nghĩa, sai cấu trúc
C. Cô ấy đã yêu cầu tôi phải cẩn thận và tôi có thể bị lạc và hết sạch tiền. => sai nghĩaD. Cô ấy đã bảo
tôi phải cẩn thận nếu tôi bị lạc và hết sạch tiền. => sai nghĩa
Câu 49: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Động từ khuyết thiếu
Giải chi tiết:
mustn’t: không được phép làm
gì needn’t: không cần làm gì
mayn’t: không thể làm gì
shouldn’t: không nên làm gì
Tạm dịch:
Thật không cần thiết cho chúng tôi khi lấy visa sang Singapore.
A. Chúng tôi không được phép nhận visa sang Singapore. => sai nghĩa
B. Chúng tôi không cần phải lấy visa sang Singapore.
C. Chúng tôi có thể không lấy visa sang Singapore. => sai nghĩa
D. Chúng tôi không nên lấy visa sang Singapore. => sai nghĩa
Câu 50: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Giải chi tiết:
- Cách dùng: Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả sự việc bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể
tiếp tục ở tương lai. Với cách dùng này thường có “since + mốc thời gian” hoặc “for + khoảng thời
gian”
- Công thức: S + have/has (not) + P2 + for + khoảng thời gian/since + mốc thời gian
“a year” (một năm) là khoảng thời gian => dùng “for”
Tạm dịch: Lần cuối tôi đi đến viện bảo tàng là một năm trước.
A. Tôi đã không đi đến viện bảo tàng trong một năm rồi.
B. Một năm trước, tôi thường đi đến viện bảo tàng. => sai nghĩa
C. Chuyến đi đến viện bảo tàng của tôi đã kéo dài một năm. => sai nghĩa
D. Cuối cùng tôi đã đi đến viện bảo tàng sau một năm. => sai nghĩa
TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN
ĐỀ THI THỬ THPT QUỐC GIA 2019-2020 LẦN 1
Môn TIẾNG ANH
BẮC NINH
Thời gian: 50 phút
C. touched
C. food
B. wished
B. pool
D. moved
D. tool
A. passed
A. blood
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions from 1 to 2.
Câu hỏi 1 (NB):
Câu hỏi 2 (NB):
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions from 3 to 4.
Câu hỏi 3 (TH): He was so insubordinate that he lost his job within a week.
B. obedient
C. fresh
D. disobedient
A. understanding
Câu hỏi 4 (VDC): I had no idea that you and he were on such intimate terms. I thought you were only
casual acquaintances.
B. behaved well toward each other
A. were hostile to each other
D. were such close friends
C. hardly knew each other
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions from 5 to 6.
Câu hỏi 5 (NB):
C. purchase
D. suggest
B. contain
A. reflect
Câu hỏi 6 (NB):
A. possession
B. politics
C. decision
D. refusal
Read the passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions from 7 to 14.
The sculptural legacy that the new United States inherited from its colonial predecessors was far
from a rich one, and in fact, in 1776 sculpture as an art form was still in the hand of artisans and
craftspeople. Stone carvers engraved their motifs of skulls and crossbones and other religious icons of
death into the gray slabs that we still see standing today in old burial grounds. Some skilled craftspeople
made intricately carved wooden ornamentations for furniture or architectural decorations, while others
carved wooden shop signs and ships' figureheads. Although they often achieved expression and formal
excellence in their generally primitive style, they remained artisans skilled in the craft of carving and
constituted a group distinct from what we normally think of as "sculptors" in today's use of the word.
On the rare occasion when a fine piece of sculpture was desired, Americans turned to foreign
sculptors, as in the 1770's when the cities of New York and Charleston, South Carolina, commissioned
the Englishman Joseph Wilton to make marble statues of William Pitt. Wilton also made a lead equestrian
image of King George III that was created in New York in 1770 and torn down by zealous patriots six
years later. A few marble memorials with carved busts, urns, or other decorations were produced in
England and brought to the colonies to be set in the walls of churches - as in King's Chapel in Boston. But
sculpture as a high art, practiced by artists who knew both the artistic theory of their RenaissanceBaroque-
Rococo predecessors and the various technical procedures of modeling, casting, and carving rich three-
dimensional forms, was not known among Americans in 1776. Indeed, for many years thereafter, the
United States had two groups from which to choose - either the local craftspeople or the imported talent of
European sculptors.
The eighteenth century was not one in which powered sculptural conceptions were developed. Add
to this the timidity with which unschooled artisans originally trained as stonemasons, carpenters, or
cabinetmakers - attacked the medium from which they sculpture made in the United States in the late
eighteenth century.
Câu hỏi 7 (TH): What is the main idea of the passage?
A. There was a great demand for the work of eighteenth-century artisans.
B. American sculptors were hampered by a lack of tools and materials.
C. Skilled sculptors did not exist in the US in the 1770’s.
D. Many foreign sculptors worked in the US after 1776.
Câu hỏi 8 (TH): It is stated in the first paragraph that the sculptural legacy that the new United States had
from colonial times was ______.
B. plentiful
C. very rich
D. not countable
A. not great
Câu hỏi 9 (VD): The phrase “turned to” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ______.
B. censored
C. consulted
D. hired
A. castigated
Câu hỏi 10 (TH): The work of which of the following could be seen in burial ground?
B. carpenters
C. cabinetmakers
D. European sculptors
A. stone carves
Câu hỏi 11 (NB): The word “they” in the passage refers to ______.
B. skilled craftspeople
A. wooden ornamentations
D. wooden shop signs
C. architectural decorations
Câu hỏi 12 (TH): The word "commissioned" in paragraph 2 refers to _________.
A. enabled
B. allowed C. conferred D. empowered
Câu hỏi 13 (VD): What can be inferred about the importation of marble memorials from England? A.
Such sculpture was expensive to produce locally than to import.
B. Such sculpture was as prestigious as those made locally.
C. Such sculpture was not available in the US.
D. The materials found abroad were superior.
Câu hỏi 14 (VD): How did the work of American carvers in 1776 differ from that of contemporary
sculptors?
B. It was more expensive.
A. It was less time-consuming.
D. It was more dangerous.
C. It was less refined.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions from 15 to 16.
Câu hỏi 15 (TH): Such problems as haste and inexperience are a universal feature of youth.
B. shared
C. marked
D. hidden
A. separated
Câu hỏi 16 (VD): Many inhabitants in the village have been inflicted with cancer due to the polluted
source of water.
C. have suffered from D. have avoided
A. have fought against B. have prevented
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions from 17 to 19.
Câu hỏi 17 (VD): Fansipan is the highest mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula.
A. There are some mountains in the Indochinese Peninsula higher than Fansipan.
B. The Indochinese Peninsula includes one of the highest mountains on earth.
C. The highest mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is exclusive Fansipan.
D. No mountains in the Indochinese Peninsula are higher than Fansipan.
Câu hỏi 18 (VDC): “If I were you, I wouldn’t read the job advertisement and position description
carelessly.”, Helen said.
A.
Helen advised me on reading the job advertisement and position description carelessly.
B.
Helen recommended that I take no notice of the job advertisement and position description.
I was blamed for not reading the job advertisement and position description carefully by
C.
Helen.
D.
Helen advised me against reading the job advertisement and position description
carelessly. Câu hỏi 19 (VDC): It’s possible that Joanna didn’t receive my message.
A. Joanna can’t have received my message. B. Joanna might not have received my message.
C. Joanna may have received my message. D. Joanna might have received my message.
Read the passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions from 20 to 24.
Tsunami is a Japanese word that means harbor wave and is used as the scientific term for seismic
sea wave generated by an undersea earthquake or possibly an undersea landslide or volcanic eruption.
When the ocean floor is tilted or offset during an earthquake, a set of waves is created similar to the
concentric waves generated by an object dropped into the water. Most tsunamis originate along the Ring
of Fire, a zone of volcanoes and seismic activity, 32,500 km long that encircles the Pacific Ocean. Since
1819, about 40 tsunamis have struck the Hawaiian Islands.
tsunami can have wavelengths, or widths, of 100 to 200 km, and may travel hundreds of kilometers
across the deep ocean, reaching speeds of about 725 to 800 kilometres an hour. Upon entering shallow
coastal waters, the wave, which have been only about half a metre high out at sea, suddenly grows
rapidly. When the wave reaches the shore, it may be 15 m high or more. Tsunamis have tremendous
energy because of the great volume of water affected. They are capable of obliterating coastal settlements.
Tsunamis should not be confused with storm surges, which are domes of water that rise underearth
hurricanes or cyclones and cause extensive coastal flooding when the storms reach land. Storm surges are
particularly devastating if they occur at high tide. A cyclone and accompanying storm surges killed an
estimated 500,000 people in Bangladesh in 1970. The tsunami which struck south and southeast Asia in
late 2004 killed over 200 thousand people.
Câu hỏi 20 (TH): What does the word “concentric” in paragraph 1 mean?
B. Having wavy centres
A. Having a common centre
C. Having wavy movements
D. Having many centres
Câu hỏi 21 (NB): What is the greatest speed of tsunami travelling across the deep ocean?
B. 200 kilometres an hour
A. 150,000 kilometres an hour
D. 800 kilometres an hour
C. 700 kilometres an hour
Câu hỏi 22 (NB): The word “they” in paragraph 2 refers to ________.
A. Volumes of water
B. Coastal waters
C. Coastal settlements D. Tsunamis
Câu hỏi 23 (TH): Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Storm surges are domes of water rising underearth hurricanes or cyclones.
B. Storm surges cause extensive coastal flooding.
C. Tsunami only occurs in Asia.
D. A cyclone along with storm surges happened in Asia in 1970.
Câu hỏi 24 (TH): What is the passage mainly about?
B. How tremendous is the energy of a tsunami.
A. Where tsunamis originate.
D. Facts about tsunamis.
C. Damage caused by tsunamis.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges from 25 to 26.
Câu hỏi 25 (NB): Jane offered Jim some more chicken; however, Jim was full and seemed not to have
another serving. Choose the best response.
Jane: “Would you like some more chicken?”
Jim: “___________. I’m full.”
B. No, I wouldn’t.
C. No, I can’t.
D. No, thanks.
A. Never mind.
Câu hỏi 26 (TH): An old gentleman, who is not sure where to go for the summer holiday, is asking a
travel agent for advice. Select the most suitable response to fill in the blank.
Gentleman: “Can you recommend any places for this summer holiday?”
Agent: “________.”
A. Yes, please go to other agencies
B. I don’t think you could afford a tour to Singapore, sir
C. No. You cannot recommend any places
D. A package tour to the Spratly Islands would be perfect, sir
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
Câu hỏi 27 (TH): Facebook.com’s server IP address could not find in Google Chrome browser because
of the error of Internet connection.
C. because of
D. Internet connection
A. Facebook.com’s B. could not find
Câu hỏi 28 (NB): My girlfriend and I drink sometimes coffee in the morning in a café near my school.
B. drink sometimes C. in
D. near my school
A. girlfriend
Câu hỏi 29 (VD): There were inconsiderate amounts of money wasted on large building projects.
B. amounts
C. wasted
D. building
A. inconsiderate
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 30 to 34.
Having a relationship with someone is important to people around the world; (30) _______, dating
is different from culture to culture. Here are some examples.
Group dating is popular among young people in Europe and Australia. Groups as large as 30 people
take part in events, such as going camping or having a party. This is seen as a (31) _______ way to spend
time together, and to help to (32) _______ tension because people feel more comfortable in the company
of friends before deciding whether to go on a one-to-one date.
In Singapore, since many young people stay single, the government has tried its best to encourage
dating. Dating services are offered to single people. One of them is speed dating, in (33) _______ singles
will spend a few minutes talking to one person before moving on to meet the next one.
Online dating is a common way of (34) _______ in the United States. Internet companies are now
offering a service called ‘online dating assistant’ to help busy people to find a partner. An assistant helps
customers to build their profiles, selects potential matches, and then sends several emails to the possible
matches until the two people agree to meet face to face.
D. despite
D. save
D. escape
D. whom
A. although
A. safe
A. deteriorate
A. when
A. matchtaking
C. however
C. safely
C. refrain
C. which
C. matchcatching D. matchmaking
B. and
B. savings
B. ease
B. that
B. matchgoing
Câu hỏi 30 (TH):
Câu hỏi 31 (NB):
Câu hỏi 32 (VD):
Câu hỏi 33 (NB):
Câu hỏi 34 (VD):
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions from 35 to 48.
Câu hỏi 35 (NB): Of all the world’s major oceans, ________ Arctic Ocean is ________ shallowest.
B. an - the
C. Ø - the
D. a - the
A. the - the
Câu hỏi 36 (NB): If you do what you tell others, they ________ in you.
B. won’t believe
C. will believe
D. would believe
A. believe
Câu hỏi 37 (NB): We ________ in silence when he suddenly ________ me to help him.
B. were walking - asked
A. walked - asked
D. were walking - was asking
C. walked - was asking
Câu hỏi 38 (TH): Make sure you mix the ingredients well, _______ you might get up lumps in your cake.
B. supposing
C. unless
D. provided
A. otherwise
Câu hỏi 39 (TH): To protect _______ hackers, security experts advise longer passwords _______
combinations of upper and lowercase letters, as well as numbers.
B. from - to
C. on - between
D. against - with
A. against - in
Câu hỏi 40 (VD): _______ as the representative at the conference, she felt extremely proud of herself.
B. Having been chosen
A. On choosing
D. Having chosen
C. Be chosen
Câu hỏi 41 (TH): Applications _______ in after 30 April will not be considered.
B. send
C. that is sent
D. which sent
A. sent
Câu hỏi 42 (VDC): I won’t buy that car because it has too much _______ on it.
B. white tie
C. wear and tear
D. odds and ends
A. ups and downs
Câu hỏi 43 (TH): Don’t worry! Our new product will keep you bathroom clean and _______.
B. odourless
C. odourlessly
D. odourful
A. odour
Câu hỏi 44 (TH): It’s important to project a(n) _______ image during the interview.
B. cheerful
C. positive
D. upbeat
A. optimistic
Câu hỏi 45 (VD): Part time jobs give us freedom to _______ our own interest.
B. chase
C. seek
D. catch
A. pursue
Câu hỏi 46 (VD): Van Gogh suffered from depression _______ by overwork and ill-health.
B. pull through
C. coming about
D. brought on
A. taken up
Câu hỏi 47 (TH): Jane would never forget _______ first prize in such a prestigious competition.
C. having awarded D. to be awarded
A. to have awarded B. being awarded
Câu hỏi 48 (TH): There has been a widespread _______ about whether North Korea has successfully
miniaturized a nuclear weapon and whether it has a working H-bomb.
B. rumour
C. challenge
D. doubt
A. gossip
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each of
the pair of sentences in the following questions from 49 to 50.
Câu hỏi 49 (VDC): The basketball team knew they lost the match. They soon started to blame each other.
A. Not only did the basketball team lose the match but they blamed each other as well.
B. Hardly had the basketball team known they lost the match when they started to blame each other.
C. No sooner had the basketball team started to blame each other than they knew they lost the match.
D. As soon as they blamed each other, the basketball team knew they lost the match.
Câu hỏi 50 (VDC): I invited Rachel to my party, but she couldn’t come. She had arranged to do
something else.
A. Without having arranged to do something else, Rachel would have come to my party as invited.
B. If it hadn’t been for her arrangement for something else, Rachel would come to my party as invited.
C. Rachel would have come to my party, unless she hadn’t arranged to so something else.
D. If Rachel hadn’t arranged to do something else, she would come to my party as invited.
Đáp án
1-D
2-A
3-B
4-A
5-C
6-B
7-C
8-A
9-D
10-A
11-B
12-D
13-C
14-C
15-B
16-C
17-D
18-D
19-B
20-A
21-D
22-D
23-C
24-D
25-D
26-D
27-B
28-B
29-A
30-C
31-A
41-A
32-B
42-C
33-C
43-B
34-D
44-C
35-A
45-A
36-C
46-D
37-B
47-B
38-A
48-B
39-A
49-B
40-B
50-A
LỜI GIẢI CHI TIẾT
Câu 1: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Phát âm “-ed” Giải chi tiết:
A. passed /pɑːst/
B. wished /wɪʃt/
C. touched /tʌtʃt/ D. moved /muːvd/ Quy tắc:
Cách phát âm đuôi “ed”:
- Đuôi “ed” được phát âm là /ɪd/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /t/ hay /d/
- Đuôi “ed” được phát âm là /t/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /s/,/f/,/p/,/ʃ/,/tʃ/,/k/
- Đuôi “ed” được phát âm là /d/ với các trường hợp còn lại
Phần gạch chân đáp án D phát âm là /d/, còn lại là /t/
Câu 2: Đáp án A Kiến
thức: Phát âm “oo” Giải
chi tiết:
A. blood /blʌd/
B. pool /puːl/
C. food /fuːd/
D. tool /tuːl/
Phần gạch chân đáp án A phát âm là /ʌ/, còn lại là /uː/
Câu 3: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng, từ trái nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
insubordinate (adj): ngỗ nghịch, không vâng lời
A. understanding (adj): am hiểu, hiểu biết
B. obedient (adj): tuân theo, vâng lời
C. fresh (adj): tươi, tươi mới
D. disobedient (adj): không vâng lời, không tuân theo
=> insubordinate (adj): ngỗ nghịch, không vâng lời >< obedient (adj): tuân theo, nghe lời
Tạm dịch: Anh ấy quá ngỗ nghịch đến nỗi mất việc trong vòng một tuần. Câu 4: Đáp
án A Kiến thức: Thành ngữ Giải chi tiết:
be on intimate terms: có mối quan hệ thân thiết
A. were hostile to each other: thù địch với nhau
B. behaved well toward each other: cư xử tốt với nhau
C. hardly knew each other: hầu như không biết nhau
D. were such close friends: là bạn thân
=> were on such intimate terms: có mối quan hệ thân thiết >< were hostile to each other: thù địch với
nhau
Tạm dịch: Tôi không biết rằng bạn và anh ấy lại thân thiết đến vậy. Tôi nghĩ bạn chỉ là quen biết thông
thường.
Câu 5: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Trọng âm từ có 2 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. reflect /rɪˈflekt/
B. contain /kənˈteɪn/
C. purchase /ˈpɜːtʃəs/ D. suggest /səˈdʒest/ Quy tắc:
- Những động từ có 2 âm tiết thường có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai. Ngoại lệ: ‘purchase
- Những danh từ, tính từ có 2 âm tiết thường có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất. Phương án
C trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất, còn lại là âm thứ hai Câu 6: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Trọng âm từ có 3 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. possession /pəˈzeʃn/
B. politics /ˈpɒlətɪks/
C. decision /dɪˈsɪʒn/
D. refusal /rɪˈfjuːzl/Quy tắc:
- Những từ có tận cùng là đuôi “-ion”, “-ics” thường có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đứng ngay trước nó.
Ngoại lệ: ‘politics
- Hậu tố “-al” không nhận trọng âm và không làm thay đổi trọng âm từ gốc.
Phương án B trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất, còn lại là âm thứ hai
Câu 7: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Ý chính của đoạn văn là gì?
A. Có nhu cầu lớn cho công việc của các nghệ nhân thế kỷ thứ mười tám.
B. Các nhà điêu khắc người Mỹ bị cản trở vì thiếu công cụ và vật liệu.
C. Các nhà điêu khắc lành nghề không tồn tại ở Mỹ vào năm 1770.
D. Nhiều nhà điêu khắc nước ngoài làm việc ở Mỹ sau năm 1776.
Thông tin: in 1776 sculpture as an art form was still in the hand of artisans and craftspeople… On the
rare occasion when a fine piece of sculpture was desired, Americans turned to foreign sculptors… The
eighteenth century was not one in which powered sculptural conceptions were developed.
Tạm dịch: vào năm 1776, điêu khắc như một hình thức nghệ thuật vẫn còn trong tay của các nghệ nhân
và thợ thủ công… Trong những dịp đặc biệt cần đến tác phẩm điêu khắc, người Mỹ tìm đến những nghệ
nhân nước ngoài… Thế kỉ XVIII không phải thời kì tạo điều kiện cho điêu khắc phát triển. Câu 8: Đáp
án A Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Được nêu ra trong đoạn đầu tiên rằng di sản điêu khắc mà Hoa Kỳ mới có từ thời thuộc địa ______.
A. không vĩ đại, không lớn/nhiều
B. dồi dào
C. rất giàu
D. không đếm được
Thông tin: The sculptural legacy that the new United States inherited from its colonial predecessors was
far from a rich one
Tạm dịch: Di sản điêu khắc mà nước Mĩ kế thừa từ tổ tiên thời kì thuộc địa không thể coi là dồi dào
Câu 9: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Cụm từ “turned to” trong đoạn 2 có nghĩa gần nhất với ______.
A. castigated: trau chuốt, gọt giũa
B. censored: bị thiếu
C. consulted: tra cứu, tham khảoD. hired: thuê, mướn turn to: tìm đến, chuyển sang
Thông tin: On the rare occasion when a fine piece of sculpture was desired, Americans turned to foreign
sculptors, as in the 1770's when the cities of New York and Charleston, South Carolina, commissioned the
Englishman Joseph Wilton to make marble statues of William Pitt.
Tạm dịch: Trong những dịp đặc biệt cần đến tác phẩm điêu khắc, người Mỹ tìm đến những nghệ nhân
nước ngoài, như vào những năm 1770 khi các thành phố New York và Charleston thuộc Nam Carolina,
ủy quyền cho một người Anh tên Joseph Wilton khắc tượng William Pitt bằng cẩm thạch. Câu 10: Đáp
án A Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Công việc nào sau đây có thể được thấy ở bãi chôn lấp?
A. chạm khắc đá
B. thợ mộc
C. thợ đóng đồ gỗ
D. nhà điêu khắc châu Âu
Thông tin: Stone carvers engraved their motifs of skulls and crossbones and other religious icons of death
into the gray slabs that we still see standing today in old burial grounds.
Tạm dịch: Thợ khắc đá đã chạm khắc các thiết kế đầu lâu, xương chéo và các biểu tượng tôn giáo khác
liên quan đến cái chết lên các phiến đá màu xám mà ngày nay chúng ta vẫn thấy trong những di tích chôn
vùi dưới lòng đất. Câu 11: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Từ “they” trong bài đọc ám chỉ ______.
A. trang trí bằng gỗ
B. thợ thủ công lành nghề
C. trang trí kiến trúc
D. bảng hiệu cửa hàng gỗ
Thông tin: Some skilled craftspeople made intricately carved wooden ornamentations for furniture or
architectural decorations, while others carved wooden shop signs and ships' figureheads. Although they
often achieved expression and formal excellence in their generally primitive style, …
Tạm dịch: Một số thợ thủ công lành nghề đã tạo ra những tác phẩm khắc gỗ tinh xảo để trang trí nội thất
hoặc kiến trúc, trong khi đó, những người khác khắc gỗ thành biển hiệu cửa hàng và tượng gắn mũi tàu.
Mặc dù họ đạt được sự biểu đạt và tính ưu tú về hình thức với phong cách nhìn chung còn thô sơ của
mình, …
Câu 12: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Từ "commissioned" trong đoạn 2 đề cập đến _________.
A. enabled: đã cho phép
B. allowed: đã cho phép
C. conferred: đã phong, đã ban
D. empowered: đã trao quyền
Thông tin: On the rare occasion when a fine piece of sculpture was desired, Americans turned to foreign
sculptors, as in the 1770's when the cities of New York and Charleston, South Carolina, commissioned
the Englishman Joseph Wilton to make marble statues of William Pitt.
Tạm dịch: Trong những dịp đặc biệt cần đến tác phẩm điêu khắc, người Mỹ tìm đến những nghệ nhân
nước ngoài, như vào những năm 1770 khi các thành phố New York và Charleston thuộc Nam Carolina,
ủy quyền cho một người Anh tên Joseph Wilton khắc tượng William Pitt bằng cẩm thạch. Câu 13: Đáp
án C Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Có thể được suy luận điều gì về việc nhập khẩu đài tưởng niệm bằng đá cẩm thạch từ Anh?
A. Tác phẩm điêu khắc như vậy để sản xuất tại địa phương thì tốn kém hơn là nhập khẩu.
B. Tác phẩm điêu khắc như vậy có uy tín như những sản phẩm làm tại địa phương.
C. Tác phẩm điêu khắc như vậy không có ở Mỹ.
D. Các vật liệu được tìm thấy ở nước ngoài thì cao cấp.
Thông tin: A few marble memorials with carved busts, urns, or other decorations were produced in
England and brought to the colonies to be set in the walls of churches - as in King's Chapel in Boston.
Tạm dịch: Một số ít các tác phẩm bằng cẩm thạch gồm tượng bán thân, bình hoặc các vật trang trí khác
được sản xuất tại Anh và mang tới các thuộc địa để đặt trong tường các nhà thờ, ví dụ như nhà thờ King’s
Chapel ở Boston (địa điểm này ở Mỹ).
Câu 14: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Tác phẩm của thợ chạm khắc người Mỹ năm 1776 khác với tác phẩm của các nhà điêu khắc đương đại
như thế nào?
A. Nó ít tốn thời gian hơn.
B. Nó đắt hơn.
C. Nó ít lỗi lạc, tinh chế hơn.
D. Nó nguy hiểm hơn.
Thông tin: But sculpture as a high art, practiced by artists who knew both the artistic theory of their
Renaissance-Baroque-Rococo predecessors and the various technical procedures of modeling, casting,
and carving rich three-dimensional forms, was not known among Americans in 1776. Indeed, for many
years thereafter, the United States had two groups from which to choose - either the local craftspeople or
the imported talent of European sculptors.
Tạm dịch: Nhưng nghệ thuật điêu khắc cấp cao, thực hiện bởi các nghệ nhân có hiểu biết về cả lý thuyết
kiến trúc Baroque-Rococo thời Phục Hưng và các kĩ năng chế tác như làm mẫu vật, đổ khuôn và khắc 3D,
lại không được biết đến bởi người Mỹ những năm 1776. Thực tế, nhiều năm sau đó, Mỹ vẫn có hai nhóm
người để chọn lựa: thợ thủ công địa phương và những nghệ nhân điêu khắc tài năng đến từ châu Âu.
Câu 15: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng, từ đồng nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
universal (adj): phổ biến, của chung
A. separated (adj): bị tách ra
B. shared (adj): được chia sẻ chung
C. marked (adj): được đánh dấu
D. hidden (adj): bị giấu đi
=> universal (adj): phổ biến, của chung = shared (adj): được chia sẻ chung
Tạm dịch: Những vấn đề như nông nổi và thiếu kinh nghiệm là đặc điểm chung của tuổi trẻ.
Câu 16: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Từ vựng, từ đồng nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
be inflicted with: đã bị hứng chịu
A. have fought against: đã chiến đấu với
B. have prevented: đã ngăn cản
C. have suffered from: đã chịu đựng
D. have avoided: đã tránh
=> have been inflicted with: đã bị hứng chịu = have suffered from: đã chịu đựng
Tạm dịch: Nhiều người dân trong làng đã bị ung thư do nguồn nước bị ô nhiễm.
Câu 17: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Câu đồng nghĩa, câu so sánh
Giải chi tiết:
Công thức so sánh hơn nhất: S + to be + the adj-est/ most + long adj + …
Công thức so sánh hơn: S + to be + adj-er/ more adj + than … Tạm
dịch: Fansipan là ngọn núi cao nhất ở bán đảo Đông Dương.
= Không có ngọn núi nào ở bán đảo Đông Dương cao hơn Fansipan.
A. Có một số ngọn núi ở Bán đảo Đông Dương cao hơn Fansipan. => sai về nghĩa
B. Bán đảo Đông Dương bao gồm một trong những ngọn núi cao nhất trên trái đất. => sai về nghĩaC.
Ngọn núi cao nhất ở bán đảo Đông Dương ngoại trừ Fansipan. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 18: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Câu đồng nghĩa, câu tường thuật
Giải chi tiết:
Câu trực tiếp: “If I were you, I wouldn’t + V + O.”, S1 said to S2.: Nếu tôi là bạn, tôi sẽ không …
Câu tường thuật: S1 advised S2 + against + V_ing + O: Ai đó khuyên ai chống lại việc làm gì (không nên
làm gì)
Tạm dịch: “Nếu tôi là bạn, tôi sẽ không đọc quảng cáo việc làm và mô tả công việc một cách bất cẩn như
vậy.”, Helen nói.
= Helen khuyên tôi không nên đọc quảng cáo việc làm và mô tả công việc một cách bất cẩn.
A. Helen khuyên tôi đọc quảng cáo việc làm và mô tả công việc một cách bất cẩn. => sai về nghĩa
B. Helen khuyên tôi không nên chú ý đến quảng cáo việc làm và mô tả công việc. => sai về nghĩa
C. Tôi đã bị đổ lỗi vì đã không đọc quảng cáo công việc và mô tả công việc một cách cẩn thận bởi Helen.
=> sai về nghĩa
Câu 19: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Câu đồng nghĩa, cấu trúc phỏng đoán
Giải chi tiết:
Cấu trúc: It’s possible that S + didn’t + V + O.: Có thể là ai đó đã không làm gì
= S + mightn’t + have V_ed/ V3: Ai đó chắc là đã không làm gì (trong quá khứ)
can’t have V_ed/ V3: chắc chắn là đã không mightn’t + have V_ed/ V3: chắc là
đã không may/ might have V_ed/ V3: có lẽ là đã
Tạm dịch: Có thể Joanna không nhận được tin nhắn của tôi.
= Joanna có lẽ là đã không nhận được tin nhắn của tôi.
A. Joanna chắc chắn là đã không nhận được tin nhắn của tôi. => sai về nghĩa
C. Joanna có lẽ đã nhận được tin nhắn của tôi. => sai về nghĩa
D. Joanna chắc là đã nhận được tin nhắn của tôi. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 20: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “concentric” trong đoạn 1 có nghĩa là gì?
A. Having a common centre: Có cùng tâm
B. Having wavy centres: Có các trung tâm lượn sóng
C. Having wavy movements: Có chuyển động lượn sóng
D. Having many centres: Có nhiều trung tâm
Thông tin: When the ocean floor is tilted or offset during an earthquake, a set of waves is created similar
to the concentric waves generated by an object dropped into the water.
Tạm dịch: Khi đáy đại dương bị nghiêng hoặc trôi dạt trong trận động đất, một tập hợp sóng được tạo ra
tương tự như sóng đồng tâm được tạo ra bởi một vật thể rơi xuống nước. Câu 21: Đáp án D Kiến thức:
Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Tốc độ lớn nhất của sóng thần khi đi qua đại dương sâu là gì?
A. 150.000 km một giờ
B. 200 km một giờ
C. 700 km một giờ
D. 800 km một giờ
Thông tin: A tsunami can have wavelengths, or widths, of 100 to 200 km, and may travel hundreds of
kilometers across the deep ocean, reaching speeds of about 725 to 800 kilometres an hour.
Tạm dịch: Một cơn sóng thần có thể có bước sóng hoặc chiều rộng từ 100 đến 200 km và có thể di
chuyển hàng trăm km trên đại dương sâu, đạt tốc độ khoảng 725 đến 800 km một giờ. Câu 22: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Từ “they” trong đoạn 2 thay thế cho _________.
A. Khối lượng nước
B. Vùng nước ven biển
C. Khu định cư ven biểnD. Sóng thần
Thông tin: Tsunamis have tremendous energy because of the great volume of water affected. They are
capable of obliterating coastal settlements.
Tạm dịch: Sóng thần có năng lượng rất lớn vì khối lượng nước lớn bị ảnh hưởng. Chúng có khả năng xóa
sổ các khu định cư ven biển.
Câu 23: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Điều nào sau đây là không đúng?
A. Nước dâng do bão là những vòm nước dâng lên dưới những cơn bão hoặc lốc xoáy.
B. Nước dâng do bão gây ra lũ lụt trên bờ biển.
C. Sóng thần chỉ xảy ra ở châu Á.
D. Một cơn bão cùng với nước dâng do bão đã xảy ra ở châu Á vào năm 1970.
Thông tin: Most tsunamis originate along the Ring of Fire, a zone of volcanoes and seismic activity,
32,500 km long that encircles the Pacific Ocean. Since 1819, about 40 tsunamis have struck the Hawaiian
Islands.
Tạm dịch: Hầu hết các cơn sóng thần bắt nguồn dọc theo vành đai lửa, một khu vực núi lửa và hoạt động
địa chấn, dài 32.500 km bao quanh Thái Bình Dương. Kể từ năm 1819, khoảng 40 cơn sóng thần đã tấn
công quần đảo Hawaii. Câu 24: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Ý chính của bài là gì?
A. Sóng thần bắt nguồn từ đâu.
B. Năng lượng của sóng thần khủng khiếp đến mức nào.
C. Tác hại do sóng thần.
D. Sự thật về sóng thần.
Thông tin: Tsunami is a Japanese word that means harbor wave and is used as the scientific term for
seismic sea wave generated by an undersea earthquake or possibly an undersea landslide or volcanic
eruption… Tsunamis should not be confused with storm surges, which are domes of water that rise
underearth hurricanes or cyclones and cause extensive coastal flooding when the storms reach land.
Tạm dịch: Sóng thần là một từ tiếng Nhật có nghĩa là sóng ngầm và được sử dụng như một thuật ngữ
khoa học cho sóng địa chấn được tạo ra bởi một trận động đất dưới đáy biển hoặc có thể là một vụ lở đất
hoặc phun trào núi lửa dưới đáy biển… Sóng thần không nên bị nhầm lẫn với nước dâng do bão, đó là
những vòm nước dâng lên dưới những cơn bão hoặc lốc xoáy và gây ra lũ lụt ven biển trên diện rộng khi
bão đổ bộ vào đất liền.
Câu 25: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Jane đã mời Jim ăn thêm một ít thịt gà; tuy nhiên, Jim đã no và dường như không ăn thêm nữa. Chọn
phản hồi tốt nhất.
Jane: “Bạn có muốn ăn thêm một chút thịt gà không?”
Jim: “___________. Tôi no rồi.” A. Đừng bận tâm
đến.
B. Không, tôi sẽ không.
C. Không, tôi không thể.
D. Không, cảm ơn.
Các phản hồi A, B, C không phù hợp với ngữ cảnh.
Câu 26: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Một người đàn ông lớn tuổi, người không chắc chắn sẽ đi đâu vào kỳ nghỉ hè, đang nhờ một đại lý du lịch
tư vấn. Chọn phản hồi phù hợp nhất để điền vào chỗ trống.
Quý ông: “Bạn có thể giới thiệu địa điểm nào đó cho kỳ nghỉ hè này không?”
Người tư vấn: “________.”
A. Vâng, vui lòng đến các cơ quan khác
B. Tôi không nghĩ rằng ông có thể đủ khả năng đi tour đến Singapore, thưa ông
C. Không. Bạn không thể giới thiệu bất kỳ địa điểm nào
D. Một tour du lịch trọn gói đến Quần đảo Trường Sa sẽ rất hoàn hảo, thưa ôngCác phản hồi A, B, C
không phù hợp với ngữ cảnh.
Câu 27: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Câu bị động
Giải chi tiết:
Câu bị động với động từ khuyết thiếu: S + modal verb + V (nguyên thể).
Sửa: could not find => could not be found
Tạm dịch: Địa chỉ IP của máy chủ Facebook.com không thể được tìm thấy trên Google Chrome do lỗi
kết nối Internet.
Câu 28: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Trạng từ tần suất
Giải chi tiết:
Trong thì hiện tại đơn: trạng từ tấn suất đứng trước động từ thường và sau động từ “to be”
Sửa: drink sometimes => sometimes drink
Tạm dịch: Tôi và bạn gái thỉnh thoảng uống cà phê vào buổi sáng trong quán cà phê gần trường.
Câu 29: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
inconsiderate (adj): thiếu suy nghĩa, khinh suất
inconsiderable (adj): không đáng kể
Theo nghĩa của câu thì “inconsiderate” không phù hợp.
Sửa: inconsiderate => inconsiderable
Tạm dịch: Có những khoản tiền không đáng kể đã bị lãng phí cho các dự án xây dựng lớn.
Câu 30: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Liên từ Giải chi tiết:
A. although S + V: mặc dù
B. and: và
C. ; however, S + V: tuy nhiên
D. despite + N/V_ing: mặc dù
Having a relationship with someone is important to people around the world; (30) however, dating is
different from culture to culture.
Tạm dịch: Có mối quan hệ với ai đó rất quan trọng đối với mọi người trên khắp thế giới; tuy nhiên, hẹn
hò thì khác nhau giữa văn hóa này và văn hóa khác.
Câu 31: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Từ loại, từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. safe (adj): an toàn, chắc chắn
B. savings (n): tiền tiết kiệm
C. safely (adv): an toàn, chắc chắn
D. save (v): cứu vớt, dành dụm
Trước tính từ “way” (cách, con đường) cần một tính từ
This is seen as a (31) safe way to spend time together,
Tạm dịch: Đây được coi là một cách an toàn để dành thời gian cho nhau,
Câu 32: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
A. deteriorate (v): làm hư hỏng
B. ease (v): làm dễ chịu, làm giảm bớt
C. refrain (v): kiềm chế, kiềm lại
D. escape (v): trốn thoát, thoát khỏi
This is seen as a safe way to spend time together, and to help to (32) ease tension because people feel
more comfortable in the company of friends before deciding whether to go on a one-to-one date.
Tạm dịch: Đây được xem là một cách an toàn để dành thời gian cho nhau, và để giảm bớt căng thẳng bởi
vì mọi người cảm thấy thoải mái hơn trong mối quan hệ là bạn bè trước khi quyết định có nên hẹn hò một
lần không.
Câu 33: Đáp án C Kiến
thức: Đại từ quan hệ Giải
chi tiết:
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ:
- when: thay thế cho trạng từ, trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian
- that: thay thế cho “who”, “whom”, “which” hoặc lược bỏ khi nó đóng vai trò làm tân ngữ trong mệnh đề
quan hệ xác định
- which: thay thế cho một danh từ chỉ vật; đóng vai trò chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ
- whom: thay thế cho một danh từ chỉ người; đóng vai trò tân ngữ
Lưu ý: Đại từ quan hệ “when”, “that” không đứng sau giới từ
One of them is speed dating, in (33) which singles will spend a few minutes talking to one person before
moving on to meet the next one.
Tạm dịch: Một trong số đó là hẹn hò tốc độ, trong đó người độc thân sẽ dành vài phút để nói chuyện với
một người trước khi chuyển sang gặp người tiếp theo.
Câu 34: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. matchtaking (không tồn tại từ này)
B. matchgoing (không tồn tại từ này)
C. matchcatching (không tồn tại từ này)
D. matchmaking (n): sự mai mối
Online dating is a common way of (34) matchmaking in the United States.
Tạm dịch: Hẹn hò trực tuyến là một cách mai mối phổ biến ở Hoa Kỳ.
Câu 35: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Mạo từ Giải chi tiết:
Dùng mạo từ “the” trước các tên đại dương và trong công thức so sánh hơn nhất: the + most adj/ adj-est
Arctic Ocean: Bắc Băng Dương
shallowest (adj): nông nhất (dạng so sánh nhất của “shallow”)
Tạm dịch: Trong tất cả các đại dương lớn trên thế giới, Bắc Băng Dương là đại dương nông nhất.
Câu 36: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Câu điều kiện loại 1
Giải chi tiết:
- Dấu hiệu: mệnh đề chứa “if” chia thì hiện tại đơn (do want)
- Cách dùng: Câu điều kiện loại 1 diễn điều có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai.
- Công thức chung: If + S + V (thì hiện tại đơn) + O, S + will/won’t + V(nguyên thể) + O.Tạm dịch:
Nếu bạn làm những gì bạn nói với người khác, họ sẽ tin bạn. Câu 37: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn và thì quá khứ đơn
Giải chi tiết:
- Cách dùng: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn dùng để diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra trong quá khứ (chia thì quá
khứ tiếp diễn) thì có một hành động khác xen vào (chia thì quá khứ đơn).
- Công thức: S1 + was/ were V-ing + when + S2 + Ved/V2.
Tạm dịch: Khi chúng tôi đang nhẹ nhàng thì anh ta đột nhiên hỏi tôi để giúp anh ta.
Câu 38: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
A. otherwise: nếu không thì B.
supposing: giả sử, nếu như C.
unless: nếu … không
D. provided that: giả sử là, nếu
Tạm dịch: Hãy chắc chắn rằng bạn trộn đều các thành phần, nếu không thì bạn có thể làm vón cục trong
bánh.
Câu 39: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Giới từ
Giải chi tiết:
protect (sb/sth) from/ against: bảo vệ ai khỏi, chống lại
in combination of: với sự kết hợp của
Tạm dịch: Để bảo vệ chống lại tin tặc, các chuyên gia bảo mật khuyên rằng nên mật khẩu dài hơn với sự
kết hợp của chữ hoa và chữ thường, cũng như số.
Câu 40: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Rút gọn mệnh đề đồng ngữ
Giải chi tiết:
Khi hai mệnh đề có cùng chủ ngữ có thể rút gọn một mệnh đề về dạng:
- V_ing: khi mệnh đề dạng chủ động và hai hành động xảy ra liên tiếp
- Having Ved/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng chủ động, hành động được rút gọn xảy ra trước và là nguyên nhân
dẫn đến hành động còn lại.
- V_ed/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng bị động
- Having been Ved/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng bị động, hành động được rút gọn xảy ra trước và là nguyên
nhân dẫn đến hành động còn lại.
Câu đầy đủ: She had been chosen as the representative at the conference. She felt extremely proud of
herself.
Câu rút gọn: Having been chosen as the representative at the conference, she felt extremely proud of
herself.
Tạm dịch: Được chọn làm đại diện tại hội nghị, cô ấy cảm thấy vô cùng tự hào về bản thân.
Câu 41: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ
Giải chi tiết:
Mệnh đề quan hệ được rút gọn về dạng (bỏ đại từ quan hệ):
- Ved/ V3: khi mệnh đề đó ở dạng bị động
- to V: khi trước danh từ là “the only/ first/ second/ so sánh nhất …) => dạng bị động: to + be + Ved/ V3.
Câu đầy đủ: Applications which are sent in after 30 April will not be considered.
Câu rút gọn: Applications sent in after 30 April will not be considered.
Tạm dịch: Các đơn xin việc được gửi sau ngày 30 tháng 4 sẽ không được xem xét.
Câu 42: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Thành ngữ Giải chi tiết:
A. ups and downs: sự thăng trầm
B. white tie: lời nói dối vô hại
C. wear and tear: sự hao mòn và hư hỏng
D. odds and ends: đầu thừa đuôi vẹo
Tạm dịch: Tôi sẽ không mua chiếc xe đó vì nó bị hao mòn và hỏng nhiều quá.
Câu 43: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ loại, từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. odour (n): mùi
B. odourless (adj): không mùi
C. odourlessly (adv): không mùi
D. odourful (adj): đầy mùi
Cấu trúc song hành: A and B (A, B cùng một dạng thức: danh từ, động từ, tính từ,…)
“clean” (sạch sẽ) là tính từ nên vị trí cần điền phải là một tính từ
Tạm dịch: Đừng lo lắng! Sản phẩm mới của chúng tôi sẽ giữ cho phòng tắm của bạn sạch sẽ và không
mùi.
Câu 44: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. optimistic (adj): lạc quan
B. cheerful (adj): vui vẻ, phấn khởi
C. positive (adj): tích cực
D. upbeat (adj): lạc quan, vui vẻ
Tạm dịch: Rất quan trọng để xây dựng một hình ảnh tích cực trong cuộc phỏng vấn.
Câu 45: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
A. pursue (v): theo đuổi
B. chase (v): đuổi, xua đuổi
C. seek (v): tìm kiếm
D. catch (v): đuổi, bắt
=> pursue one’s own interest: theo đuổi sở thích của riêng mình
Tạm dịch: Công việc bán thời gian cho tôi tự do theo đuổi sở thích của riêng mình.
Câu 46: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Cụm động từ Giải chi tiết:
A. taken up: chiếm thời gian, không gian, bắt đầu một sở thích, thói quen
B. pull through: bình phục, hồi phục
C. coming about: xảy đến, xảy ra
D. brought on: bị xảy ra
Tạm dịch: Van Gogh bị trầm cảm do làm việc quá sức và sức khỏe kém.
Câu 47: Đáp án B Kiến thức: to V/V_ing Giải chi tiết:
forget to V: nhớ phải làm gì forget V_ing: nhớ đã
làm gì (đã làm nhưng lại quên) forget being V_ed/
V3: nhớ đã được làm gì
Tạm dịch: Jane sẽ không bao giờ quên được trao giải nhất trong một cuộc thi danh tiếng như vậy.
Câu 48: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. gossip (n): chuyện tầm phào, tin đồn nhảm
B. rumour (n): tin đồn, lời đồn
C. challenge (n): thử thách D. doubt (n): sự nghi ngờ
Tạm dịch: Đã có một lời đồn lan rộng về việc Triều Tiên có thu nhỏ thành công vũ khí hạt nhân hay
không và liệu nó có bom H hoạt động hay không.
Câu 49: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đảo ngữ
Giải chi tiết:
Đảo ngữ với “Hardly … when”: Hardly had + S + Ved/ V3 + when S + Ved: vừa mới … thì
Tạm dịch: Đội bóng rổ biết họ thua trận đấu. Ngay sau đó họ bắt đầu đổ lỗi cho nhau.
= Đội bóng rổ vừa mới biết rằng họ thua trận đấu thì họ bắt đầu đổ lỗi cho nhau.
A. Đội bóng rổ không chỉ thua trận mà họ còn đổ lỗi cho nhau. => sai về nghĩa
C. Ngay sau khi đội bóng rổ bắt đầu đổ lỗi cho nhau thì họ biết mình thua trận. => sai về nghĩa
D. Ngay khi họ đổ lỗi cho nhau, đội bóng rổ biết rằng họ thua trận đấu. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 50: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Câu điều kiện loại 3
Giải chi tiết:
- Cách dùng: Diễn tả một giả thiết trái ngược với thực tế đã xảy ra ở quá khứ
Công thức chung: If + S + had (not) + Ved/ V3, S + would/ could (not) + have + Ved/ V3.
- Trong câu điều kiện loại 3, có thể sử dụng “but for” và “without” “had it not been for” thay cho
“if”Công thức chung: But for/ Without/ Had it not been for + N/Ving, S + would/ could (not) + have +
Ved/ V3.
Tạm dịch: Tôi đã mời Rachel đến bữa tiệc của tôi, nhưng cô ấy không thể đến. Cô đã sắp xếp để làm việc
khác.
= Nếu sắp xếp để làm việc khác, Rachel sẽ đến bữa tiệc của tôi như được mời rồi.
B. Sai công thức. “would come” => “would have come”
C. Sai công thức. Mệnh đề sau “unless” (nếu … không) không để dạng phủ định
D. Sai công thức. “would come” => “would have come”
TRƯỜNG THPT
ĐỀ THI THỬ THPT QUỐC GIA 2019-2020 LẦN 1
Môn TIẾNG ANH
LÝ THÁI TỔ
Thời gian: 50 phút
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Câu hỏi 1 (NB): Mike came across his old friend - Maria while he _______ along the street.
B. would walk
C. was walking
D. walked
A. had walked
Câu hỏi 2 (VDC): I don’t mind walking long distances, because I know it ________ me good.
B. plays
C. gets
D. gives
A. does
Câu hỏi 3 (TH): Nowadays, most people rely ________ the mass media as their main source of
information.
B. in
C. to
D. with
A. on
Câu hỏi 4 (NB): Human beings are ________ greatest threat to survival of endangered species.
C. the
B. an
D. a
A. Ø
Câu hỏi 5 (TH): _________, we couldn’t make out the gist of the passage.
B. Though carefully explained by Romeo
A. Due to Romeo’s carefully explanations
D. As Romeo carefully explained
C. Carefully as Romeo explained
Câu hỏi 6 (TH): Josh would never forget ________ by his parent through no fault of his own.
B. to have scolded
C. to be scolded
D. being scolded
A. having scold
Câu hỏi 7 (TH): All his companies had been successful and he was known to be ________ rich.
B. completely
C. extremely
D. thoroughly
A. excessively
Câu hỏi 8 (NB): It is of great ________ to show your interest and politeness when you are having a job
interview.
B. importance
C. importantly
D. unimportant
A. important
Câu hỏi 9 (VDC): I looked the word up in the dictionary to refresh my ________ of its exact meaning.
B. mind
C. thoughts
D. memory
A. brain
Câu hỏi 10 (TH): If ________ access to education, children living in poverty will have a brighter future.
B. are provided
C. having provided D. provided
A. providing
Câu hỏi 11 (VD): Andrew is a very disciplined employee. He ________ great importance to coming to
work in time.
B. attaches
C. admits
D. attributes
A. affixes
Câu hỏi 12 (TH): Jane never gives her mother a hand in housework _________ she has a lot of free time.
B. since
C. in spite of
D. because of
A. although
Câu hỏi 13 (TH): Rita is not _________ of doing this work - she should change her class.
B. possible
C. suitable
D. habitual
A. capable
Câu hỏi 14 (NB): If you eat too much, you _________ the price by putting on weight.
B. paid
C. would pay
D. were paying
A. will pay
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Câu hỏi 15 (NB): Joana and David, two students, are talking about studying abroad.
Joana: "I think studying abroad is the only way to get a well-paid job."
David: “___________. There’re still many different ways to get it."
A. You're exactly right B. I don’t think so
C. That’s what I think D. There’s no doubt about it
Câu hỏi 16 (NB): Peter is having dinner at Wendy’s house.
Peter: "This steamed crab is so delicious."
Wendy:" ________.''
C. No, don’t worry D. I’m glad you like it
A. Sure. I’d love to. B. I’m afraid not.
D. country
C. about
C. recorded
B. founder
B. searched
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Câu hỏi 17 (NB): A. mouth
Câu hỏi 18 (NB): A. accessed
D. developed
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in
the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Trả lời cho các câu 19, 20 dưới đây:
Câu hỏi 19 (NB): A. interpret
B. chemistry
C. attention
D. romantic
Câu hỏi 20 (NB): A. attract
B. discuss
C. follow
D. confide
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu hỏi 21 (VD): His second venture, a software firm, is booming and will soon be ready to take on
more staff.
B. dismiss
C. prepare
D. employ
A. adopt
Câu hỏi 22 (TH): The smell of chalk always evokes memories of my school days.
B. brings
C. recalls
D. catches
A. revises
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu hỏi 23 (TH): You won’t be penalized for venturing a guess, so be sure not to leave any questions
unanswered.
B. punished
C. motivated
D. discouraged
A. rewarded
Câu hỏi 24 (VDC): I think we cannot purchase this device this time as it costs an arm and a leg.
B. is painful
C. is confusing
D. is expensive
A. is cheap
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Adult Learners
Adult learners have many characteristics that distinguish them from school or college learners. Firstly,
they come to courses with experiences and knowledge in diverse areas. They often prefer (25) ________
learning activities that enable them to draw on the skills and experience they have acquired. In the main,
adults have realistic aims and have valuable (26) ________ into what is likely to be successful. (27)
________, they are readily able to relate new facts to past experiences and enjoy having their talents
explored in leaning situations. Adults have established opinions and beliefs, (28) ________ have been
formed over time through their experience of families, work, community, or politics.
A majority of adults also have (29) ________ motivation and their effort increases because of their desire
to learn. they are also motivated by the relevance of the material to be addressed, and learn better when
material is related to their own needs and interests.
(Adopted from “Complete Advanced” by Guy Brook-Hart and Simon Haines)
C. practically
C. uptake
C. As a result
C. who
C. spiritual
D. practice
D. insight
D. However
D. that
D. perceptive
A. instinctive
B. practical
Câu hỏi 25 (TH): A. practicality
B. grasp
Câu hỏi 26 (TH): A. ability
B. In contrast
Câu hỏi 27 (TH): A. In addition
B. which
Câu hỏi 28 (NB): A. where
B. intrinsic
Câu hỏi 29 (TH):
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions from 38 to 42.
Table manners differ around the world. If you visit a friend’s home for a meal, it’s good to know
about the customs they follow.
If you are invited to a Moroccan’s home, bring a gift of sweet pastries, nuts, figs, dates, or flowers
to the hostess. In many traditional homes, people often sit on the floor to eat a meal. Often, everyone
shares food from the same 10 plate. The plate is put in the centre of the table. Usually, everyone also
drinks water from the same glass. Only eat the food in front of you. Don’t reach across someone for food.
It is common to use you your fingers and small pieces of bread to eat food. Use only your right hand to
eat. Don’t say “no” to food. If the host of the meal offers you food or drink, take some and try a little. In
many Moroccan homes, it is common to take off your shoes.
Tanzania is known for its fresh fish and spices. Don’t act scared if your meal comes with its head
still on the plate. It is polite to try a bite of everything. In many Tanzania homes, people sit at a table on a
small stools to eat. It is OK to eat with your right hand, using bread or chapati to pick up food. Everyone
may take food from the same plate., but it is not usual for people to share drinks. You may compliment
the cook on a delicious meal, but don’t exaggerate. In some parts of Tanzania, men and women still sit at
different tables. Also remember: it is common to take off your shoes in the home, but it is rude to show
the bottom of your foot.
(Adopted from Active Skills for Reading Intro by Neil J Anderson)
Câu hỏi 30 (TH): Which best serves as the title for the passage? A. Table Manners across some cultures
in the world.
B. Tips for foreigners when having meal in Tanzania
C. Table Manners in Morocco, Things to do for everyone
D. Table Manners - Ultimate Guide to Dining Etiquette
Câu hỏi 31 (NB): The word "they" in paragraph 1 refers to ________.
B. manners
C. meals
D. friends
A. customs
Câu hỏi 32 (TH): According to the passage, why does the writer think it is good to know about customs
in other countries?
B. You can act in a proper way.
A. You can know how to eat healthily.
D. You can learn the language.
C. You can order food in a restaurant.
Câu hỏi 33 (TH): The word "offers" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ________.
B. attends
C. receives
D. provides
A. exchanges
Câu hỏi 34 (TH): According to paragraph 3, which of the following should NOT do in Tanzania?
B. take food from the same plate
A. eat with your hands
D. take off your shoes
C. show the bottom of your foot
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Nepal has made important progress over the past few years to promote equality, but the country still
has one of the highest rates of child marriage in the world. 41% of Nepalese girls are married before the
age of 18.
Poverty is both a cause and consequence of child marriage in Nepal. Girls from the wealthiest
families marry 2 years later than those from the poorest, who are seen as an economic burden, and who
drop out of school and earn little money.
Food insecurity plays an important role too. Nepalese families that do not have enough food to eat
are more likely to marry their daughters at a young age to decrease the financial burden. One study shows
that 91% of people who had secure access to food married over the age of 19.
Dowry is also common practice in many communities. Parents marry their daughters as soon as
possible because the money they have to pay to the groom’s family is higher if their daughter is older.
Since 2010, the legal age of marriage is 20 for both men and women, or 18 with parental consent,
according to the Nepalese Country Code.
The law states that punishment for child marriage is imprisonment for up to three years and a fine
of up to 10,000 rupees (£102). But reports suggest that this law is rarely applied. There has been quite a
lot of progress in Nepal over the past 3 years with a clear government commitment to ending child
marriage and civil society cooperation. The Ministry of Women, Children and Social Welfare is currently
developing Nepal’s first national strategy on child marriage in collaboration with UNICEF Nepal and
Girls Not Brides Nepal. However, the post-earthquake and post-fuel crisis environment has meant
progress is slow and the national strategy has been delayed.
(Adapted from http://www.girlsnotbrides.org/)
Câu hỏi 35 (TH): Which of the following best serves as the title for the passage? A. Nepal Government in
an attempt to reduce social inequality.
B. Child marriage - A completely tractable problem in Nepal.
C. Nepal’s strategies to child protection programming.
D. One type of child abuse in Nepal: Child Marriage.
Câu hỏi 36 (TH): According to paragraph 2, in Nepal, girls from needy families ________.
play an important role in bolstering their household finances
A.
have to get married earlier than those are from affluent families
B.
can get married two years later than those are from poor families
C.
D.
are forced to drop out of school because their parents have no money Câu hỏi 37 (NB):
The word "those" in paragraph 2 refers to ________.
B. families
C. years
D. rates
A. girls
Câu hỏi 38 (TH): The word "burden” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ________.
B. potency
C. load
D. cargo
A. issue
Câu hỏi 39 (TH): According to the last paragraph, how many years will a rule-breaker spend in jail?
A. exactly three years B. over three years C. from one to three years D. about two years Câu hỏi 40
(TH): The word "imprisonment” in the last paragraph could be best replaced by _________.
A. detention B. custody C. salvation D. emblem
Câu hỏi 41 (TH): According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true? A.
Nepalese families have a tendency to marry their daughters at a young age.
B. Parents who marry their children before the allowed age normally pay a fine.
C. The age of marriage in Nepal depends on the money the families have.
D. According to the law, if people have their parents’ permission, they are allowed to marry at 18.
Câu hỏi 42 (VD): It can be inferred from the passage _________.
A. The government is not doing much to put an end to child marriage
B. Nepal had the highest overall prevalence of child marriage in the world
C. Families want to marry their daughters soon to earn money
D. The recent earthquake was negative for the eradication of child marriage
D. uncle’s family
B. go sometimes
C. together
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
Câu hỏi 43 (NB): My brother and I go sometimes swimming together with our uncle’s family.
A. My brother
Câu hỏi 44 (TH): Her father used to be a distinguishable professor at the university. Many students
worshipped him.
B. distinguishable
C. at
D. worshipped
A. used to
Câu hỏi 45 (TH): Those famous pictures hanging on the gallery wall painted in France.
B. hanging
C. the
D. painted
A. Those
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions.
Câu hỏi 46 (VD): "You should have informed me of the change in advance.” The boss said to his
secretary.
A. The boss blamed his secretary for not informing him of the change in advance.
B. The boss thanked his secretary for informing him of the change in advance.
C. The boss encouraged his secretary not to inform him of the change in advance.
D. The boss advised his secretary to inform him of the change in advance.
Câu hỏi 47 (VD): In Venezuela, beauty contests are more popular than football. A.
In Venezuela, beauty contests are as popular as football.
B. In Venezuela, football is more popular than beauty contests.
C. In Venezuela, football is not as popular as beauty contests.
D. In Venezuela, beauty contests are not as popular as football.
Câu hỏi 48 (VD): Joey put all his money on the lottery, which was his big mistake. A.
Joey shouldn’t have put all his money on the lottery.
B. Joey needn’t have put all his money on the lottery.
C. Joey may not have put all his money on the lottery.
D. Joey can’t have put all his money on the lottery.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair
of sentences in the following questions.
Câu hỏi 49 (VD): Susan didn’t apply for the job in the library. She regrets it now. A.
Susan wishes she had applied for the job in the library.
B. If only Susan applied for the job in the library.
C. Susan regrets applying for the job in the library.
D. Susan regrets to apply for the job in the library.
Câu hỏi 50 (VDC): Hans told us about his investment in the company. He did it on his arrival at the
meeting.
A. Hardly had he informed us about his investment in the company when Hans arrived at the meeting.
B. Only after investing in the company did Hans informs us of his arrival at the meeting.
C. No sooner had Hans arrived at the meeting than he told us about his investment in the company.
D. Not until Hans told us that he would invest in the company did he arrive at the meeting.
Đáp án
1-C
11-B
2-A
12-A
3-A
13-A
4-C
14-A
5-B
15-B
6-D
16-D
7-C
17-D
8-B
18-C
9-D
19-B
10-D
20-C
21-D
31-D
22-C
32-B
23-A
33-D
24-A
34-C
25-B
35-D
26-D
36-B
27-A
37-A
28-B
38-C
29-B
39-C
30-A
40-A
41-B
42-D
43-B
44-B
45-D
46-A
47-C
48-A
49-A
50-C
LỜI GIẢI CHI TIẾT
Câu 1: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
Giải chi tiết:
Cách dùng:
Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn dùng khi muốn nhấn mạnh diễn biến hay quá trình của sự vật sự việc hoặc
-
thời gian sự vật hay sự việc đó diễn ra.
Công thức chung: S + was/ were + Ving.
Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn diễn tả một hành động đang diễn ra (chia thì quá khứ tiếp diễn) thì có một
-
hành động khác xem vào (chia thì quá khứ đơn)
Công thức: S + V_ed/V cột 2 + while + S + was/ were + V_ing.
Tạm dịch: Mike tình cờ gặp người bạn cũ của mình - Maria khi anh đang đi trên đường.
Câu 2: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Thành ngữ Giải chi tiết:
do sbd good: có lợi cho ai, tốt cho ai
Chủ ngữ “it” => động từ chia “does”
Tạm dịch: Tôi không ngại đi bộ đường dài, vì tôi biết nó tốt cho tôi.
Câu 3: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Giới từ Giải chi tiết:
rely on: tin vào, dựa vào, phụ thuộc vào
Tạm dịch: Ngày nay, hầu hết mọi người đều dựa vào các phương tiện truyền thông đại chúng như là
nguồn thông tin chính của họ.
Câu 4: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Mạo từ
Giải chi tiết:
great (adj): tốt, lớn => greatest: lớn/tốt nhất
Mạo từ “the” dùng trong câu so sánh hơn nhất: the + adj-est/ most adj
Tạm dịch: Con người là mối đe dọa lớn nhất đối với sự sống còn của các loài có nguy cơ tuyệt chủng.
Câu 5: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Rút gọn mệnh đề
Giải chi tiết:
Khi hai mệnh đề có cùng chủ ngữ có thể rút gọn một mệnh đề về dạng:
- V_ing: khi mệnh đề dạng chủ động và hai hành động xảy ra liên tiếp
- Having V_ed/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng chủ động, hành động được rút gọn xảy ra trước và là nguyên nhân
dẫn đến hành động còn lại.
- V_ed/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng bị động (giữ nguyên liên từ)
Câu đầy đủ: Though we are explained carefully by Romeo, we couldn’t make out the gist of the
passage.
Câu rút gọn: Though carefully explained by Romeo, we couldn’t make out the gist of the passage.
Tạm dịch: Mặc dù được Romeo giải thích cẩn thận, chúng tôi không thể tìm ra ý chính của đoạn văn.
Câu 6: Đáp án D Kiến thức: to V/ Ving Giải chi tiết:
forget to V_nguyên thể: quên làm việc gì
forget V_ing: quên chuyện đã làm forget being
V_ed/ V3: quên việc bị/được làm gì
Tạm dịch: Josh sẽ không bao giờ quên việc bị cha mẹ mắng mà không phải do lỗi của mình.
Câu 7: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. excessively (adv): quá chừng, quá đáng
B. completely (adv): hoàn toàn, đầy đủ, trọn vẹn
C. extremely (adv): vô cùng, cực độ, cực kỳ
D. thoroughly (adv): kỹ lưỡng, thấu đáo
Tạm dịch: Tất cả các công ty của ông đã thành công và ông được biết đến là người vô cùng giàu có.
Câu 8: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ loại
Giải chi tiết:
A. important (adj): quan trọng, hệ trọng
B. importance (n): sự quan trọng, tầm quan trọng
C. importantly (adv): quan trọng
D. unimportant (adj): không quan trọng
Dấu hiệu: sau tính từ “great” (to lớn) cần một danh từ
Tạm dịch: Điều rất quan trọng là thể hiện sự quan tâm và lịch sự của bạn khi bạn đang có một cuộc
phỏng vấn xin việc. Câu 9: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Thành ngữ Giải chi tiết:
refresh one’s memory: gợi nhớ lại, nhớ lại cái gì
Tạm dịch: Tôi đã tra từ trong từ điển để nhớ lại ý nghĩa chính xác của nó.
Câu 10: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Rút gọn mệnh đề Giải
chi tiết:
Khi hai mệnh đề có cùng chủ ngữ có thể rút gọn một mệnh đề về dạng:
- Ving: khi mệnh đề dạng chủ động và hai hành động xảy ra liên tiếp
- Having Ved/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng chủ động, hành động được rút gọn xảy ra trước và là nguyên nhân
dẫn đến hành động còn lại.
- Ved/ V3: khi mệnh đề dạng bị động
Câu đầy đủ: If children living in poverty are provided access to education, children will have a brighter
future.
Câu rút gọn: If provided access to education, children living in poverty will have a brighter future. Tạm
dịch: Nếu được cung cấp sự tiếp cận với giáo dục, trẻ em sống trong nghèo đói sẽ có một tương lai tươi
sáng hơn.
Câu 11: Đáp án B Kiến
thức: Sự kết hợp từ Giải
chi tiết:
A. affixes (v): in vào
B. attaches (v): gắn, dán, gia nhập, coi
C. admits (v): thừa nhận, thú nhận
D. attributes (v): quy cho
=> attach importance to sth/doing sth: coi việc gì là quan trọng
Tạm dịch: Andrew là một nhân viên rất kỷ luật. Ông rất coi trọng việc đến làm việc đúng giờ.
Câu 12: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Liên từ
Giải chi tiết:
A. although S + V: mặc dù
B. since S + V: vì
C. in spite of + N/ Ving: mặc dù
D. because of + N/ Ving: vì
“she has a lot of free time” là một mệnh đề gồm S + V => loại C, D
Tạm dịch: Jane không bao giờ giúp mẹ làm việc nhà mặc dù cô có rất nhiều thời gian rảnh.
Câu 13: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
A. capable (adj): có khả năng
B. possible (adj): có thể
C. suitable (adj): phù hợp, thích hợp
D. habitual (adj): thường lệ, quen thuộc
=> to be capable of + V_ing: có khả năng làm gì
Tạm dịch: Rita không có khả năng làm việc này - cô ấy nên chuyển lớp.
Câu 14: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Câu điều kiện loại 1
Giải chi tiết:
- Dấu hiệu: vế chứa “if” chia “eat” ở thì hiện tại đơn
- Cách dùng: Câu điều kiện loại 1 dùng để diễn tả điều có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai:
- Công thức: If + S + V(s/es) + O, S + will + V(nguyên thể) + O.
Tạm dịch: Nếu bạn ăn nhiều, bạn sẽ trả giá bằng việc tăng cân.
Câu 15: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Hai sinh viên Joana và David đang nói về việc đi du học.
- Joana: "Mình nghĩ du học là cách duy nhất để có được một công việc với mức lương cao."
- David: “________. Vẫn có nhiều cách khác nhau để có được công việc đó.”
A. Cậu hoàn toàn đúng
B. Mình không nghĩ vậy
C. Đó là những gì mình nghĩ
D. Chắc chắn là vậy
Các phản hồi A, C, D không phù hợp với ngữ cảnh
Câu 16: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Peter đang ăn tối tại nhà của Wendy.
- Peter: "Món cua hấp này rất ngon."
- Wendy: "________ .''
A. Chắc chắn. Mình cũng thích vậy.
B. Mình sợ rằng không được.
C. Không, đừng lo lắng.
D. Mình vui vì bạn thích nó.
Các phản hồi A, B, C không phù hợp với ngữ cảnh
Câu 17: Đáp án D Kiến
thức: Phát âm “-ou” Giải
chi tiết:
A. mouth /maʊθ/
B. founder /ˈfaʊndər/
C. about /əˈbaʊt/
D. country /ˈkʌntri/
Phần gạch chân đáp án D phát âm là /ʌ/, còn lại là /aʊ/
Câu 18: Đáp án C Kiến
thức: Phát âm “-ed” Giải
chi tiết:
A. accessed /ˈæksest/
B. searched /sɜːtʃt/
C. recorded /rɪˈkɔːdɪd/ D. developed /dɪˈveləpt/ Quy tắc:
Cách phát âm đuôi “ed”:
- Đuôi “ed” được phát âm là /ɪd/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /t/ hay /d/
- Đuôi “ed” được phát âm là /t/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /s/,/f/,/p/,/ʃ/,/tʃ/,/k/
- Đuôi “ed” được phát âm là /d/ với các trường hợp còn lại
Phần gạch chân đáp án C phát âm là /ɪd/, còn lại là /t/
Câu 19: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Trọng âm từ có 3 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. interpret /ɪnˈtɜːprət/
B. chemistry /ˈkemɪstri/
C. attention /əˈtenʃn/ D. romantic /rəʊˈmæntɪk/
Quy tắc: Những từ có tận cùng là đuôi “-tion”, “-ic” có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đứng ngay trước nó.
Trọng âm đáp án B rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất, còn lại là âm thứ hai Câu 20: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Trọng âm từ có 2 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. attract /əˈtrækt/
B. discuss /dɪˈskʌs/
C. follow /ˈfɒləʊ/ D. confide /kənˈfaɪd/
Quy tắc: Động từ có 2 âm tiết thường có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai. Ngoại lệ: ‘follow
Trọng âm đáp án C rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất, còn lại là âm thứ hai Câu 21: Đáp án D Kiến
thức: Cụm động từ Giải chi tiết:
take on: tuyển dụng, thuê
A. adopt (v): chấp nhận, thông qua
B. dismiss (v): sa thải, đuổi
C. prepare (v): chuẩn bị
D. employ (v): thuê, tuyển dụng
=> take on = employ
Tạm dịch: Dự án kinh doanh thứ hai của ông, một công ty phần mềm, đang thành công rực rỡ và sẽ sớm
sẵn sàng tuyển dụng thêm nhân viên.
Câu 22: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
evokes (v): gợi lại
A. revises (v): ôn thi, xem lại
B. brings (v): mang lại, đem lại
C. recalls (v): gợi lại
D. catches (v): bắt lấy, nắm lấy
=> evoke = recall
Câu 23: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
penalize - penalized - penalized: trừng phạt
A. reward - rewarded - rewarded: thưởng
B. punish - punished - punished: trừng phạt
C. motivate - motivated - motivated: thúc đẩy
D. discourage - discouraged - discouraged: làm nản lòng
=> penalize: trừng phạt >< reward: thưởng
Tạm dịch: Bạn sẽ không bị phạt vì đoán bừa, vì vậy hãy chắc chắn đừng quên trả lời câu hỏi nào.
Câu 24: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Thành ngữ Giải chi tiết:
costs an arm and a leg: giá rất đắt
A. is cheap: rẻ
B. is painful: đau
C. is confusing: hỗn độn
D. is expensive: đắt
=> costs an arm and a leg: giá rất đắt >< is cheap: rẻ
Tạm dịch: Tôi nghĩ rằng chúng ta không thể mua thiết bị này lần này vì giá của nó rất đắt.
Câu 25: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Từ loại Giải chi tiết:
A. practicality (n): tính thực tiễn, tính thực tế B.
practical (adj): thực hành, thiết thực
C. practically (adv): về mặt thực hành
D. practice (v): luyện tập, thực hành
Dấu hiệu: trước cụm danh từ “learning activities” (hoạt động học tập) cần một tính từ
They often prefer (25) practical learning activities that enable them to draw on the skills and experience
they have acquired.
Tạm dịch: Họ thường thích các hoạt động học tập thực tế cho phép họ rút ra các kỹ năng và kinh nghiệm
họ có được. Câu 26: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
A. ability (n): năng lực, khả năng
B. grasp (n): quyền lực, sự hiểu
C. uptake (n): sự hấp thu, sự thu hút
D. insight (n): sự hiểu thấu được bên trong sự vật
In the main, adults have realistic aims and have valuable (26) insight into what is likely to be successful.
Tạm dịch: Nhìn chung, người lớn có mục tiêu thực tế và có cái nhìn giá trị về những gì có khả năng
thành công.
Câu 27: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Liên từ
Giải chi tiết:
A. In addition: Ngoài ra,, Thêm vào đó
B. In contrast: Ngược lại
C. As a result: Vì vậy, kết quả là D. However: Tuy nhiên
(27) In addition, they are readily able to relate new facts to past experiences and enjoy having their
talents explored in leaning situations.
Tạm dịch: Ngoài ra, họ có thể dễ dàng liên hệ các sự kiện mới với kinh nghiệm trong quá khứ và thích
khám phá tài năng của họ trong các tình huống học tập.
Câu 28: Đáp án B Kiến
thức: Đại từ quan hệ Giải
chi tiết:
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ:
- where + S + V: nơi mà => thay thế cho trạng từ, cụm trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn
- which + V / S + V: cái mà => thay thế cho một danh từ chỉ vật; đóng vai trò chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ
- who + V / S + V: người mà => thay thế cho một danh từ chỉ người; đóng vai trò chủ ngữ/ tân ngữ- that +
V/S + V: người mà, cái mà => thay thế cho một danh từ chỉ người/vật, đóng vai trò chủ ngữ/tân ngữ và
không đứng sau dấu phẩy
“opinions and beliefs” (quan điểm và niềm tin) là cụm từ chỉ vật, trước nó có dấu phẩy => dùng “which”
Adults have established opinions and beliefs, (28) which have been formed over time through their
experience of families, work, community, or politics.
Tạm dịch: Người lớn đã thiết lập quan điểm và niềm tin, được hình thành theo thời gian thông qua kinh
nghiệm của họ về gia đình, công việc, cộng đồng hoặc chính trị. Câu 29: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. instinctive (adj): thuộc bản năng, theo bản năng
B. intrinsic (adj): thuộc bản chất, thực chất, bên trong
C. spiritual (adj): thuộc tinh tần, thuộc tâm hồn
D. perceptive (adj): sâu sắc, nhận thức
A majority of adults also have (29) intrinsic motivation and their effort increases because of their desire
to learn.
Tạm dịch: Phần lớn người trưởng thành cũng có động lực bên trong và nỗ lực của họ tăng lên vì mong
muốn học hỏi. Câu 30: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Tiêu đề nào là phù hợp nhất cho bài đọc?
A. Phép tắc ăn uống trên một số nền văn hóa thế giới.
B. Lời khuyên cho người nước ngoài khi dùng bữa tại Tanzania
C. Cách cư xử ở Ma-rốc, những điều cần làm cho mọi ngườiD. Phép tắc ăn uống - Hướng dẫn cơ bản về
nghi thức ăn uống Thông tin: Table manners differ around the world.
Tạm dịch: Phép tắc ăn uống khác nhau trên khắp thế giới.
Câu 31: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “they” trong đoạn 1 thay thế cho ________.
A. phong tục
B. cách cư xử
C. bữa ăn
D. bạn bè
Thông tin: If you visit a friend’s home for a meal, it’s good to know about the customs they follow. Tạm
dịch: Nếu bạn đến thăm nhà của một người bạn để dùng bữa, thì thật tốt khi biết về phong tục mà họ tuân
theo.
Câu 32: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn văn, tại sao người viết nghĩ rằng thật tốt khi biết về phong tục ở các nước khác?
A. Bạn có thể biết cách ăn uống lành mạnh.
B. Bạn có thể hành động một cách thích hợp.
C. Bạn có thể gọi đồ ăn trong một nhà hàng.
D. Bạn có thể học ngôn ngữ.
Thông tin: If you visit a friend’s home for a meal, it’s good to know about the customs they follow. Tạm
dịch: Nếu bạn đến thăm nhà của một người bạn để dùng bữa, thì thật tốt khi biết về phong tục mà họ tuân
theo.
Câu 33: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “offers” trong đoạn 2 có nghĩa gần nhất với ________.
offer (v): cho, cung cấp, đề nghị
A. exchanges (v): trao đổi
B. attends (v): tham dự
C. receives (v): nhận
D. provides (v): cung cấp
=> offer = provide
Thông tin: If the host of the meal offers you food or drink, take some and try a little.
Tạm dịch: Nếu chủ nhà của bữa ăn cho bạn đồ ăn hoặc đồ uống, hãy lấy một ít và thử một chút.
Câu 34: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn 3, điều nào sau đây KHÔNG nên làm ở Tanzania?
A. ăn bằng tay
B. lấy thức ăn từ cùng một đĩa
C. khoe lòng bàn chânD. cởi giày ra
Thông tin: Also remember: it is common to take off your shoes in the home, but it is rude to show the
bottom of your foot.
Tạm dịch: Cũng nên nhớ rằng: việc cởi giày trong nhà là điều thường thấy, nhưng thật thô lỗ khi để lộ
lòng bàn chân của bạn. Câu 35: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Tiêu đề nào là phù hợp nhất cho bài đọc?
A. Chính phủ Nepal trong nỗ lực giảm bất bình đẳng xã hội.
B. Hôn nhân trẻ em - Một vấn đề khó giải quyết ở Nepal.
C. Chiến lược Nepal để thiết lập bảo vệ trẻ em.
D. Một loại lạm dụng trẻ em ở Nepal: Hôn nhân trẻ em.
Thông tin: Nepal has made important progress over the past few years to promote equality, but the
country still has one of the highest rates of child marriage in the world. 41% of Nepalese girls are married
before the age of 18… Nepalese families that do not have enough food to eat are more likely to marry
their daughters at a young age to decrease the financial burden.
Tạm dịch: Nepal đã đạt được những tiến bộ quan trọng trong vài năm qua để thúc đẩy bình đẳng, nhưng
đất nước này vẫn có một trong những tỷ lệ kết hôn ở trẻ em cao nhất thế giới. 41% các cô gái Nepal đã kết
hôn trước 18 tuổi… Các gia đình Nepal mà không có đủ thức ăn để ăn có nhiều khả năng cho con gái của
họ kết hôn khi còn trẻ để giảm gánh nặng tài chính.
Câu 36: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn 2, ở Nepal, các cô gái từ các gia đình nghèo khó ____.
A. đóng một vai trò quan trọng trong việc củng cố tài chính gia đình của họ
B. phải kết hôn sớm hơn các cô gái trong gia đình giàu có
C. có thể kết hôn muộn hơn hai năm so với các cô gái trong gia đình nghèo
D. bị buộc thôi học vì bố mẹ không có tiền
Thông tin: Girls from the wealthiest families marry 2 years later than those from the poorest, …
Tạm dịch: Những cô gái từ những gia đình giàu có nhất kết hôn muộn hơn 2 năm so với các cô gái từ
những gia đình nghèo nhất, …
Câu 37: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “those” trong đoạn 2 thay thế cho ________.
A. cô gái
B. gia đình
C. năm
D. tỷ lệ
Thông tin: Girls from the wealthiest families marry 2 years later than those from the poorest, who are
seen as an economic burden, and who drop out of school and earn little money.
Tạm dịch: Những cô gái từ những gia đình giàu có nhất kết hôn muộn hơn 2 năm so với các cô gái từ
những gia đình nghèo nhất, những người được coi là gánh nặng kinh tế, và họ bỏ học và kiếm được ít tiền.
Câu 38: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “burden” trong đoạn 3 có nghĩa gần nhất với từ ________.
burden (n): gánh nặng
A. issue (n): đề tài, vấn đề
B. potency (n): hiệu lực, quyền thế
C. load (n): vật nặng, gánh nặng
D. cargo (n): hàng hóa
=> burden = load
Thông tin: Nepalese families that do not have enough food to eat are more likely to marry their daughters
at a young age to decrease the financial burden.
Tạm dịch: Các gia đình Nepal mà không có đủ thức ăn để ăn có nhiều khả năng cho con gái của họ kết
hôn khi còn trẻ để giảm gánh nặng tài chính.
Câu 39: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn cuối, một kẻ phá luật sẽ phải ngồi tù bao nhiêu năm?
A. chính xác ba năm
B. hơn ba năm
C. từ một đến ba nămD. khoảng hai năm
Thông tin: The law states that punishment for child marriage is imprisonment for up to three years and a
fine of up to 10,000 rupees (£102).
Tạm dịch: Luật pháp quy định rằng hình phạt cho hôn nhân ở trẻ em là phạt tù tới ba năm và phạt tiền lên
tới 10.000 rupee (102 bảng).
Câu 40: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “imprisonment” trong đoạn 3 có nghĩa gần nhất với từ ________.
imprisonment (n): phạt tù
A. detention (n): sự giam cầm, sự cầm tù
B. custody (n): sự chăm sóc, sự giám hộ
C. salvation (n): sự bảo vệ, sự cứu giúp
D. emblem (n): cái biểu tượng
=> imprisonment = detention
Thông tin: The law states that punishment for child marriage is imprisonment for up to three years and a
fine of up to 10,000 rupees (£102).
Tạm dịch: Luật pháp quy định rằng hình phạt cho hôn nhân ở trẻ em là phạt tù tới ba năm và phạt tiền lên
tới 10.000 rupee (102 bảng).
Câu 41: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Theo đoạn văn, phát biểu nào sau đây KHÔNG đúng?
A. Các gia đình Nepal có xu hướng cho con gái của họ kết hôn khi còn trẻ.
B. Cha mẹ cho con của họ kết hôn trước tuổi cho phép thường phải nộp phạt.
C. Tuổi kết hôn ở Nepal phụ thuộc vào số tiền mà các gia đình có.
D. Theo luật, nếu mọi người được cha mẹ của họ cho phép, họ được phép kết hôn năm 18 tuổi.
Thông tin: The law states that punishment for child marriage is imprisonment for up to three years and a
fine of up to 10,000 rupees (£102). But reports suggest that this law is rarely applied.
Tạm dịch: Luật pháp quy định rằng hình phạt cho việc hôn nhân ở trẻ em là phạt tù tới ba năm và phạt
tiền lên tới 10.000 rupee (102 bảng). Nhưng các báo cáo cho thấy luật này hiếm khi được áp dụng. Câu
42: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Điều gì có thể được suy ra từ bài đọc _________.
A. Chính phủ không làm gì nhiều để chấm dứt hôn nhân trẻ em
B. Nepal có tỷ lệ kết hôn trẻ em cao nhất thế giới
C. Gia đình muốn cưới con gái sớm để kiếm tiền
D. Trận động đất gần đây thì tiêu cực tới việc việc xóa bỏ hôn nhân ở trẻ em
Thông tin: However, the post-earthquake and post-fuel crisis environment has meant progress is slow and
the national strategy has been delayed.
Tạm dịch: Tuy nhiên, hoàn cảnh sau động đất và sau khủng hoảng nhiên liệu có nghĩa là tiến độ (chấm
dứt hôn nhân ở trẻ em) chậm và chiến lược quốc gia đã bị trì hoãn. Câu 43: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Từ loại
Giải chi tiết:
Trong thì hiện tại đơn: trạng từ chỉ tần suất đứng trước động từ thường
Sửa: go sometimes => sometimes go
Tạm dịch: Anh trai tôi và tôi thỉnh thoảng đi bơi cùng với gia đình chú của chúng tôi.
Câu 44: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
distinguishable (adj): có thể phân biệt distinguished
(adj): đặc biệt, khác biệt, ưu tú, xuất sắc
Sửa: distinguishable => distinguished
Tạm dịch: Cha cô đã từng là một giáo sư nổi tiếng tại trường đại học. Nhiều sinh viên tôn thờ ông.
Câu 45: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Câu bị động Giải chi tiết:
Câu bị động thì quá khứ đơn: S + was/ were + Ved/ V3.
Chủ ngữ “Those famous pictures…” số nhiều => tobe chia “were”
Sửa: painted => were painted
Tạm dịch: Những bức tranh nổi tiếng treo trên tường phòng trưng bày đã được vẽ ở Pháp.
Câu 46: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Câu tường thuật Giải chi tiết:
Câu trực tiếp: “S + should have + Ved/ V3 + O.”, S1 said to S2.: Ai đó đáng lẽ nên làm gì trong quá khứ
(nhưng họ đã không làm)
Câu gián tiếp: S1 + blamed + S2 + for + not Ving + O.: Ai đó đổ lỗi cho ai vì đã không làm gì
Tạm dịch: “Cô đáng lẽ nên thông báo cho tôi về sự thay đổi trước đó.” Ông chủ nói với thư ký của mình.
= Ông chủ đổ lỗi cho thư ký của mình vì đã không thông báo trước cho ông về sự thay đổi.
B. Ông chủ cảm ơn thư ký của mình đã thông báo trước cho ông về sự thay đổi. => sai về nghĩa
C. Ông chủ khuyến khích thư ký của mình không thông báo trước cho ông về sự thay đổi. => sai về
nghĩaD. Ông chủ khuyên thư ký của mình thông báo cho anh ta về sự thay đổi trước. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 47: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: So sánh hơn, so sánh bằng
Giải chi tiết:
So sánh hơn: S + to be + more adj/ adj-er + than + N.
So sánh bằng: S + to be + (not) as + adj + as + N.
Tạm dịch: Ở Venezuela, các cuộc thi sắc đẹp phổ biến hơn bóng đá.
= Ở Venezuela, bóng đá không phổ biến bằng các cuộc thi sắc đẹp.
A. Ở Venezuela, các cuộc thi sắc đẹp cũng phổ biến bằng bóng đá. => sai về nghĩa
B. Ở Venezuela, bóng đá phổ biến hơn các cuộc thi sắc đẹp. => sai về nghĩa
D. Ở Venezuela, các cuộc thi sắc đẹp không phổ biến bằng bóng đá. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 48: Đáp án A Kiến
thức: Câu đồng nghĩa Giải
chi tiết:
shouldn’t have Ved/ V3: đáng lẽ không nên làm nhưng đã làm
needn’t have Ved/ V3: đáng lẽ không cần làm nhưng đã làm
may not have Ved/ V3: chắc là đã không làm gì can’t have
Ved/ V3: chắc đã không làm gì
Tạm dịch: Joey đặt tất cả tiền của mình vào xổ số, đó là sai lầm lớn của anh ấy.
= Joey đáng lẽ không nên đặt tất cả tiền của mình vào xổ số.
B. Joey đáng lẽ không cần đặt tất cả tiền của mình vào xổ số. => sai về nghĩa
C. Joey chắc là đã không Joe đặt tất cả tiền của mình vào xổ số. => sai về nghĩa
D. Joey không thể nào đã đặt tất cả tiền của mình vào xổ số. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 49: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Câu ước
Giải chi tiết:
- Dấu hiệu: “didn’t apply” – chia thì quá khứ đơn, “regret it now” (bây giờ hối hận)
- Cách dùng: câu ước “wish” ở quá khứ: diễn tả những mong ước về một sự việc không có thật ở quá khứ,
hay giả định một điều ngược lại so với thực tại đã xảy ra ở quá khứ.
- Công thức chung: S + wish(es)/ If only + S + had + Ved/ PII + O.
Tạm dịch: Susan không nộp đơn xin việc trong thư viện. Bây giờ cô thấy hối hận.
= Susan ước cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc trong thư viện.
B. Giá mà Susan nộp đơn xin việc trong thư viện. => sai vì đây là câu ước ở hiện tại
C. Susan hối tiếc khi đã xin việc trong thư viện. => sai về nghĩa
D. Susan hối hận khi xin việc ở thư viện. => sai về nghĩa
Câu 50: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đảo ngữ
Giải chi tiết:
No sooner had + S + Ved/ V3 + than S + Ved. = Hardly had + S + Ved/ V3 + when S + Ved.: vừa mới …
thì
Only after + N/ Ving/ S + V + V(trợ) + S + V(chính): chỉ sau khi
Not until + S + V + V(trợ) + S + V(chính): mãi đến khi
Tạm dịch: Hans đã nói với chúng tôi về việc đầu tư vào công ty. Ông đã làm điều đó ngay khi đến cuộc
họp.
= Hans vừa mới đến cuộc họp thì ông ấy đã nói với chúng tôi về việc đầu tư vào công ty.
Ngay sau khi thông báo cho chúng tôi về việc đầu tư của mình vào công ty thì Hans đến cuộc họp.
A.
=> sai về nghĩa
Chỉ sau khi đầu tư vào công ty, Hans mới thông báo cho chúng tôi về việc anh ấy đến cuộc họp.
B.
=> sai về nghĩa
D. Mãi cho đến khi Hans nói với chung tôi rằng ông sẽ đầu tư vào công ty, ông mới đến cuộc họp. => sai
về nghĩa
SỞ GD & ĐT HƯNG YÊN ĐỀ THI THỬ THPT QUỐC GIA 2019-2020 LẦN 1
Môn TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian: 50 phút
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to complete
each of the following exchanges.
Câu 1 (TH): Christina and John are in the English evening class.
Christina: “Why do you think the most people learn English?”
John: “……………………………………………………….”
A. Very often it’s to get a better job
B. All of them are
C. Because I like it
D. I heard it was very good
Câu 2 (TH): John and Mary are having dinner at her house.
John: “This dish is really delicious!”
Mary: “……………. . It’s called Yakitori, and it’s made with chicken livers.”
A. I guess you’re right.
B. It’s my pleasure.
C. Sure, I’ll be glad to.
D. I’m glad you like it.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Instructors at American colleges and universities use many different teaching methods. Some
instructors give assignments every day. They grade homework. Students in their classes have to take
many quizzes, a midterm exam, and a final test. Other instructors give only writing assignments. Some
teachers always follow a course outline and usually use the textbooks. Others send students to the library
for assignments.
The atmosphere in some classrooms is very formal. Students call their instructors “Professor
Smith”, “Mrs. Jones”, and so on. Some teachers wear business clothes and give lectures. Other
classrooms have an informal atmosphere. Students and teachers discuss their ideas. Instructors dress
informally, and students call them by their first names. American teachers are not alike in their teaching
styles.
At most American colleges and universities, facilities for learning and recreation are available to
students. Students can often use recorders, video machines, and computers at libraries and learning
centres. They can buy books, notebooks, and other things at campus stores. They can get advice on their
problems from counsellors and individual help with their classes from tutors. Students can relax and
have fun on campus, too. Some schools have swimming pools and tennis courts. Most have snack bars
or cafeterias.
(Source. Adapted from
http://www.ukedu.org) Câu 3 (TH): What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
A. Ways of teaching
B. Ways of giving assignments
C. Ways of using the textbook
D. Ways of taking an exam
Câu 4 (TH): What does the phrase “business clothes” in paragraph 2 mean?
A. trendy clothes
B. casual clothes
C. formal clothes
D. clothes for business people
Câu 5 (TH): Where do students and teachers discuss their idea?
A. At learning centers
C. In classrooms with informal atmosphere D. At libraries
B. In classrooms with formal atmosphere
Câu 6 (TH): What can’t students do at most American colleges and universities?
A. They can’t buy anything at campus stores.
B. They can’t use the computers that are linked to libraries.
C. They can’t ask their counselors and tutors for advice.
D. They can’t have tutors and counselors solved their problems.
Câu 7 (TH): Which of the following statements is NOT true about schools in America?
A. They offer sports and leisure facilities for students.
B. They have no recreation facilities.
C. They are well-equipped.
D. They have stores on campus.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
There is a common trend for people to indulge in leisure activities. Did you ever watch a video on
the Internet? Maybe you used YouTube. YouTube is a Web site where people can share their video.
Today, YouTube is an important part of the Internet. However, that wasn’t always true.
YouTube started with a young man named Jawed Karim and two friends. One day, Karim was on
the Internet. He wanted information about the 2004 tsunami in Southeast Asia. He found news stories
about it, but he couldn’t find any videos. This gave Karin an idea. He wanted to help people put video
on the Internet. Karim told his friends about this idea. Together, they created a company – YouTube.
YouTube become a global success. Millions of people around the world visited the Web site. It
was clear to Google, another Internet company, that YouTube had a lot of value. Google made a deal. It
bought YouTube for 1.65 USD. As a result, YouTube investors and its employees made a lot of money.
The three friends who started YouTube were very big investors. Therefore, they made an enormous
amount of money.
Karim became very rich, and he continued to work toward his PhD. There was something else he
wanted to do. He wanted to help young people go into business. He used money and experience to start
a new company called Youniversity Ventures. This company helps young people who have good
business ideas. It gives them advice and money to start Internet businesses. Milo is one business that
students started with the help of Youniversity Ventures.
Milo is a shopping Web site. It helps people find products in stores near their homes. Another
example is AirBoB. This Web site helps people find for video conferences. People in different places
can use this site to have business meetings.
Karim has some advice for students who want to start business. First, find a successful company.
Do a lot of research about the company and the top people in the company. There, copy the way they do
things. For students who wants to start Internet business, Karim is probably a very good example to
copy.
(Source. Adapted
from
http://www.grid.unep.ch/waste/download/waste1213.pdf) Câu 8 (VD): What can be the best title for the
passage?
A. To be successful on the Internet
B. Support from Youniversity Ventures
C. Sharing Success on the Internet D. The best videos from YouTube Câu 9
(NB): What does the word “This” in paragraph 2 refer to?
A. the information of the 2004 tsunami
B. the 2004 tsunami in Southeast Asia
C. that he could find no videos D. the news stories he could find Câu 10 (TH):
A. Google bought their YouTube company. B. They invested a lot of money in Google.
How did the YouTube investors make a lot of money?
C. They sold things on Milo Website. D. They made a profit from Youniversity Ventures. Câu 11
A. He earned a lot of money from YouTube. B. He is the owner of Youniversity Ventures.
(TH): Which of the following is NOT mentioned about Karim?
C. He had the original idea of YouTube.
D. He created a lot of sample videos for YouTube.
Câu 12 (TH): Which of the following can replace the word “enormous” in paragraph 3?
A. considerable B. favourable C. huge D. increasing
Câu 13 (TH): What does Youniversity Ventures do?
A. It buys Internet companies such as Milo.
B. It helps people find inexpensive vacation places worldwide.
C. It gives people advice and money to start business. D. It helps people to get PhDs at famous
Universities.
Câu 14 (TH): What kind of Web site is AirBoB?
A. It helps people search vacation places.
B. It helps people find successful businesses.
C. It helps people held business meetings.
D. It helps people buy goods and services.
Câu 15 (TH): What is Karim’s advice for students who want to start business?
A. Work for successful people and companies.
B. Copy successful people and companies.
C. Give money to Youniversity Ventures.
D. Get a PhD degree from famous university.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the rest in
the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Câu 16 (NB): A. attract B. divide C. finish D. invite
Câu 17 (NB): A. economics B. entertainment C. radiation D. geography
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Câu 18 (VD): Were it not for the money, this job wouldn’t be worthwhile.
A. Although the salary is poor, the job is worthwhile.
B. The only thing that makes this job worthwhile is the money.
C. This job is not rewarding at all, so everyone wants to get it.
D. This job offers a poor salary, so it is worthwhile.
Câu 19 (VD): The burglar was caught red-handed by the police when he broke into the flat.
A. The police caught the burglar to break into the flat.
B. The police caught the burglar breaking into the flat.
C. The police caught the burglar when breaking into the flat.
D. Then the burglar had broken into the flat, the police caught him at one.
Câu 20 (VD): He didn’t pay attention to what I said.
A. He had no intention of talking to me. B. He didn’t hear me even though I was saying to him. C. He
took no notice of my words. D. He didn’t pay attention because I didn’t say a word. Mark the letter A,
B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Câu 21 (TH): Such characters as fairies or witches in Walt Disney animated cartoons are purely
_________
A. imaginable
B. imaginative C. imagining D. imaginary
Câu 22 (NB): Neither Mary nor her brothers _________at the party yet. They may be getting stuck in
the traffic.
A. are arriving
B. have arrived C. has arrived D. is arriving
Câu 23 (TH): The old market is said _________in a fire two years ago.
A. to be destroyed
B. to have destroyed
C. to have been destroyed
D. to be destroying
Câu 24 (TH): We should participate in the movement _________to conserve the natural environment.
A. which organized B. organizing
C. to organize D. organized
Câu 25 (TH): I have decided to buy that house. I won’t change my mind _________what you say.
A. no matter
B. although C. because D. whether
Câu 26 (NB): An endangered species is the one _________ population is so small that it is in danger of
becoming extinct.
A. which
B. what C. whose D. who
Câu 27: I don’t understand why the students didn’t keep silent while the speech _________.
A. was being made B. was made
C. has been made D. would be made
Câu 28 (VDC): The jokes Jack tells are as old as _________.
A. the hills
B. the mountains C. the oceans D. the earth
Câu 29 (VDC): When finding a new house, parents should _________ all the conditions for their
children’s education and entertainment.
A. keep pace with B. make room for C. get rid of D. take into account Câu 30 (TH):
Ms. Brown asked me _________ in my class.
A. how many students there were
B. were there how many students
C. how many students were there D. there were how many students Câu 31 (NB):
After David _________ his homework, he went straight to bed.
A. had finished
B. has finished C. was finished D. finished
Câu 32 (TH): _________, we would have been forced to sack him.
A. Were he not to resign
B. If he resigned
C. Had he not resigned
D. If he had resigned
Câu 33 (TH): Students also have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of _________ courses in
the university.
A. optional
B. unique C. compulsory D. limited
Câu 34 (TH): I’d rather _________ to the party with my parents because there was nothing interesting
there.
A. hadn’t been invited
B. not have been invited
C. haven’t been invited
D. not be invited
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pair of sentences in the following questions.
Câu 35 (VD): You have just passed your exam. This makes your parents happy.
A. You have just passed your exam makes your parents happy.
B. That you have passed your exam makes your parents happy.
C. You have just passed your exam which it makes your parents happy.
D. Having just passed your exam making your parents happy.
Câu 36 (VD): She raised her hand high. She wanted to attract her teacher’s attention.
A. Because her teacher attracted her, she raised her hand high.
B. She had such a high raising of hand that she attracted her teacher’s attention.
C. Though she raised her hand high, she could not attract her teacher’s attention.
D. To attract her teacher’s attention, she raised her hand high.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu 37 (VD): Not until all their demands had been turned down did the workers decide to go on strike
for more welfare.
A. detected
B. reviewed C. sacked D. rejected
Câu 38 (NB): She was brought up in a well-off family. She can’t understand the problems we are
facing.
A. poor
B. wealthy C. broke D. kind
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
Câu 39 (TH): The palace was badly damaged by fire, but was eventually restored to its original
splendor.
A. renovated
B. refurbished C. strengthened D. devastated
Câu 40 (NB): All children can attend without paying fees at state schools.
A. secondary schools
B. independent schools
C. primary schools
D. high schools
B. days
B. cooked
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
D. dates
C. speeds
Câu 41 (NB): A. bags
Câu 42 (NB): A. searched
D. developed
C. described
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction
in each of the following questions.
Câu 43 (TH): Some snakes have hollow teeth they are called fans that they use to poison their victims.
A. Some
B. they are called C. use D. their
Câu 44 (NB): What the woman was saying were so important that I asked everyone to stop talking and
listen.
A. What
B. was saying C. were D. to stop taking
C. economics D. help Câu 45 (NB): George is not enough intelligent to pass this economics class without help.
A. enough intelligent B. to pass
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
EXAM ADVICE
In Part Three of the Speaking Section you work together with a partner. You have to do a (46)
_____ task which usually lasts about 3 minutes. One possible task is “problem solving”, which means
you have to look at some (47) _____ information and then discuss the problem with your partner. You
may be shown photos, drawings, diagrams, maps, plans, advertisements or computer graphics and it is
(48) ________ that you study them carefully. If necessary, check you know exactly what to do by
politely asking the examiner to repeat the instruction or make them clearer.
While you are doing the task, the examiner will probably say very little and you should ask your
partner questions and make (49) ________ if he or she is not saying much. If either of you have any real
difficulties, the examiner may decide to step in and help. Normally, however, you will find plenty to say,
which helps the assessor to give you a fair mark. This mark depends on your success in doing the task
by competing with your partner, which includes taking (50) ____ in giving opinions and replying
appropriately, although in the end it may be possible to “agree to disagree”.
(Source. Adapted from http://www.grid.unep.tech)
C. lonely
C. optical
C. probable
C. speeches
C. turns
D. unique
D. obvious
D. successful
D. ideas
D. sides
A. single
A. noticeable
A. helpful
A. statements
A. changes
B. scarce
B. visual
B. essential
B. suggestions
B. sentences
Câu 46 (VD):
Câu 47 (TH):
Câu 48 (TH):
Câu 49 (TH):
Câu 50 (VD):
Đáp án
7-B
8-C
9-C
10-A
1-A
2-D
3-A
4-C
6-D
5-C
17-D
18-B
19-B
20-C
11-D
12-C
13-C
14-C
16-C
15-B
27-A
28-A
29-D
30-A
21-D
22-B
23-C
24-D
26-C
25-A
37-D
38-B
39-D
40-B
31-A
32-C
33-A
34-B
36-D
35-B
48-B
49-B
50-C
41-D
42-C
43-B
44-C
47-B
46-A
45-A
LỜI GIẢI CHI TIẾT
Câu 1: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
Christina và John đang ở trong lớp học tiếng Anh buổi tối.
Christina: Cậu nghĩ tại sao nhiều người học tiếng Anh?
A. Thường là để có được công việc tốt hơn
B. Tất cả những thứ đó
C. Bởi vì mình thích
D. Mình nghe thấy rằng nó rất tốt
Các phản hồi B, C, D không phù hợp.
Tạm dịch: Christina và John đang ở trong lớp học tiếng Anh buổi tối.
Christina: Cậu nghĩ tại sao nhiều người học tiếng Anh?
John: Thường là để có công việc tốt hơn.
Câu 2: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Ngôn ngữ giao tiếp
Giải chi tiết:
John và Mary đang ăn tối ở nhà cô ấy (nhà của Mary).
John: “Món này rất ngon.”
Mary: “…….. . Nó có tên là Yakitori, và nó được làm từ gan gà.”
A. Mình đoán là cậu đúng rồi
B. Thật hân hạnh/Không có gì đâu
C. Chắc chắn rồi, mình cũng sẽ vui
D. Mình vui vì cậu thích nó
Các phản hồi A, B, C không phù hợp.
Tạm dịch: John và Mary đang ăn tối ở nhà cô ấy (nhà của Mary).
John: “Món này rất ngon.”
Mary: “Mình vui vì cậu thích nó. Nó có tên là Yakitori, và nó được làm từ gan
gà.” Câu 3: Đáp án A Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Ý chính của đoạn văn thứ nhất là gì?
A. Các cách dạy học
B. Các cách giao bài tập
C. Các cách sử dụng sách giáo khoa
D. Các cách làm bài thi
Thông tin: Instructors at American colleges and universities use many different teaching methods. Tạm
dịch: Những giảng viên ở trường cao đẳng và đại học ở Mỹ sử dụng nhiều phương pháp giảng dạy khác
nhau. Câu 4: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Cụm từ “business clothes” trong đoạn 2 có nghĩa là gì?
A. quần áo theo trend (xu hướng)
B. quần áo bình thường (mặc hàng ngày)
C. quần áo lịch sự, trang trọng
D. quần áo cho người làm kinh doanh
Thông tin: Some teachers wear business clothes and give lectures.
Tạm dịch: Một vài giảng viên mặc quần áo rất trang trọng và giảng
bài. Câu 5: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Sinh viên và giảng viên trao đổi ý kiến ở đâu?
A. Tại trung tâm học tập
B. Trong lớp học với không khí trang trọng
C. Trong lớp học với không khí không trang trọng
D. Ở thư viện
Thông tin: Other classrooms have an informal atmosphere. Students and teachers discuss their ideas.
Instructors dress informally, and students call them by their first names.
Tạm dịch: Những lớp học khác có bầu không khí không trang trọng. Sinh viên và giảng viên trao đổi
những ý tưởng. Giảng viên ăn mặc không trang trọng, và sinh viên có thể gọi họ bằng tên. Câu 6: Đáp
án D Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Sinh viên không thể làm gì ở đa số trường cao đẳng và đại học ở Mỹ?
A. Họ không thể mua bất cứ thứ gì tại các cửa hàng trong khuôn viên trường.
B. Họ không thể sử dụng các máy tính được liên kết với thư viện.
C. Họ không thể nhờ cố vấn và gia sư cho lời khuyên.
D. Họ không thể để gia sư và cố vấn giải quyết vấn đề cho họ.
Chỉ có phương án D không được nhắc đến.
Thông tin: Students can often use recorders, video machines, and computers at libraries and learning
centres. They can buy books, notebooks, and other things at campus stores. They can get advice on their
problems from counsellors and individual help with their classes from tutors.
Tạm dịch: Sinh viên thường có thể sử dụng máy ghi âm, máy quay phim và máy vi tính ở thư viện và
trung tâm học tập. Họ có thể mua sách, vở, và những thứ khác ở cửa hàng khuôn viên trường. Họ có thể
được nhận lời khuyên về vấn đề của mình từ các nhà cố vấn và vấn đề cá nhân trong lớp học từ gia sư.
Câu 7: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Khẳng định nào dưới đây không đúng về các trường học ở Mỹ?
A. Chúng cung cấp các cơ sở thể thao và giải trí cho sinh viên.
B. Chúng không có phương tiện giải trí.
C. Chúng được trang bị tốt.
D. Chúng có cửa hàng trong khuôn viên trường.
Thông tin:
At most American colleges and universities, facilities for learning and recreation are available to
students.
Students can relax and have fun on campus, too. Some schools have swimming pools and tennis courts.
Most have snack bars or cafeterias.
Tạm dịch:
Ở hầu hết các trường cao đẳng và đại học ở Mỹ, cơ sở vật chất để học và giải trí luôn có sẵn cho sinh
viên.
Sinh viên có thể thư giãn và giải trí ở khuôn viên trường. Một số trường có hồ bơi và sân quần vợt. Hầu
hết đều có cửa hàng thức ăn nhanh hay căng – tin.
Câu 8: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Cái nào có thể là tiêu đề tốt nhất cho đoạn văn?
A. Để thành công trên Internet => đoạn văn không nói về các cách để thành trên mạng
B. Hỗ trợ từ Youniversity Ventures => ý nhỏ trong bài (đoạn 4)
C. Chia sẻ thành công trên Internet
D. Những video hay nhất từ YouTube => không phù hợp
Câu 9: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Từ “This” trong đoạn 2 ám chỉ cái gì?
A. thông tin về trận sóng thần năm 2004
B. trận sóng thần năm 2004 ở Đông Nam Á
C. việc anh ta không thể tìm thấy video
D. những câu chuyện tin tức anh ấy có thể tìm thấy
Thông tin: He found news stories about it, but he couldn’t find any videos. This gave Karin an idea.
Tạm dịch: Anh ta tìm thấy những câu chuyện tin tức về nó, nhưng anh ta không thể tìm thấy bất kỳ
video nào. Điều này đã nảy ra cho Karin một ý tưởng.
Câu 10: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Bằng cách nào những nhà đầu tư YouTube đã kiếm được nhiều tiền?
A. Google đã mua công ty YouTube của họ.
B. Họ đã đầu tư rất nhiều tiền vào Google.
C. Họ đã bán những thứ trên trang web Milo.
D. Họ đã kiếm được lợi nhuận từ Youniversity Ventures.
Thông tin: Google made a deal. It bought YouTube for 1.65 USD. As a result, YouTube investors and
its employees made a lot of money.
Tạm dịch: Google đã thực hiện một thỏa thuận. Nó đã mua YouTube với giá 1,65 đô la Mỹ. Do đó, các
nhà đầu tư YouTube và nhân viên của công ty đã kiếm được rất nhiều tiền. Câu 11: Đáp án D Kiến
thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
Câu nào dưới đây về Karim không được nhắc đến?
A. Anh ấy kiếm được rất nhiều tiền từ YouTube.
B. Anh ấy là chủ sở hữu của Youniversity Ventures.
C. Anh ấy đã có ý tưởng ban đầu về YouTube.
D. Anh ấy đã tạo ra rất nhiều video mẫu cho YouTube.
Phương án D không được nhắc đến.
Thông tin:
Karim told his friends about this idea. Together, they created a company – YouTube.
As a result, YouTube investors and its employees made a lot of money.
He used money and experience to start a new company called Youniversity Ventures.
Tạm dịch:
Karim nói với bạn bè của mình về ý tưởng này. Họ cùng nhau tạo ra một công ty - YouTube.
Do đó, các nhà đầu tư YouTube và nhân viên của công ty đã kiếm được rất nhiều tiền.
Anh ấy đã sử dụng tiền và kinh nghiệm để thành lập một công ty mới có tên Youniversity Ventures.
Câu 12: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Từ nào dưới đây có thể thay thế từ “enormous” trong đoạn 3?
A. considerable (adj): to tát
B. favourable (adj): tốt, thuận tiện
C. huge (adj): rất lớnD. increasing (adj): tăng enormous = huge (adj): rất lớn, cực kì lớn
Thông tin: Therefore, they made an enormous amount of money.
Tạm dịch: Do đó, họ đã kiếm được một số tiền rất lớn.
Câu 13: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Youniversity Ventures làm gì?
A. Nó mua các công ty Internet như Milo.
B. Nó giúp mọi người tìm thấy những nơi nghỉ mát rẻ tiền trên toàn thế giới.
C. Nó cho mọi người lời khuyên và tiền để bắt đầu kinh doanh.
D. Nó giúp mọi người có được bằng tiến sĩ tại các trường đại học nổi tiếng.Thông tin: It gives them
advice and money to start Internet businesses.
Tạm dịch: Công ty cho họ lời khuyên và tiền để bắt đầu kinh doanh trên
mạng. Câu 14: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu Giải chi tiết:
AirBoB là loại trang web nào?
A. Nó giúp mọi người tìm kiếm nơi nghỉ mát.
B. Nó giúp mọi người tìm thấy các doanh nghiệp thành công.
C. Nó giúp mọi người tổ chức các cuộc họp kinh doanh.
D. Nó giúp mọi người mua hàng hóa và dịch vụ.
Thông tin: Another example is AirBoB. This Web site helps people find for video conferences. People
in different places can use this site to have business meetings.
Tạm dịch: Một ví dụ khác là AirBoB. Trang web này giúp mọi người tìm kiếm cho các hội nghị video. .
Mọi người ở những nơi khác nhau có thể sử dụng trang web này để có các cuộc họp kinh doanh.
Câu 15: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Đọc hiểu
Giải chi tiết:
Lời khuyên Karim cho các sinh viên muốn bắt đầu kinh doanh là gì?
A. Làm việc cho những người và các công ty thành công.
B. Học hỏi theo những người và các công ty thành công.
C. Đưa tiền cho liên Youniversity Ventures.
D. Học để lấy bằng tiến sĩ từ trường đại học nổi tiếng.
Thông tin: First, find a successful company. Do a lot of research about the company and the top people
in the company. There, copy the way they do things.
Tạm dịch: Đầu tiên, tìm một công ty thành công. Nghiên cứu thật nhiều về công ty và những người
hàng đầu trong công ty. Học theo cách mà họ làm việc.
Câu 16: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Trọng âm từ có 2 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. attract /əˈtrækt/
B. divide /dɪˈvaɪd/
C. finish /ˈfɪnɪʃ/
D. invite /ɪnˈvaɪt/
Quy tắc: Hầu hết động từ có 2 âm tiết, trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2. Ngoại lệ: ‘finish
Phương án C trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ 1, còn lại rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2.
Câu 17: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Trọng âm từ có 4 âm tiết
Giải chi tiết:
A. economics /ˌekəˈnɒmɪks/
B. entertainment /ˌentəˈteɪnmənt/
C. radiation /ˌreɪdiˈeɪʃn/D. geography /dʒiˈɒɡrəfi/ Quy tắc:
- Những từ tận cùng bằng –ic, -tion, -graphy thường có trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết ở ngay trước các đuôi
này.
- Hậu tố -ment không làm thay đổi trọng âm của từ gốc.
Phương án D trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2, còn lại rơi vào âm tiết thứ
3 Câu 18: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Câu đồng nghĩa Giải chi tiết:
Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 2: Were + S + O, S + would (not) + V_nguyên thể
A. Mặc dù mức lương kém, công việc thật đáng để làm.
B. Điều duy nhất khiến cho công việc này đáng để làm là tiền.
C. Công việc này hoàn toàn không bổ ích, vì vậy mọi người đều muốn có được nó.
D. Công việc này cung cấp một mức lương kém, vì vậy nó đáng để làm.Các phương án A, C, D không
cùng nghĩa với câu gốc.
Tạm dịch: Nếu không phải vì tiền thì công việc này sẽ không đáng để làm.
= Điều duy nhất khiến cho công việc này đáng để làm là tiền.
Câu 19: Đáp án B Kiến
thức: Câu đồng nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
catch sb doing sth: bắt gặp ai đang làm gì
= be catch red-handed: bị bắt quả tang (đang làm gì)
catch sb do sth: gặp ai làm gì (quan sát hành động từ khi nó bắt đầu đến khi nó kết thúc)
A. Cảnh sát bắt được tên trộm đột nhập vào căn hộ. (sai cấu trúc với “catch”)
B. Cảnh sát bắt được tên trộm đột nhập vào căn hộ.
C. Cảnh sát bắt được tên trộm khi anh ta (anh cảnh sát) đột nhập vào căn hộ. => sai nghĩaD. Sau
đó, tên trộm đã đột nhập vào căn hộ, cảnh sát bắt được anh ta ngay lập tức. => sai nghĩa Tạm
dịch: Tên trộm đã bị cảnh sát bắt quả tang khi anh ta đột nhập vào căn hộ. = Cảnh sát bắt được
tên trộm đột nhập vào căn hộ.
Câu 20: Đáp án C Kiến
thức: Câu đồng nghĩa
Giải chi tiết:
not pay attention to sth: chú tâm, để ý, lắng nghe kĩ,…
= take no notice of sth
A. Anh ấy không có ý định nói chuyện với tôi.
B. Anh ấy không nghe thấy tôi mặc dù tôi đang nói với anh ấy.
C. Anh ấy không chú ý đến lời nói của tôi.
D. Anh ấy không chú ý vì tôi đã không nói một lời nào.Các phương án A, B, D không cùng nghĩa với
câu gốc.
Tạm dịch: Anh không chú ý đến những gì tôi nói.
Câu 21: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Từ loại, từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
Sau tobe “are” cần một tính từ.
A. imaginable (adj): giàu trí tưởng tượng
B. imaginative (adj): có thể tưởng tượng
C. imagining (V_ing): tưởng tượng
D. imaginary (adj): tưởng tượng, hư không
Tạm dịch: Những nhân vật như tiên nữ hay phù thủy trong phim hoạt hình Walt Disney hoàn toàn là
tưởng tượng.
Câu 22: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Sự hòa hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ
Giải chi tiết:
Neither S1 nor S2 + V_chia theo S2: Không … cũng không …
S2 là “her brothers” (những người anh của cô ấy), ngôi thứ 3 số nhiều => loại C, D
Cuối câu có “yet” (chưa) => dấu hiệu thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Công thức: S + have + P2
Tạm dịch: Cả Mary và anh trai cô đều vẫn chưa đến bữa tiệc. Họ có thể đang bị kẹt xe.
Câu 23: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Câu tường thuật đặc biệt
Giải chi tiết:
Dấu hiệu: “two years ago” (2 năm trước)
Công thức: S + am/is/are + said + to have + P2
Chủ ngữ “The old market” (Chợ cũ), động từ “destroy” (phá hủy) => câu bị động
Công thức dạng bị động: S + am/is/are + said + to have been + P2
Tạm dịch: Chợ cũ được cho là đã bị phá hủy trong một vụ hỏa hoạn hai năm trước.
Câu 24: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ
Giải chi tiết:
“the movement” (phong trào), động từ “organize” (tổ chức) => câu mang nghĩa bị động
Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ mang nghĩa bị động => dùng P2
Câu đầy đủ: We should participate in the movement which is organized to conserve the natural
environment.
Câu rút gọn: We should participate in the movement organized to conserve the natural environment.
Tạm dịch: Chúng ta nên tham gia vào phong trào được tổ chức để bảo tồn môi trường tự nhiên.
Câu 25: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
A. no matter: bất kể là, dù cho gì đi chăng nữa
B. although: mặc dù
C. because: bởi vìD. whether: liệu
Tạm dịch: Tôi đã quyết định mua căn nhà đó. Tôi sẽ không thay đổi suy nghĩ cho dù bạn có nói gì đi
nữa.
Câu 26: Đáp án C Kiến
thức: Đại từ quan hệ
Giải chi tiết:
Trong mệnh đề quan hệ: which + S + V / V : cái mà =>
thay cho từ chỉ vật phía trước what + S + V : cái mà
whose + N … : của … => chỉ sở hữu who + V : người mà
… => thay cho từ chỉ người phía trước
population (n): dân số => dùng với “whose”
Tạm dịch: Một loài có nguy cơ tuyệt chủng là loài có dân số quá nhỏ đến mức có nguy cơ bị biến mất.
Câu 27: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn
Giải chi tiết:
Cách dùng: Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn diễn tả một sự việc đang diễn ra (chia quá khứ tiếp diễn) thì bị một
hành động khác cắt ngang (chia quá khứ đơn)
Chủ ngữ “the speech” (bài phát biểu), động từ “make” => câu bị động
Công thức câu bị động thì quá khứ tiếp diễn: S + V_quá khứ đơn while + S + was/were + being + P2
make (nguyên thể) => made (quá khứ) => made (P2)
Tạm dịch: Tôi không thể hiểu tại sao sinh viên không giữ trật tự khi bài phát biểu đang được nói.
Câu 28: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Thành
ngữ Giải chi tiết:
be as old as the hills: rất cũ, cổ xưa
Tạm dịch: Những câu đùa mà Jack nói thì nó rất là cũ rồi.
Câu 29: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Thành
ngữ Giải chi tiết:
A. keep pace with: bắt kịp, theo kịp
B. make room for: nhường chỗ cho
C. get rid of: tránh khỏi
D. take into account: chú ý đến, lưu tâm đến, suy xét đến
Tạm dịch: Khi tìm một ngôi nhà mới, cha mẹ nên suy xét đến tất cả các điều kiện cho giáo dục và giải
trí của con họ.
Câu 30: Đáp án A Kiến
thức: Câu tường thuật
Giải chi tiết:
Công thức tường thuật câu hỏi Wh-: S + asked + O + wh-word + S + V_lùi thì
Câu trực tiếp: “How many students are there in your class?”
Sang câu gián tiếp: are there => there were; your => my
Tạm dịch: Cô Brown hỏi tôi xem lớp tôi có bao nhiêu học sinh.
Câu 31: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Thì quá khứ hoàn thành
Giải chi tiết:
Cách dùng: Thì quá khứ hoàn thành diễn tả sự việc xảy ra và kết thúc trước một sự việc khác trong quá
khứ.
Công thức: S + had + P2
Tạm dịch: Sau khi David đã làm xong bài tập về nhà, cậu ấy lên giường đi ngủ luôn.
Câu 32: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Đảo ngữ câu điều kiện loại 3
Giải chi tiết:
Dấu hiệu: mệnh đề chính chia “would have + been + P2”
Cách dùng: Diễn tả điều kiện không có thật ở quá khứ dẫn đến kết quả trái với quá khứ
Công thức câu điều kiện loại 3: If + S + had (not) + P2, S + would (not) + have + (been) +
P2 Đảo ngữ: Had + S + (not) + P2, S + would (not) + have + (been) + P2 Tạm dịch: Nếu
anh ta không từ chức, chúng tôi sẽ buộc phải sa thải anh ta. Câu 33: Đáp án A Kiến thức:
Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
A. optional (adj): tùy chọn, không bắt buộc
B. unique (adj): độc đáo, duy nhất
C. compulsory (adj): bắt buộc
D. limited (adj): hạn chế, giới hạn
Tạm dịch: Sinh viên cũng có cơ hội lựa chọn trong một loạt các khóa học không bắt buộc ở trường đại
học.
Câu 34: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Cấu trúc với “would rather”
Giải chi tiết:
Dấu hiệu: “there was nothing interesting there” => quá khứ đơn
Cấu trúc: S + would rather + (not) have + P2 … : Ai đó thích là/thà rằng … (trong quá khứ)
Dạng bị động: S + would rather + (not) have + been + P2 …
Tạm dịch: Tôi thà không được mời đến bữa tiệc với bố mẹ còn hơn vì không có gì thú vị ở đó.
Câu 35: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Mệnh đề danh từ
Giải chi tiết:
Công thức: That + S + V_theo thì + V_chia theo chủ ngữ số ít: Việc mà … thì …
Phương án A sai vì thiếu đại từ quan hệ hoặc chưa đúng dạng rút gọn MĐ quan hệ mang nghĩa chủ động
Phương án C sai vì thừa “it”
Phương án D sai vì thiếu chủ ngữ
Tạm dịch: Việc bạn đã vượt qua kỳ thi của bạn làm cho cha mẹ của bạn hạnh phúc.
Câu 36: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Cụm từ chỉ mục đích
Giải chi tiết:
to + V-nguyên thể: để … => chỉ mục đích
Cô giơ tay cao. Cô muốn thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên.
A. Vì cô giáo thu hút cô ấy, cô ấy giơ tay cao.
B. Cô ấy giơ tay cao đến mức thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên.
C. Mặc dù cô ấy giơ tay cao, cô ấy không thể thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên.
D. Để thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên, cô ấy giơ tay cao.
Các phương án A, B, C không cùng nghĩa với câu gốc
Tạm dịch: Cô giơ tay cao. Cô muốn thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên.
= Để thu hút sự chú ý của giáo viên, cô ấy giơ tay cao.
Câu 37: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Cụm động
từ Giải chi tiết:
turn down: từ chối
A. detected: phát
hiện
B. reviewed: xem xét
C. sacked: sa thảiD. rejected: từ chối be turned down = be rejected: bị từ chối
Tạm dịch: Mãi cho đến khi tất cả các yêu cầu của họ đã bị từ chối thì các công nhân mới quyết định
đình công để có thêm phúc lợi.
Câu 38: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
well-off (adj): giàu có
A. poor (adj): nghèo
B. wealthy (adj): giàu có
C. broke (V2): đổ, vỡD. kind (adj): tử tế
Tạm dịch: Cô ấy được nuôi dưỡng trong một gia đình khá giả. Cô ấy không thể hiểu những vấn đề
chúng ta đang phải đối mặt đâu.
Câu 39: Đáp án D
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
be restored (v): được tu sửa, khôi phục
A. renovated: được cải tạo
B. refurbished: được tân trang
C. strengthened: được làm cho kiên cố, vững chắc
D. devastated: bị phá hủy
=> be restored >< be devastated
Tạm dịch: Cung điện đã bị hư hại nặng nề bởi vụ cháy, nhưng cuối cùng đã được khôi phục lại vẻ tráng
lệ ban đầu.
Câu 40: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Từ vựng
Giải chi tiết:
state school: trường công lập, trường nhà nước
secondary school: trường trung học, cấp 2
independent school: trường dân lập, trường tư
thục primary school: trường tiểu học, cấp 1 high
school: trường phổ thông, cấp 3
=> state schools >< independent schools
Tạm dịch: Tất cả trẻ em đều có thể theo học mà không cần trả học phí tại trường công
lập. Câu 41: Đáp án D Kiến thức: Phát âm “_s” Giải chi tiết:
A. bags /bæɡz/
B. days /deɪz/
C. speeds /spiːdz/
D. dates /deɪts/ Quy tắc:
Có 3 cách phát âm phụ âm cuối “s”:
- /s/: Khi từ có tận cùng là các phụ âm vô thanh /p/, k/, /f/, /ð/, /t/
- /ɪz/: Khi từ có tận cùng là các âm /s/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/, /z/, /ʒ/, /dʒ/ (thường có tận cùng là các chữ cái ce, x, z, sh,
ch, s, ge, ss)
- /z/: Khi từ có tận cùng là các nguyên âm và các phụ âm còn lại.
Phần gạch chân phương án D được phát âm là /s/, còn lại là
/z/ Câu 42: Đáp án C Kiến thức: Phát âm “_ed” Giải chi
tiết:
A. searched /sɜːtʃt/
B. cooked /kʊkt/
C described /dɪˈskraɪbd/
D. developed /dɪˈveləpt/
Quy tắc:
Cách phát âm đuôi “-ed”:
- Đuôi “-ed” được phát âm là /ɪd/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /t/ hay /d/
- Đuôi “-ed” được phát âm là /t/ khi động từ có phát âm kết thúc là /s/,/f/,/p/,/ʃ/,/tʃ/,/k/
- Đuôi “-ed” được phát âm là /d/ với các trường hợp còn lại
Phần gạch chân phương án C được phát âm là /d/, còn lại là /t/
Câu 43: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ
Giải chi tiết:
Dùng phân từ (V_ed/V cột 3) để rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ mang nghĩa bị động. Khi đó, ta bỏ đại từ quan
hệ, bỏ tobe và chỉ giữ lại V_ed/V3
Câu đầy đủ: Some snakes have hollow teeth which/that are called fans that they use to poison their
victims.
Câu rút gọn: Some snakes have hollow teeth called fans that they use to poison their victims.
Sửa: they are called => called hoặc which/that are called
Tạm dịch: Một số loài rắn có hàm răng rỗng được gọi là quạt mà chúng dùng để đầu độc nạn nhân.
Câu 44: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Sự hòa hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ
Giải chi tiết:
What + S + V…: Điều mà … => giữ vai trò như một cụm danh từ => động từ theo sau chia số ít
Sửa: were => was
Tạm dịch: Điều mà người phụ nữ đang nói quan trọng đến mức tôi yêu cầu mọi người ngừng nói
chuyện để lắng nghe cô ấy nói.
Câu 45: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Cấu trúc với “enough”
Giải chi tiết:
Cấu trúc: S + be + (not) + adj + enough + to V_nguyên thể: Ai đó (không) đủ cái gì để làm gì
intelligent (adj): thông minh => đứng trước “enough”
Sửa: enough intelligent => intelligent enough
Tạm dịch: George không đủ thông minh để đỗ vào lớp kinh tế học này mà không cần giúp đỡ.
Câu 46: Đáp án A
Kiến thức: Sự kết hợp
từ Giải chi tiết:
do a single task: làm một nhiệm
vụ scarce (adj): khan hiếm, hiếm
có lonely (adj): cô đơn unique
(adj): độc đáo, độc nhất
Tạm dịch: Bạn phải làm một nhiệm vụ mà thường kéo dài khoảng 3
phút. Câu 47: Đáp án B Kiến thức: Từ vựng Giải chi tiết:
optical (adj): thuộc về mắt
visual (adj): trực quan
noticeable (adj): đáng chú ý
obvious (adj): rõ ràng
Tạm dịch: Một nhiệm vụ có thể là giải quyết vấn đề, có nghĩa là bạn phải xem xét một số thông tin trực
quan và sau đó thảo luận vấn đề với cộng sự của mình.
Câu 48: Đáp án B
Kiến thức: Thức giả
định Giải chi tiết:
Công thức: It is essential that + S + V_nguyên thể: Cần thiết để ai làm
gì helpful (adj): hữu ích probable (adj): có lẽ đúng successful (adj):
thành công
Tạm dịch: Bạn có thể được cho xem hình ảnh, bản vẽ, sơ đồ, bản đồ, kế hoạch, quảng cáo hoặc đồ họa
máy tính và điều cần thiết là bạn nên nghiên cứu chúng một cách cẩn thận. Câu 49: Đáp án B Kiến
thức: Sự kết hợp từ Giải chi tiết:
make suggestions: đề xuất, đựa ra gợi ý, đề
nghị statement (n): khẳng định, bài phát biểu
speech (n): bài phát biểu idea (n): ý tưởng
Tạm dịch: Trong khi bạn đang thực hiện nhiệm vụ, giám khảo có thể sẽ nói rất ít và bạn nên hỏi cộng
sự của mình và đưa ra gợi ý nếu người đó không nói nhiều.
Câu 50: Đáp án C
Kiến thức: Thành
ngữ Giải chi tiết:
take turns (in something/to do something): làm gì đó theo thứ tự
Tạm dịch: bao gồm việc luân phiên nhau đưa ra ý kiến và trả lời một cách thích hợp, mặc dù cuối cùng,
có thể có thể đồng ý với điều đó không đồng ý.
SỞ GD & ĐT NGHỆ AN
LIÊN TRƯỜNG THPT
KỲ THI THỬ THPT QUỐC GIA LẦN 1 NĂM 2020
NĂM HỌC 2019 - 2020
TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian: 60 Phút; không kể thời gian phát đề
ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề có 6 trang)
Mã đề 401
Họ và tên: ………………………………. Số báo danh: ………………
B. compatible
C. compact
D. equal
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) that is CLOSEST
in meaning
Question 1. I hope you win the race today! I'm Ukeeping my fingers crossedU for you.
A. to hope you don't fail terribly
B. to wish for you to play well
C. to let me know if you need any help
D. to hurt my finger because of your failure
Question 2. One U.S. dollar is UcomparableU to 131 Japanese yen according to the finance news
report yesterday.
A. entitled
Read the passage carefully, then mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answers.
B. the types of glass products.
D. the ways of making glass.
Champagne, the king of wines and wine of kings, tastes all the better when it is drunk from
an elegant, fine-quality glass. That, however, is only one of thousands of ways glass is used today.
And for all those different uses, many different types of glass are produced. Glass products are
manufactured in different ways. Today, glass is blown by hand in the traditional way which the
Roman first developed, but now this work is done by robots, too. Generally, in industry, much faster
methods of mass production are needed. Often, for example, glass is pressed into the necessary
shape by machine. Glass is shaped in other ways too. For example, it is made into long, very thin
fibres. Fibres like these are required to make the fibre-optic cables that help to build the information
Super-Highway around the world.
Question 3. It can be inferred from the passage that ……...
A. the traditional way of blowing glass by hand is still in use today.
B. the Romans first developed methods of mass production.
C. today the blowing of glass is all done by robots.
D. the traditional way is no longer in use today.
Question 4. According to the passage, which of the following is correct?
A. Mass production of glass is done by robots.
B. Both C and D.
C. In industry glass is often shaped by machine.
D. Glass can be shaped in many different ways.
Question 5. The passage primarily discusses
A. champagne, a kind of wine.
C. the uses of glass.
Question 6. The phrase "the king of wines and wine of kings" means……..
A. Champagne is the best wine and is made for kings.
Trang 1/6 - Mã đề 401 - https://thi247.com/
C. morning D. seven
C. watchUedU
B. sing
B. playUedU
D. cookUedU
B. Champagne is the best wine made by kings.
C. Champagne is the king that drinks lots of wine.
D. Champagne is the best wine of kings.
Question 7. According to the passage,…….
A. today glass is used in one thousand different ways.
B. the only way glass is used today is for drinking wine.
C. an elegant, fine-quality glass makes champagne taste better.
D. champagne is drunk in thousands of ways.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
is pronounced differently from the others.
Question 8. A. wrong
Question 9. A. stoppUedU
Read the text below and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate which
answer best fits each space.
WORKING MOTHERS
Reliable studies have shown that the children of working mothers have no more problems
than children whose mothers stay at home. My personal view is that mothers should work if they
wish.
Some women have invested so much in a career that they cannot __(10)__ to give it up.
Others have to work because of economic necessity, and there are also those who are simply
not__(11)___ out to be full-time parents.
There appear to be several options when it comes to choosing child care. These range from
child minders through to granny or the kind lady across the street__(12)____ however, many
parents don't have any choice; they have to accept anything they can get.
__(13)__ __ how good the available childcare may be, some children protest if their parents
are not around. This is a perfectly normal stage in a child's development. Babies over the age of six
months become dependent on mum and close family members, so make sure that you
allow__(14)____ time to help your child settle in.
And don't forget: if you want to do the best for your children, it's not the quantity of time you
C. bear
D. hope
C. made
D. cut
D. In contrast
C. In order
C. exception D. matter
C. plenty of D. little
B. unless I had
D. if it had not for
B. announcing
D. being announced
spend with them, it's the quality that matters.
B. decide
Question 10. A. expect
B. brought
Question 11. A. born
B. In addition
Question 12. A. In practice
B. way
Question 13. A. surprise
Question 14. A. lots
B. no
Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to complete each of the following sentences.
Question 15. ….. his assistance in those days, I would not be so sucessful now.
A. had it not been for
C. if there were not
Question 16. On …… the result of the contest, she burst into tears.
A. she was announced
C. having announced
Question 17. When he heard how well the new company was doing, he took a calculated …. and
Trang 2/6 - Mã đề 401 - https://thi247.com/
C. risk
B. chance
D. opportunity
C. technique
D. opportunity
B. consideration
B. of
D. for
C. with
B. define
D. definite
C. definitely
B. put
C. done
D. issued
B. allotting
D. charging
C. entrusting
B. on the other hand
D. whereas
B. your being nominated
D. you nominated
B. border
C. end
C. the
D. an
B. were driving
C. have driven
D. are driving
B. to offer
D. to be offered
C. crowded
D. sparsely
B. greatly
C. confusing
B. invisible
D. clear
invested all his money in it.
A. venture
Question 18. David never wastes his time; He tries to improve himself at every ……...
A. cooperation
Question 19. We never saw him again because soon afterwards he died in Singapore …….. blood-
poisoning.
A. off
Question 20. Although the professor gave ……. directions for the research paper, I was still
confused.
A. definition
Question 21. Warning notices have been …… by the company, saying that all water should be
boiled.
A. made
Question 22. I am not keen on ….. control of the project to a relative newcomer.
A. understand
Question 23. Jane is a very good student of languages. Her brother Michael, ……. has never been
able to master another language.
A. therefore
C. even though
Question 24. ….. for director must have surprised you.
A. You’re being norminated
C. your norminating
Question 25. The species is dwindling fast and is feared on the………of extinction.
D. point
A. verge
Question 26. After having enough money, he bought his children ……. LG television.
A. no article
B. a
Question 27. When we …….. to the beach, it started to rain.
A. drove
Question 28. I hope …… the job but I wasn’t.
A. to have been offered
C. to have offered
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on the answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is
OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 29. The mountain region of the country is UthinlyU populated.
A. densely
Question 30. Lighthouses are often placed at UprominentU points on the coast and on islands to
inform mariners that land is near.
A. picturesque
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the questions
Trang 3/6 - Mã đề 401 - https://thi247.com/
Hibernation is typically linked to seasonal changes that limit food supplies. It is identified by
metabolic suppression, a drop in body temperature and torpor- a sleep- like state- interspersed with
brief bouts of wakefulness. Though certain species of fish, amphibians, birds and reptiles are known
to lie UdormantU during cold winter months, hibernation is generally associated with mammals,
according to Don Wilson, a curator emeritus of vertebrate zoology at the Smithsonian National
Museum of Natural History.
Endothermic mammals- “ warm- blooded” animals that generate body heat internally- need a
constant energy source to keep their engines running, Wilson told Live Science. And when that
energy source becomes difficult to find, hibernation can help them UweatherU harsh conditions.
“During times of the year when that energy source is missing- especially in northern
climates- one coping mechanism is to just shut down,” he said. “ They’ll feed heavily during the
few months when food is plentiful and build up fat, then go to sleep and live off their fat reserves”.
A special type of fat called “ brown fat” accumulates in hibernating mammals, Wilson said.
Bats that hibernate develop brown fat on their backs between their shoulder blades, but mammals
can also store brown fat in their bellies and elsewhere in their bodies, Wilson said.
Brown fat goes a long way because the hibernating animals draws on it very slowly, reducing
their metabolism to as little as 2 percent of their normal rate, according to a 2007 study published in
the Journal of Neurochemistry.
Their core body temperature is also greatly reduced. It generally hovers close to the air
temperature in the animal’s den but can sometimes fall as low as 27 degrees Fahrenheit ( minus 3
degrees Celcius) in Arctic ground squirrels, according to Kelly Drew, a neurochemist and professor
with the Institute of Artic Biology at the University of Alaska Fairbanks.
Arctic ground squirrels’ bouts or torpor last about two or three weeks, Drew told Live
Science, and the animals rouse “ pretty consistently” for about 12 to 24 hours, before resuming their
winter sleep. They repeat this process for up to eight months.
But even though Arctic squirrels maintain a lower body temperature than any other
hibernating mammal, the changes in their bodies overall aren’t that different from those that occur
in other hibernating mammals, Drew said.
“ The quality of mammalian hibernation is similar from bears to hamsters to ground
B. adapt to
C. involve in
D. suffer from
C. blades
B. bellies
D. backs
squirrels,” Drew said. “ The distinguishing feature is how cold they get”.
Question 31. The word “ weather” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ….....
A. rely on
Question 32. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The change in body temperature during hibernation.
B. Why hibernation is not popular among mammals.
C. How hibernation works in mammals.
D. The process of hibernation in Artic ground squirrels.
Question 33. Which is true about the Artic ground squirrel’s hibernation?
A. It only wakes up for 12 to 24 hours during the hibernation.
B. Its hibernation lasts only 2 to 3 weeks.
C. It switches between inactivity and wakefulness for 8 months.
D. It sleeps eight months on end.
Question 34. Where on the hibernating bat’s body is brown fat mostly likely to be found?
A. shoulders
Question 35. According to the passage, the metabolism in hibernating animals is reduced by……..
A. 2% of the normal rate
B. half of the normal rate
Trang 4/6 - Mã đề 401 - https://thi247.com/
D. 98% of the normal rate
C. active
D. awake
B. inactive
B
A
C
D
D
B
C
A
D
B
C. 20% of the normal rate
Question 36. According to the passage, what does NOT happen during hibernation?
A. Some interval of being awake and active
B. An increase in the body fat
C. A suppression in metalbolism
D. A fall in the body temperature
Question 37. The word “ dormant” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to ……..
A. busy
Question 38. How much can the Artic ground squirrel’s body temperature reduce to?
A. Always as low as -3 degree Celsius
B. Almost the same as their den’s temperature
C. Always as low as 3 degree Celsius.
D. Never lower than the polar bear’s temperature.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 39. New Ulaws should Ube introduced to reduce the Unumber of traffic in the Ucity center .
Question 40. It was suggested that Pedro Ustudies Umore before Uattempting Uto pass the exam.
A
Question 41. USome nematodes are Uvery tiny that Uit is necessary Uto view them through a microscope.
C
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines
each pair of sentences in the following questions.
Question 42. She doesn't want to go to their party. We don't want to go either.
A. Neither we nor she wants to go to their party.
B. Neither she nor we don't want to go to their party
C. Either we or she doesn't want to go to their party
D. Neither we nor she want to go to their party.
Question 43. He joined the army in 1998. He was soon after promoted to the rank of captain.
A. He worked as a captain in the army and had a promotion in 1998.
B. He was promoted to the rank of captain in 1998 and joined the army.
C. Joining the army in 1998, he was soon promoted to the rank of captain.
D. Promoted to the rank of captain in 1998, he joined the army soon later.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence which has the
same meaning as the given one.
Question 44. You can never be sure about the accuracy of TV weather reports.
A. If you want to know how the weather is going to be, you should watch TV.
B. If I were you, I would rely on the TV weather report.
C. There are more accurate ways of learning how the weather will be than watching TV.
Trang 5/6 - Mã đề 401 - https://thi247.com/
B. devote
B. decision
B. I think we need practice more.
D. There's no doubt about it.
D. Weather forecasts on television are notoriously unreliable.
Question 45. We stayed in that hotel despite the noise.
A. Because of the noise, we stayed in the hotel.
B. Despite the hotel is noisy, we stayed there.
C. We stayed in the noisy hotel and we liked it.
D. No matter how noisy the hotel was, we 6stayed there.
Question 46. As I listened to the evidence, everything began to fall into place.
A. After listening to the evidence, I began to change my mind.
B. Everything began to fall to pieces after I listening to the evidence.
C. As I listened to the evidence, things became organized or clear in my mind.
D. As I was listening to the evidence, I began to fall down from my place.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the
other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
C. weather D. suggest
Question 47. A. expect
Question 48. A. populate
C. meaningful D. similar
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete the following exchanges.
Question 49. "I have a terrible headache." - " …………………”
A. Not bad. I'm going to the doctor's.
B. Not very well. Thanks
C. Maybe you should take a rest
D. Maybe I'm not going to the doctor's.
Question 50. Lan: "In my opinion, we should use visual aids to make our presentation more
effective “
- Huong: " ……………."
A. Suit yourself
C. Don't mention it
......... HẾT .........
Trang 6/6 - Mã đề 401 - https://thi247.com/
Câu/Mã đề 401 413 403 415 405 417 407 419 409 421 411 423
Câu 1
Câu 2
Câu 3
Câu 4
Câu 5
Câu 6
Câu 7
Câu 8
Câu 9
Câu 10
Câu 11
Câu 12
Câu 13
Câu 14
Câu 15
Câu 16
Câu 17
Câu 18
Câu 19
Câu 20
Câu 21
Câu 22
Câu 23
Câu 24
Câu 25
Câu 26
Câu 27
Câu 28
Câu 29
Câu 30
Câu 31
Câu 32
Câu 33
Câu 34
Câu 35
Câu 36
Câu 37
Câu 38
Câu 39
Câu 40
Câu 41
Câu 42
Câu 43
Câu 44
Câu 45
Câu 46
Câu 47
Câu 48
Câu 49
B
A
C
B
B
A
A
A
C
D
B
B
A
C
C
A
D
A
C
B
D
C
D
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
A
C
B
C
B
A
C
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
D
D
C
D
A
C
D
B
D
A
C
D
C
C
C
C
A
D
A
C
D
C
C
D
C
A
A
D
B
C
D
B
A
C
C
D
B
D
C
A
A
D
C
B
A
C
D
D
D
B
C
A
B
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
D
A
D
C
D
A
B
A
D
D
C
C
A
D
B
D
A
D
D
A
A
A
B
B
C
B
A
D
D
D
B
C
B
A
B
B
B
D
A
C
C
B
A
A
B
C
C
B
D
B
D
C
A
B
D
D
D
A
B
B
C
B
B
C
D
B
C
A
C
A
D
C
C
D
C
D
A
A
C
D
B
B
A
C
C
C
D
D
A
D
A
D
D
C
D
C
A
B
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
A
A
D
B
C
C
C
B
D
A
A
B
D
A
C
A
A
D
A
C
C
D
C
C
C
C
A
B
B
A
D
B
C
C
A
A
A
D
A
A
C
A
A
B
D
B
D
A
C
B
C
B
C
C
B
D
D
D
B
A
D
A
C
C
C
B
B
A
D
C
B
A
D
A
C
B
B
C
A
B
B
D
A
B
D
A
C
D
B
C
D
A
D
C
A
D
C
D
B
D
D
C
D
B
A
D
B
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
B
B
B
C
A
B
A
C
D
D
C
C
B
C
D
D
A
A
C
B
B
A
B
B
D
B
D
A
B
D
B
A
D
D
D
B
C
B
A
A
D
C
D
A
D
B
C
C
A
C
B
D
A
D
C
B
C
D
D
B
A
B
B
C
B
B
D
B
C
B
D
B
B
D
B
D
B
B
D
C
C
B
C
C
D
A
C
D
C
A
A
A
B
C
C
A
B
A
D
A
C
B
A
D
D
A
B
B
B
C
A
D
A
D
D
D
D
C
B
D
D
D
C
B
D
C
A
D
B
B
C
B
B
A
D
D
B
D
C
B
C
B
A
A
B
C
A
D
B
D
C
C
C
C
A
D
D
A
B
D
A
D
C
C
A
C
D
A
C
D
A
B
B
B
D
A
B
C
B
A
A
D
A
B
C
D
B
C
B
C
C
C
B
D
D
A
B
B
D
D
D
C
A
B
C
D
D
A
B
D
D
A
A
D
C
A
B
D
B
D
A
D
B
C
A
B
D
C
A
A
D
B
C
B
D
D
B
B
A
D
D
D
A
B
A
C
D
C
D
D
A
A
C
A
D
A
C
A
C
C
A
D
D
D
B
A
Câu 50
D
C
A
B
B
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO
TỈNH NINH BÌNH
ĐỀ THI CHÍNH THỨC
(Đề thi gồm có 04 trang)
Mã đề thi 001
ĐỀ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
LẦN THỨ I - NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút, không kể thời gian phát đề
B. break
B. stopped
C. great
C. watched
D. threaten
D. cooked
D. recommend
D. teacher
C. perception
C. native
Họ tên thí sinh:............................................................................; Số báo danh:...................................
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 1: A. steak
Question 2: A. decided
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
B. attractive
Question 3: A. abandon
Question 4: A. punish
B. admire
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
Question 5: He has travelled to most every country in the world so he is very knowledgeable about
A B C D
many cultures.
Question 6: I always will remember our childhood which brought us a lot of unforgettable memories.
A B C D
Question 7: New laws should enact to reduce the pressure of heavy traffic in the city center.
A B C D
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 8: The forest fires in Australia have _______ a catastrophic impact on people’s life, biodiversity
and climate change.
A. had
B. given
C. got
D. taken
Question 9: According to 24h VTV news, the number of road accidents caused by drinking alcohol has
decreased dramatically since new laws _______ into force on January 1st, 2020.
A. changed
B. turned
C. came
D. occurred
Question 10: _______ we had enough money, my husband refused to buy a new car.
A. Because
B. In spite of
C. Because of
D. Although
Question 11: Emily has set her _______ on becoming a well-known scientist.
A. heart
B. feet
C. brain
D. head
Question 12: _______ the can, my hand was cut.
A. Having tried to open
C. As I was trying to open
B. Trying to open
D. While trying to open
Question 13: Responding to the recent _______ of nCoV, Viet Nam is giving high priority to the
prevention and combat of this epidemic.
A. outbreak
B. outset
C. outcome
D. outburst
Question 14: Once _______, fossil fuels will take millions of years to reform.
A. has used up
B. is used up
C. used up
D. using up
Question 15: What makes you think that you are qualified _______ this job?
A. at
B. of
C. with
D. for
Question 16: Alice doesn’t recall _______ to Bill’s party last weekend.
A. to invite
B. to be invited
C. inviting
D. having been invited
Question 17: There are a lot of _______ jobs available in this town.
C. attraction
B. attractive
A. attract
D. attractively
Question 18: If the current rate of deforestation continues, the world's rainforests _______ within 100
years.
A. would vanish
C. would have vanished
B. will vanish
D. vanished
Question 19: The price of pork in Viet Nam had risen _______ a few months before the Lunar New Year of 2020.
A. utterly
B. totally
C. sharply
D. effectively
Question 20: The ambulance quickly arrived and took _______ injured to a nearby hospital.
B. ø (no article)
D. a
A. an
C. the
Trang 1/4 - Mã đề thi 001
Question 21: Lora didn’t want to go to the cinema with us because she _______ that film.
B. sees
C. is seeing
D. has seen
A. had seen
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 22: Lan is talking to Nam about one source of study on YouTube.
- Lan: “I think SunEnglish is a good channel for us to prepare for the National Exam.
-Nam: “_______. It is very informative and useful.”
A. I’m not sure about that
C. I can’t agree with you more
B. It’s so unbelievable
D. I’m considering what you say.
Question 23: Tom is showing his gratefulness to Paul for his help.
B. You can say that again.
D. You are very kind, thanks.
-Tom: “It was very kind of you to help me out, Paul.”
- Paul: “________”
A. That was the least I could do.
C. I’m glad to receive your help.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is CLOSEST
in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 24: A few years ago, a fire devastated much of an overcrowded part of the city.
A. rehabilitated
B. reformed
C. occurred
D. destroyed
Question 25: As they were attacked by the powerful enemy, the captain ordered his men to fall back.
B. retreat
C. defend
D. attack
A. battle
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE
in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions.
Question 26: My parents don't see eye to eye with me about my choice of current job. They want me to
find a better one.
A. approve
B. disagree
D. concern
C. support
Question 27: Psychologists who study memory are interested in how the brain stores knowledge, where
this storage takes place, and how the brain later retrieves knowledge when we need it.
B. generates
C. creates
D. rejects
A. recovers
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to
each of the following questions.
Question 28: Richard runs faster than any students in his class.
A. Other students in Richard’s class run faster than he does.
B. No one in Richard’s class can run as fast as he does.
C. Richard is the fastest runner in his school.
D. Richard runs as fast as other students in his class
Question 29: "Why were you absent from the class yesterday?" The teacher said to Andrew.
A. The teacher wanted to know why Andrew was absent from the class the previous day.
B. The teacher wondered why Andrew has been absent from the class the day before.
C. The teacher asked Andrew why he had been absent from the class the day before.
D. The teacher told Andrew why had he been absent from the class the previous day.
Question 30: I’m sure it wasn’t Charles you saw yesterday because he was staying with me at that time.
A. It mustn’t have been Charles you saw yesterday because he was staying with me at that time.
B. It can’t have been Charles you saw yesterday because he was staying with me at that time.
C. It mightn’t be Charles you saw yesterday because he was staying with me at that time.
D. It shouldn’t be Charles you saw yesterday because he was staying with me at that time.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines the
pair of sentences given in each of the following questions.
Question 31: Brian registered for the course. He received the scholarship right after that.
A. Brian registered for the course soon after he had received the scholarship.
B. Rather than receive the scholarship, Brian registered for the course.
C. Hardly had Brian registered for the course when he received the scholarship.
D. Receiving the scholarship actually helped Brian to register for the course.
Question 32: Arnold didn’t attend Lora’s birthday party. He regrets it now.
A. Arnold would rather have attended Lora’s birthday party.
B. If Arnold attended Lora’s birthday party, he would regret it.
C. Arnold wishes he attended Lora’s birthday party.
D. Arnold regrets having attended Lora’s birthday party.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Trang 2/4 - Mã đề thi 001
Gender equality is not only a fundamental human right, but a (33) ________ foundation for a peaceful,
prosperous and sustainable world. (34) ________ at the current time, 1 in 5 women and girls between the
ages of 15 and 49 have reported experiencing physical or sexual violence by an intimate partner within a
12-month period and 49 countries currently have no laws (35) ________ women from domestic violence.
Progress is occurring regarding harmful practices such as child marriage and FGM (Female Genital
Mutilation), (36) ________ has declined by 30% in the past decade, but there is still much work to be done
to completely eliminate such practices.
D. necessitate
D. Unfortunately
D. watching
D. that
D. connection
C. necessary
C. Luckily
C. looking
C. who
C. access
B. necessity
B. Frankly
B. protecting
B. whose
B. course
Providing women and girls with equal (37) ________ to education, health care, decent work, and
representation in political and economic decision-making processes will fuel sustainable economies and
benefit societies and humanity at large. Implementing new legal frameworks regarding female equality in
the workplace and the eradication of harmful practices targeted at women is crucial to ending the gender-
based discrimination prevalent in many countries around the world.
Question 33: A. necessarily
Question 34: A. Obviously
Question 35: A. caring
Question 36: A. which
Question 37: A. key
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
It used to be that people would drink coffee or tea in the morning to pick them up and get them going
for the day. Then cola drinks hit the market. With lots of caffeine and sugar, these beverages soon
became the pick-me-up of choice for many adults and teenagers. Now drink companies are putting out
so-called "energy drinks". These beverages have the specific aim of giving tired consumers more energy.
One example of a popular energy drink is Red Bull. The company that puts out this beverage has
stated in interviews that Red Bull is not a thirst quencher. Nor is it meant to be a fluid replacement
drink for athletes.
Instead, the beverage is meant to revitalize a tired consumer's body and mind. In
order to do this, the makers of Red Bull, and other energy drinks, typically add vitamins and certain
chemicals to their beverages. The added chemicals are like chemicals that the body naturally produces
for energy. The vitamins, chemicals, caffeine, and sugar found in these beverages all seem like a sure bet
to give a person energy.
Health professionals are not so sure, though. For one thing, there is not enough evidence to show that
all of the vitamins added to energy drinks actually raise a person's energy level. Another problem is that
there are so many things in the beverages. Nobody knows for sure how all of the ingredients in energy
drinks work together.
Dr. Brent Bauer, one of the directors at the Mayo Clinic in the US, cautions people about believing
all the claims energy drinks make. He says, “It is plausible if you put all these things together, you will
get a good result.” However, Dr. Bauer adds the mix of ingredients could also have a negative impact
on the body. “We just don't know at this point,” he says.
(Source: “Reading Challenge 2”, Casey Malarcher & Andrea Janzen, Compass Publishing)
Question 38: The beverages mentioned in the first paragraph aim to give consumers _______.
D. more sugar
A. more choices
C. more caffeine
B. more energy
Question 39: The word “it” in the second paragraph refers to _______.
A. Red Bull B. the company
C. one example D. thirst quencher
.
Question 40: The word “plausible” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to_______.
A. reasonable
B. impossible
C. unlikely
D. typical
Question 41: Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. It has been scientifically proved that energy drinks work.
B. The makers of Red Bull say that it can revitalize a person.
C. Bauer does not seem to believe the claims of energy drink makers.
D. Colas have been on the market longer than energy drinks.
Question 42: What is the main idea of this passage?
A. Teenagers should not choose energy drinks.
B. Red Bull is the best energy drink for athletes.
C. Caffeine is too bad for people to drink every day.
D. It is uncertain whether energy drinks are healthy.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions.
Human beings are plagued by all kinds of diseases and millions of people die from them. Many of these
diseases such as diabetes, polio, whooping cough and diphtheria can be fatal and in the past, people used
to die from them. However, with modern technology and a lot of research, scientists and doctors have
come up with various ways to cure these diseases, and consequently, many lives are saved.
In doing the medical research, doctors have come face to face with many problems. One such problem
is the opposition that comes from animal activists. They are against the inhuman treatment of animals.
Trang 3/4 - Mã đề thi 001
They argue that in conducting their medical research, doctors put animals through a very painful process
and this should be stopped. According to the fiercest animal activists, nothing justifies the use of animals in
medical experiments, even if lives might be saved.
To get their message across, animal activists are even willing to resort to the use of violence. Many
animal protection groups, like the Animal Liberation Front (ALF), have broken into laboratories illegally to
'rescue' animals. They take away whatever animals they can find and free them. These people also make
their case by threatening the researchers. They vandalize medical equipment, and in the most serious
cases, they even use bombs.
In stealing the animals, the activists are actually hindering the progress of medicine. In many cases, the
animals were part of research for the cure for various diseases and visual defects in babies. Cures for
problems that people face, therefore, come slower and in the waiting period, more people die.
Researchers have come up with many cures in the process of working with animals and on animals.
Organ transplants are so common today, but we forget they became only possible after they were tested
on animals. Doctors were able to come up with a cure for river blindness, a disease that affects millions of
people in South America and Africa. These are only a few examples, and there are many more. In spite of
what animal activists think, most researches do not treat animals cruelly. In fact, mistreated animals which
are in agony will affect the quality of research so that results obtained are not really reliable. Thus,
researchers do try to treat animals as well as possible.
In the long run, animal activists can cause serious damage to the future of medicine. With their
persistent campaigning, much of the public supports their cause. People with AIDS or cancer need doctors
to do research to save their lives, and often it is a case where animal research is crucial before any cure
can be found.
Question 43: The belief of animal activists is that animals _______.
A. should experience no pain in experiments
B. must be treated well so that they can do research
C. can be used in experiments to cure human diseases
D. should not be sacrificed in experiments
Question 44: According to paragraph 3, animal activists may resort to the use of violence _______.
A. to debate about their case
C. to cure the animals
B. to stand up for the researchers
D. to defend their cause
Question 45: The phrase "resort to” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _______.
A. refuse to take drastic action
C. take full advantage of
B. turn to something as another choice
D. come to a decision on second thoughts
Question 46: Thanks to tests on animals, doctors succeeded in _______.
A. treating animals as well as possible
C. finding a cure for river blindness
B. discovering river blindness
D. revealing what animal activists think
Question 47: Which of the following might NOT be the purpose of doing medical research?
A. Making better medicine for the rich
C. Finding the cure for diseases
B. Developing medical equipment
D. Improving the well-being of humans
Question 48: The highlighted word "they" in paragraph 5 refers to _______.
A. researchers
B. animals
C. many cures
D. organ transplants
Question 49: Which of the following statements is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Animal activists are against cruelty to animals used in research.
B. River blindness is a disease that affects millions of people.
C. Fatal diseases like diabetes and AIDS are things of the past.
D. A result of the campaign by animal activists is getting people's support.
Question 50: Which of the following would the author probably agree with?
A. Animal activists are doing a good job for the community.
B. Organ transplants are impossible unless they are carried out on animals.
C. Animal research is essential to find a remedy for fatal diseases.
D. With modern technology, doctors can now cure all kinds of disease.
----------- THE END ----------
Trang 4/4 - Mã đề thi 001
Mã đề
Câu
ĐỀ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
LẦN THỨ I - NĂM HỌC 2019-2020
Môn: TIẾNG ANH
SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO
TẠO TỈNH NINH BÌNH
(Đáp án gồm có 02 trang)
002
C
C
A
B
D
C
B
B
D
A
C
A
D
A
B
C
D
D
D
A
A
B
B
A
C
D
B
B
A
D
C
D
C
A
D
B
A
A
B
B
D
C
C
C
B
B
A
B
D
C
003
C
B
A
A
A
B
D
D
B
B
D
A
C
A
C
D
A
A
D
C
B
B
D
D
A
A
C
C
C
B
C
D
D
A
D
B
C
B
B
C
C
A
A
D
B
D
A
C
B
A
001
D
A
D
B
B
A
B
A
C
D
A
C
A
C
D
D
B
B
C
C
A
C
A
D
B
B
D
B
C
B
C
A
C
D
B
A
C
B
A
A
D
D
D
D
B
C
A
D
C
C
004
D
C
D
D
B
C
B
A
C
B
B
A
D
B
D
A
D
B
A
A
A
C
A
B
D
A
A
D
C
C
D
C
B
C
C
B
A
C
B
A
B
C
A
B
D
C
C
C
D
D
005
C
D
C
C
A
C
D
A
B
C
A
C
D
B
A
B
B
A
D
C
D
A
C
A
B
B
B
B
D
D
C
D
B
D
A
D
B
D
A
D
C
A
C
C
A
D
B
C
A
B
006
D
D
A
A
C
B
C
D
D
C
D
B
D
B
B
C
D
D
C
C
B
D
A
A
A
C
B
C
B
B
D
C
B
A
A
D
A
B
D
A
C
C
A
C
A
B
C
B
A
B
007
A
D
D
B
B
D
B
D
C
C
C
A
C
C
B
D
B
A
D
A
D
B
C
A
D
B
A
D
D
C
D
D
B
C
D
D
B
B
B
A
A
C
A
A
A
C
C
C
A
B
008
C
B
B
C
B
A
C
D
B
B
B
C
D
C
B
D
A
D
C
B
A
B
D
D
D
A
B
D
B
A
A
C
A
D
A
D
B
C
B
A
D
D
C
C
A
C
A
A
C
A
009
B
B
B
C
B
C
A
A
D
A
D
D
D
C
A
D
A
B
B
C
C
B
A
A
C
C
D
C
D
C
D
B
A
C
B
D
A
C
D
A
A
C
B
B
B
A
D
C
C
D
010
C
B
D
B
C
C
C
B
D
C
C
D
D
D
C
A
C
B
B
D
A
A
B
C
C
D
D
D
B
D
A
A
B
D
B
B
C
D
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
A
C
A
C
B
011
B
D
B
A
D
D
A
D
B
B
D
A
D
C
A
A
D
C
B
B
B
C
B
A
D
A
C
B
C
D
C
C
A
D
C
A
C
B
B
A
A
C
A
C
C
B
D
D
B
D
012
C
D
D
C
D
B
C
B
A
D
D
D
A
D
D
C
B
B
A
C
D
B
A
A
A
D
A
C
B
C
B
A
A
A
C
A
C
C
C
B
B
D
A
B
B
A
C
D
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Câu
013
C
D
A
A
C
C
C
C
B
A
A
B
D
D
D
B
B
A
B
C
C
D
A
D
B
A
B
B
B
A
A
B
D
A
D
D
D
D
A
C
C
B
C
B
A
C
C
D
A
A
014
C
B
B
C
A
C
A
C
A
C
C
D
D
A
A
B
A
C
D
D
B
B
C
A
B
A
D
A
D
D
A
C
B
D
B
B
C
D
A
C
D
B
C
C
B
A
A
D
D
B
015
C
A
B
A
B
A
C
C
C
A
B
B
B
D
C
D
D
C
A
B
D
D
B
B
D
C
A
D
A
A
B
D
C
B
A
B
A
C
C
A
D
C
C
D
D
D
A
B
D
A
016
A
D
B
D
B
D
A
B
B
C
B
D
A
B
A
A
C
C
B
B
D
A
B
A
A
D
D
B
C
C
C
D
C
B
D
D
A
C
D
A
C
B
B
C
C
C
A
A
D
B
017
A
A
A
B
C
D
A
D
C
A
A
D
B
B
C
D
A
B
C
B
A
B
B
D
D
C
B
C
D
A
D
B
C
D
C
B
B
A
A
D
D
C
A
C
C
D
C
C
B
C
019
A
C
A
A
B
B
D
A
C
B
C
D
C
C
D
C
C
C
D
B
A
B
D
A
B
D
D
D
D
A
B
D
A
A
D
C
A
A
C
B
B
B
B
A
C
A
C
B
D
A
020
A
D
C
D
B
D
A
D
B
A
A
C
D
B
D
C
A
D
C
C
B
B
C
A
C
A
D
B
D
B
C
A
A
B
C
C
D
B
A
A
C
C
D
C
C
B
A
B
D
B
021
C
A
A
A
C
B
C
A
D
A
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
D
D
A
B
C
C
C
B
D
A
B
B
D
A
C
A
B
D
C
C
D
B
C
A
D
C
D
D
D
B
B
C
D
022
B
B
D
B
C
A
A
D
C
A
A
D
B
D
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
C
A
D
C
C
B
C
D
D
D
B
D
C
D
D
D
A
C
C
B
C
C
A
B
B
B
C
C
A
023
A
B
B
A
D
C
C
B
B
D
A
D
A
D
B
D
C
B
C
D
B
A
D
A
A
D
C
D
A
C
D
C
B
B
A
B
A
C
A
B
A
C
B
D
C
C
C
A
D
A
024
D
A
B
D
B
C
A
C
C
C
C
C
D
A
D
B
D
C
B
C
B
C
D
D
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
B
B
A
C
D
B
C
D
B
B
B
C
D
A
A
C
C
D
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
018
C
A
B
A
C
C
A
C
C
B
C
C
D
D
A
B
C
D
D
D
B
B
B
D
D
B
B
C
A
A
A
A
C
D
B
C
B
C
B
D
C
B
D
B
A
A
A
A
D
D
…..HẾT……
Sở GD-ĐT Hải Dương KỲ THI THỬ TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG QUỐC GIA
NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 (LẦN 1)
Trường THPT chuyên Nguyễn Trãi Môn: TIẾNG ANH
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)
Mã đề: 835
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning
to each of the following questions.
Question 1: It is impossible for us to predict the ending of such a mind-blowing movie.
A. Rarely will the ending of such a mind-blowing movie be revealed.
B. On no account will we tell you the result of such a mind-blowing movie.
C. On no condition can we understand the outcome of such a mind-blowing movie.
D. Little can we say about how such a mind-blowing movie will end.
Question 2: “It’s time we sent the supplies”, he said.
A. He told us that it is time they sent the supplies.
B. He told them that it was time we sent the supplies.
C. He said that it was time they had sent the supplies.
D. He said that it was time they sent the supplies.
Question 3: There was an increase in the number of guests, so we had to prepare extra food.
A. The more guests increased, the extra food we had to prepare.
B. The larger number of guests there was, the better food we had to prepare.
C. The more food we had to prepare, the more guests arrived.
D. The more guests turned up, the more food we had to prepare.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
B. leaving/ enter C. to leave/ to enter
C. job D. engagement
B. An/a D. 0/the C. The/the
B. the ins and outs C. the length and breadth D. ups and downs
B. to be congratulated/to do
D. be congratulating/ do
B. wake/will be shining
D. are going to wake/is shining
B. get down with D. get down to C. get on
B. dream C. eye
Question 4: You were the last person ________ the office. Did you see anyone_____ the building?
D. leaving/entering
A. to leave/enter
Question 5: Helen truly believes that it is her ______ to become a doctor. She feels she was born for it.
A. calling
B. appointment
Question 6: _______ atheist does not believe that ______ God exists.
A. An/0
Question 7: She travelled ________ of Ireland looking for her missing brother.
A. from far and wide
Question 8: Everyone likes______ when they have succeeded _______ something.
A. being congratulated/in doing
C. being congratulated/ for doing
Question 9: I am sick of this terrible weather! Hopefully, when we ______ up tomorrow, the sun _____.
A. are waking/shines
C. will wake/will shine
Question 10: Learning a new language isn't so difficult once you_______ it.
A. get through
Question 11: I was looking around the store for a present for my mom, and this scarf caught
my________.
A. sight
D. breath
Question 12: The ______ of our agriculture is important if we want to produce more food
A. mechanic C. mechanization D. mechanism B. mechanical
Trang 1/5- Mã Đề 835
C. in compliance with
D. although B. despite C. since
D. would not keep C. will not keep B. do not keep
B. impervious C. impersonal
Question 13: The company said that it had always acted _______ environmental laws.
A. in association with B. in contact with
D. in collaboration with
Question 14: Jack had difficulty in taking the IELTS test__________ he has a very good foundation in
English.
A. for
Question 15: I wish he______ borrowing money from me. He has never paid it back.
A. hadn’t kept
Question 16: She is worried about her two teenage sons because they’re at such an ______age.
A. impressionable
D. imperative
Question 17: Christmas Island is known for its annual _____ of bright red land crabs from the forest to
the sea.
A. immigrant D. immigration C. migration B. emigrant
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
Question 18: A. chemistry B. bachelor C. scholarship D. chaos
Question 19: A. necessity B. facility C. decision D. economy
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to
complete each of the following exchanges.
Question 20: “_______” - “I had to go to Hanoi for a project I’m working on.”
A. You’ve been busy these days, haven’t you?
B. Why weren’t you at the club on Wednesday afternoon?
C. How was the weather in Hanoi this weekend?
D. Isn’t your project going as well as you’d hoped?
Question 21: “Could I speak to Alex, please?” - “__________.”
A. Can I take the message?
C. I’m sorry. Alex is not in. B. Just a moment. I’m coming.
D. This is Joe speaking.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions .
In 16th-century France, the start of the new year was observed on April 1st. It was celebrated much
the same way it is today- with parties and dancing into the late hours of the night. Then in 1562, Pope
Gregory introduced a new calendar to the Christian world, and the new year fell on January 1st. Some
people either didn’t hear about the new calendar system or didn’t believe the change had really been
made. These people continued to celebrate New Year’s Day on April 1st. They became the target of jokes.
People played tricks on them and called them “April’s fools.” They sent them on a “fool’s errand” or tried
to make them believe that something false was true.
Today, some Americans continued the tradition by playing tricks on their friends on the first of
April. One well-known trick or practical joke is to put salt in the sugar bowl. Something that college
students do is to print false headlines in their college newspaper - such as “FREE BEER IN THE
LIBRARY”. Most April Fool’s jokes are in good fun and not meant to harm anyone. The best April
Fool’s joke is one where everyone laughs, especially the person the joke is played on.
Question 22: Who were the first “April’s fools”?
A. people who celebrated New Year’s Day on the wrong day
B. people who played tricks on others
C. Christians throughout the world
D. people who didn’t buy calendars
Trang 2/5- Mã Đề 835
Question 23: It can be inferred that from the passage that the purpose of an April Fool’s trick is_____
A. to make someone believe something that isn’t true
B. to make New Year’s Day more fun
C. to make Pope Gregory laugh
D. to remind people of changes in the calendar
Question 24: Who played the first April Fool’s tricks?
A. Pope Gregory C. non-Christians D. college students B. 16th-century French
people
B. putting green food coloring in the milk
D. giving someone a piece of candy
Question 25: Which of the following would be a good April Fool’s trick?
A. stealing someone’s money
C. drinking beer in a library
Question 26: The newspaper headline is an example of an April Fool’s joke because______
A. students prefer to drink in bars.
C. beer could damage the books. B. college students don’t usually read the
newspaper.
D. there really is no beer in the library.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
Most people want to look and feel good. There is a lot of (27) ______ about what’s good and bad for
health. (28)________, a lot of people don’t know how to live a healthy life.
Nutrition, exercise, and rest are requirements for a healthy life. All three are equally important to our
bodily systems. Healthy food gives your bodily systems energy. Regular exercise keeps them strong.
Enough sleep gives them rest. You can only be healthy if you usually make healthy (29) ______. For
example, you have to be consistent (30) ______ your choices of nutrition, exercise, and sleep. Going on a
diet for health reasons is OK. But it isn’t (31)______. What happens when you stop? Some people think
that not eating is a good way to lose weight. If you don’t eat, you will lose muscle, get sick, and be tired.
Question 27: A. data
Question 28: A. Moreover
Question 29: A. decisions C. communication
C. However
C. questions B. information
B. Therefore
B. assumptions D. knowledge
D. Athough
D. meals
B. of
Question 30: A. on
Question 31: A. maintainable B. supportable C. in
C. explicable D. with
D. sustainable
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
C. detailed B. cautious D. elegant
Question 32: They made elaborate preparations for the president’s first visit to the African country.
A. simple
Question 33: We appreciated the subtlety with which our host indicated that it was time to leave.
A. cunning C. slyness D. craft B. tact
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each
pairs of sentences in the following questions.
Question 34: She opened the letter. She found she’d been accepted to the college of her choice.
A. On opening the letter, it said that she’d been accepted to the college of her choice.
B. Finding she’d been accepted to the college of her choice, she opened the letter.
C. Opened the letter, she found that she’d been accepted to the college of her choice.
D. Opening the letter, she found she’d been accepted to the college of her choice.
Question 35: Albert is making a fortune now. It is because he invested his money at the right time.
Trang 3/5- Mã Đề 835
A. If Albert didn’t invest his money at the right time, he isn’t making a large sum of money now.
B. If Albert didn’t make a great fortune now, he would have invested his money at the right time.
C. If Albert hadn’t invested his money at the right time, he wouldn’t be making a lot of money now.
D. If Albert had invested his money at the right time, he would be making a fortune now.
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
C. allurement D. repulsion B. lure
Question 36: I finally surrendered to temptation, and ate the last remaining chocolate.
A. impulsion
Question 37: These legislative developments will contribute to the promotion of foreign investment.
A. advertisement C. encouragement B. degradation D. elevation
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct answer to each of the questions.
[1] Dreams occur when we are experiencing REM (RAPID EYE MOVEMENT) sleep. We dream about
two hours a night (six years of our lives). No one is sure why we dream, but some scientists,
psychologists and religions have their theories. Scientist Jie Zhang proposes that dreams are our way of
processing data about the events of the day. Psychologist Sigmund Freud suggested dreams allow our
minds to express things we don’t think about when awake.
[2] Throughout history, different cultures have turned to religion for explanations. The ancient Greeks
thought dreams were messages from the gods. They built special temples in which dreams were “kept”.
They placed the sick in these temples as they thought dreams had the power to heal. The Egyptians
believed that gifted people could interpret dreams which were messages from God.
[3] Today, dream dictionaries have been developed to help people understand their nocturnal adventures.
For example, dreaming of a shark represents a person who is greedy. You need to take care when dealing
with this person. Dreaming of spiders means that you feel like an outsider and, if you dream of killing a
spider, you are experiencing a period of bad luck. If you dream of eating macaroni, you need to save
money and spend it wisely.
[4] There are dreams we share. Flying dreams often leave people feeling exhilarated. According to the
dream dictionary, they mean that we are on top of the world and feel in control. Ever had a dream
where you were walking around in your birthday suit? This is one people have when they feel
vulnerable and fear that others will see right through them. They have a fear of looking silly or being
made fun of.
[5] How about falling dreams? The sickening feeling of plummeting through the air and then walking just
before you hit the ground! (By the way, you won’t actually die if you dream that you hit the ground.) This
shows that you are anxious and insecure. You have lost control of the situation.
[6] Are dreams our inner desires, our minds making sense of their current circumstances, predictions of
the failure or messages from the gods? Perhaps they have no meaning at all. As science is of little help in
clearing up the mystery, you will have to make up your own mind. Sweet dreams!
B. help us control our dreams
D. help us interpret our dreams
Question 38: According to the passage, dream dictionaries are used to ______.
A. understand messages from the gods
C. prevent falling dreams
Question 39: What does the author mean by the sentence “Ever had a dream where you were walking
around in your birthday suit”?
Trang 4/5- Mã Đề 835
C. outstanding D. extremely happy
B. different cultures C. special temples D. the Ancient Greeks
A. You dreamt you were shopping for a new suit.
B. You dreamt you were not wearing any clothes.
C. You dreamt you were having a birthday party.
D. You dreamt you were walking very fast.
Question 40: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT TRUE?
A. You should beware of a greedy person if you have a shark dream.
B. Spider dreams indicate that you feel like you lack a sense of belonging.
C. Some dreams, like flying dreams, are shared by many of us.
D. You fall off your bed and hit the ground when you have a falling dream.
Question 41: What is the main idea of the last paragraph?
A. Studying dreams can help predict our future.
B. The reason we dream has not been discovered.
C. Dreams convey messages from the gods to us.
D. Psychologists claim that dreams are our inner desires.
Question 42: The phrase “on top of the world” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to _______.
A. very secure
B. controllable
Question 43: The word “they” in paragraph 2 refers to_______.
A. the gods
Question 44: It can be inferred from the passage that________
A. dreams are our mysterious adventures while asleep.
B. dreams tend to occur when we quickly fall into a deep sleep.
C. we dream a lot when we feel vulnerable.
D. dreams enable us to do things we haven’t finished during the day.
Question 45: Which of the following could best describe the tone of this passage?
A. objective C. amused D. content B. critical
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs
correction in each of the following questions.
B. should consider C. introducing D. much
C. clothing B. will D. is
Question 46: The company should consider how much profit can gain by introducing this new product.
A. can gain
Question 47: In this essay I will discuss what is the most fitting clothing for school.
A. most
Question 48: The next step is deforestation, which involves growing forests in areas where there were
none before.
A. where B. deforestation D. growing C. were
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 49: A. convenience B. deposit C. cucumber D. official
Question 50: A. locality B. negotiate C. executive D. preposition
---------- HẾT ----------
Trang 5/5- Mã Đề 835
ĐỀ THI THỬ LẦN 1 MÔN ANH
Ma de Cau Dap an Ma de Cau Dap an Ma de Cau Dap an Ma de
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
359
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
B
C
A
D
D
A
C
B
D
A
A
C
C
A
C
D
D
A
D
A
A
D
A
D
C
D
C
D
D
A
A
A
D
A
B
B
C
D
A
B
C
C
B
A
C
D
D
D
C
B
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
D
C
C
B
D
D
D
A
D
A
A
B
C
A
A
A
A
D
B
D
A
A
C
D
B
B
C
A
B
B
B
A
A
D
B
C
D
D
B
C
B
B
A
A
B
B
C
D
B
D
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
973
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
D
B
C
D
C
C
A
A
C
A
D
B
B
C
D
A
A
B
D
A
A
B
D
B
D
D
C
C
A
C
B
C
C
C
A
B
A
A
B
C
D
D
B
A
C
A
B
A
A
D
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
254
Cau
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Dap an
C
B
C
C
A
B
B
A
A
A
C
D
D
B
D
C
B
C
C
B
C
A
B
B
D
D
C
C
A
D
C
A
B
C
A
C
C
B
A
A
C
B
C
A
D
B
B
C
A
D
Ma de Cau Dap an Ma de Cau Dap an Ma de Cau Dap an Ma de
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
614
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
B
B
D
D
A
B
B
C
A
B
D
C
B
D
A
C
C
C
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
A
D
C
A
B
B
B
D
B
C
C
D
B
A
B
B
B
D
A
C
B
C
C
A
C
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
581
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
B
A
B
D
A
C
B
C
C
B
A
D
D
D
D
A
C
B
C
B
C
B
D
A
A
D
C
A
D
D
C
C
C
D
C
D
C
A
C
D
B
C
C
C
D
C
D
D
C
D
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
Cau
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Dap an
D
D
D
A
A
A
C
A
B
D
C
C
C
D
D
A
C
B
D
B
C
A
A
B
B
D
B
C
A
D
D
C
B
D
C
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
A
A
A
D
B
C
D
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
622
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
A
D
B
C
C
C
B
D
B
D
B
D
D
A
A
C
D
A
B
B
D
D
D
D
C
A
D
D
B
C
D
D
B
D
D
B
B
B
C
B
B
C
D
D
D
A
A
D
C
A